Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
2020 Proxy Statement
and
2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K
FAMILY
OF
COMPANIES
Supermarkets
Price-Impact Stores
Multi-Department Stores
Bring it all home.
Jewelry Stores
SM
Specialty Retailers
Services
Fellow Shareholders:
THE FOOD INDUSTRY IS SPECIAL.
It is a sentiment I have expressed more times than I can count – often on the pages of this annual letter. It is
something I deeply believe.
More importantly, it is a sentiment that has taken on new and magnified meaning as we confront the greatest health
threat to our global community in 100 years.
As I write this letter, the pandemic curve in the U.S. has not yet hit its apex. We feel for those in America and
around the world who have been affected by the disease and economic disruption. There is much we still do not
know. How long will it last? How many lives will be lost or irreversibly changed? What will be the economic impact?
What we have learned in this uncertain time is that, now more than ever, purpose matters.
At Kroger, our purpose is To Feed the Human Spirit.
Purpose has been the guidepost for every decision we have made during this crisis. Our aim has been to focus on
our most urgent priority, to provide a safe environment for associates and customers, with our responsibility and
obligation to communities to provide open stores, comprehensive digital solutions and an efficiently-operating
supply chain so that our customers always have access to fresh, affordable food and essentials.
Kroger has taken extensive measures across our businesses to safeguard associates and customers during the
COVID-19 pandemic.
In addition to activating a coronavirus task force in February to prepare for the approaching pandemic, we have
closely monitored the impact of the pandemic on food retail across global markets. I have been in regular contact
with food retail CEOs in other countries, including Italy, Singapore, China and Australia – all of which are ahead of
the U.S. in terms of the pandemic cycling through their countries.
I am grateful to this generous network of grocery leaders because our company has benefited from their earlier
experiences, which helped us anticipate the steps we needed to take to provide a safe environment in our stores,
distribution centers, food manufacturing plants and offices.
Of course, our associates are the true heroes of this story. In recognition of their incredible and selfless commitment to
our customers while serving as essential personnel, we provided special bonuses, including $2 premium pay for frontline
associates; we established new paid emergency leave guidelines; and, as of early May, Kroger has hired more than
80,000 new associates to help share the load and serve our communities during the pandemic.
Safety is not only our priority in this crisis, it is one of our core values. We enhanced daily sanitation practices in all
our facilities. In stores, this includes cleaning commonly used areas more often like cashier stations, self-
checkouts, credit card terminals, food service counters, shelves and restrooms. We are providing protective masks
and gloves, and we installed plexiglass partitions at check lanes, pharmacy and Starbucks registers across the
enterprise. We added signs and floor decals to promote physical distancing at check lanes and other counters, and
adjusted store operating hours to allow more time for our associates to rest, clean and replenish inventory.
Because of these steps, Kroger has remained a constant for our associates, customers and communities when
they needed us most. And, many of the investments we are making to address today’s urgent needs are also
strengthening our foundation for the future.
Our vision is to serve America through food inspiration and uplift, and we will continue to serve, inspire and uplift
America.
As an essential business operating nearly 2,800 grocery stores, 35 manufacturing plants and 44 distribution
centers across the country, we have learned an incredible amount from keeping our stores, supply chain and food
production plants operating safely during the pandemic. We are sharing our best practices and procedures with
other retailers, restaurants, manufacturers and logistics companies as they take steps to responsibly reopen and
get our economy working again. You can find these open-source materials at KrogerBlueprint.com.
Kroger’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic demonstrates that when a company is clear on its purpose, values, and
vision, we can navigate through any challenge together. I am confident we will emerge from this crisis even stronger.
* * *
i
Year Two of Restock Kroger – 2019 in Review
We embarked on the Restock Kroger journey in 2018. We have been making strategic investments to both deliver
more value for our customers today and to build long-term loyalty. This includes investments in quality products and
freshness, talent, pricing, and personalized rewards that will expand our competitive moats versus our competitors.
Fueling these investments are significant cost savings of over $1 billion in each of the past two years.
Restock Kroger is repositioning our business in four main areas – Redefine the Grocery Customer Experience,
Partner for Customer Value, Develop Talent and Live our Purpose. I’ll outline our progress in each of these areas
below. The outcome of our focus on these drivers is Shareholder Value Creation.
At Kroger we have an aspiration to deliver consistently strong and attractive total shareholder return, or TSR, year
over year.
‘‘TSR’’ isn’t language we’ve traditionally used. Our focus for the last two years, and in 2020, is on Restock Kroger and
transforming our business model. Moving forward you will hear us increasingly talk about TSR – which is a combination
of business growth, free cash flow and dividend. At the heart of Kroger’s TSR is our strategic capital deployment.
Our model for a strong and durable retail supermarket business begins with the customer and our obsession with
increasing customer loyalty. We continue to generate strong and durable free cash flow as reflected by the fact that
the company reduced debt by $1.1 billion in fiscal 2019 and continued to increase the dividend to create value for
shareholders. In total, we returned $951 million to shareholders in 2019. Our confidence that we can deliver even
stronger TSR in the future is guided by our strong free cash flow as well as sustainable net earnings growth.
Redefine the Grocery Customer Experience
Our disciplined focus on execution and continued improvements in the value and experience we deliver for
customers will drive identical sales growth across our store and digital ecosystem.
We are enhancing the customer connection by making investments to widen and deepen our competitive moats of
today – which are product freshness and quality, Our Brands, and personalized rewards – and our competitive
moat of tomorrow, the seamless ecosystem we are building.
Competitive Moats – Fresh
Fresh is a sales driver for Kroger. Our Fresh departments drive trips, loyalty and gross margin. Our product
standards, selection criteria and supply chain are core strengths and are built to deliver first to market and best of
the season fresh products across the United States. We want to be known by our customers for providing fresh,
affordable food that tastes amazing.
We debuted Kroger’s brand transformation campaign, Fresh for Everyone, celebrating our food-first culture and exciting
history as America’s favorite grocer. The campaign has been well received and is driving significant improvements in
marketing effectiveness. It is also driving more trips to our seamless ecosystem in-store and online.
Our Brands
One of many ways we demonstrate our passion for food is through Kroger’s best in class Our Brands portfolio.
While many grocers offer private-label products, Our Brands is a real differentiator for Kroger. Customers tell us
through blind taste tests that Our Brands quality is better than not only competitor private label products, but many
leading national brands as well. 2019 was Our Brands’ best year ever, exceeding $23.1 billion in sales. We also
introduced 758 new Our Brands items in 2019, which helped drive strong year-over-year sales lift across our
portfolio of brands. Since its launch in 2013, Simple Truth has become the leading natural and organic brand in the
country, with annual sales exceeding $2.5 billion in 2019.
The Private Selection brand eclipsed $2 billion in sales for the first time. The Kroger brand exceeded $13.7 billion in
sales, capitalizing on product development around key consumer trends like global and regional flavors.
Personalization
Data and personalization are competitive moats for Kroger. Many retailers have transactional data, but none have
the customer data and the insights to make meaningful suggestions to their customers, like Kroger.
Data has long been a differentiator for The Kroger Co., through our loyalty proposition, which covers over 90% of
all transactions. We have rich customer data, and knowledge of their aggregated shopping history allows us to
ii
improve the efficiency and effectiveness of how we operate our stores. It also ensures that the experience is as
local and personal as possible. Data and personalization permeate all aspects of the business, from ensuring we
carry the most relevant products in stores, to personalizing ‘start my cart’ through the seamless digital experience,
to powering our alternative profit businesses.
Seamless Ecosystem
Kroger continues to invest in digital as we build a seamless ecosystem that combines the best of the physical store
experience with the digital customer experience for our customers. We know our customers value the greater
convenience and personalization this provides, and our data shows it is an essential component of growing overall
loyalty as customers continue to turn to Kroger’s seamless experience to meet their needs. Seamless has been a
huge help in the current environment, enabling customers to shop in the way they prefer and feel most comfortable.
We will continue to invest to make a world-class seamless experience available to our customers. We are well-
positioned because several of our grocery competitors are not taking these steps today.
Partner for Customer Value
We continue to collaborate with icons like Microsoft and Walgreens, and innovators like Ocado, in order to enhance
the customer experience and do things together that neither of us can do alone.
We continued to roll out Ocado facilities in the U.S., designing a flexible distribution network that combines store
locations with both medium- and large-sized facilities. We know Ocado’s value is not just its current capabilities, but
also in how quickly they innovate to serve a rapidly developing online consumer market. What is really exciting
about Ocado is that their model to deliver to customers is significantly less costly than our existing model. Not only
will facilities accelerate our ability to provide customers with a seamless, more convenient experience, they will also
help us do it in a much more cost-effective way.
Additionally, Kroger’s asset light, margin rich alternative profit streams are delivering as expected and have ample
runway ahead. Our diversified portfolio of alternative profit stream businesses contributed an incremental operating
profit of more than $100 million in 2019. Kroger Precision Marketing (KPM) and Kroger Personal Finance continue
to be the primary drivers of growth. Brands continue to invest in KPM because we close the loop between media
exposure and store and digital sales to make brand advertising more addressable, actionable, and accountable.
Develop Talent
Associates expect more from companies today than ever before and we support them in a variety of ways,
including investments in wages, training and development.
Investments in associate wages increased Kroger’s average hourly wage to $15 an hour in 2019, putting more
money in their pockets. When comprehensive benefits are factored in, the average associate hourly rate is over
$20, with benefits that many of our competitors don’t offer.
Feed Your Future, our industry-leading education assistance program, continues to build momentum. Among all the
participants, more than 87 percent are hourly store associates. Since inception of the program last year, we’ve
distributed over 5,000 awards – that means 5,000 more associates have taken steps to secure a more prosperous
future for themselves, their families and their communities through continued education.
We are working hard to ensure we have the right talent, teams, and structure in the right focus areas in our core
supermarket business and our alternative profit businesses. Our focus is on developing, training and promoting
internal talent, while simultaneously hiring seasoned food industry executives to drive our retail supermarket
business.
Live Our Purpose
Increasingly, customers, associates and investors are choosing to shop with, work for, and invest in companies that
are purpose driven and are actively making the world a better place.
As I noted at the start of this letter, purpose matters now more than ever – but this was true before the COVID-19
pandemic. We applauded the Business Roundtable’s announcement last year acknowledging that businesses have
a responsibility to be a positive influence on society. Kroger has always strived to be a trusted partner in our
communities while delivering growth for our shareholders.
iii
During the initial weeks of the pandemic, The Kroger Co. Zero Hunger | Zero Waste Foundation deployed more
than $7 million in hunger-relief resources to communities disproportionately impacted by the coronavirus pandemic.
This included support to nonprofit partners Feeding America and No Kid Hungry. The funding not only supported
local food banks nationwide, but also funded initiatives that ensure children, whose schools were closed, still had
access to nutritious meals.
Over the last three years, we have provided over 1 billion meals, exceeding our goal. Last year alone, we donated
nearly 500 million meals for food insecure families in our communities. We are grateful for the role shareholders
played last year as we donated a meal for every vote, and we will do the same this year.
We are also making it easy for customers to support The Kroger Co. Zero Hunger | Zero Waste Foundation’s
mission to create communities free of hunger and waste by providing options to roundup their purchases to the
nearest dollar at every self-checkout lane in America or donate online at ZeroHungerZeroWasteFoundation.org.
We are animated by purpose, and our customers want to know it and see it. For example, we’ve found that when
customers are aware of our Zero Hunger | Zero Waste social impact platform, they rank our reputation among the
best in the world.
* * *
For 137 years, Kroger has risen to meet many challenges. We’ve always held strong through the hard times and
emerged stronger, better, and with renewed resolve.
We have challenges ahead, but we’re in this together – and I have never been more confident in our future.
Sincerely,
Rodney McMullen
Chairman and CEO
Kroger Safe Harbor Statement
This letter contains ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the United
States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about future performance of Kroger, including with respect
to Kroger’s ability to achieve sustainable net earnings growth, strategic capital deployment, strong and attractive
total shareholder return, strong free cash flow and ability to increase the dividend, among other statements. These
statements are based on management’s assumptions and beliefs in light of the information currently available to it.
These statements are indicated by words such as ‘‘aspiration,’’ ‘‘model,’’ and ‘‘confidence,’’ as well as similar words
or phrases. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors
that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking
statements. These include the specific risk factors identified in ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Kroger’s Annual Report on Form
10-K and any subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
iv
2019 Zero Hunger | Zero Waste Zero Hero Award
Congratulations to the Kroger Co. 2019 Zero Hunger | Zero Waste ‘‘Zero Heroes’’:
Division
Recipient
Atlanta
Central
Cincinnati
Columbus
Dallas
Delta
Dillon Stores
Fred Meyer
Fry’s
King Soopers/City Market
Louisville
Michigan
Mid-Atlantic
Nashville
Ralphs
Roundy’s
Ruler
Smith’s
GO
GO
GO
GO
84.51°
84.51°
Stephanie Williams
Abby Travers
Bill Weidus
Debbie Anders
Johnny Gaines
Store #492
Hope Hoffman
Jodie Peters
Store #686
Endiya Cheeks
Store #737 Our Promise Team
Terri Strong
Ruth Johnson
Camille Davis
Marcos Hernandez
Jesse Pomeranz Graves
Jennifer Zink
Store #93
Adam Young, Connie Helmers, Sarah Golden, Amelia
Geiser, Naomi Bluesummers, Jess Aurand
Joseph Maggard
Tammy Marmol
Collette Remsen
Justin Conley
Holly Rohrer
v
Fellow Kroger Shareholders:
Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
We are pleased to invite you to join us for Kroger’s 2020 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders on June 25, 2020 at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Due to the public health
impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19), the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be a
completely virtual meeting conducted via webcast. You will be able to participate in the
virtual meeting online, vote your shares electronically, and submit questions during the
meeting by visiting www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020.
When:
Where:
Items of Business:
Thursday, June 25, 2020, at 11:00 a.m. eastern time.
Webcast at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020
1. To elect 10 director nominees.
2. To approve our executive compensation, on an advisory basis.
3. To ratify the selection of our independent auditor for fiscal year 2020.
4. To vote on two shareholder proposals, if properly presented at the meeting.
5. To transact other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Who can Vote:
Holders of Kroger common shares at the close of business on the record date
April 27, 2020 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.
How to Vote:
Your vote is important! Please vote your proxy in one of the following ways:
1. Via the internet, by visiting www.proxyvote.com.
2. By telephone, by calling the number on your proxy card, voting instruction form,
or notice.
3. By mail, by marking, signing, dating, and mailing your proxy card if you requested
printed materials, or your voting instruction form. No postage is required if mailed
in the United States.
4. By mobile device, by scanning the QR code on your proxy card, notice of internet
availability of proxy materials, or voting instruction form.
5. By voting electronically during the Virtual Annual Meeting at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020.
Shareholders holding shares at the close of business on the record date may attend
the virtual meeting. You will be able to attend the Annual Meeting, vote and submit
your questions in advance of and real-time during the meeting via a live audio
webcast by visiting www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020. To participate in the
meeting, you must have your sixteen-digit control number that is shown on your
Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or on your proxy card if you receive
the proxy materials by mail. You will not be able to attend the Annual Meeting in
person.
Attending the Meeting:
We appreciate your continued confidence in Kroger, and we look forward to your participation in our Virtual
meeting.
May 12, 2020
Cincinnati, Ohio
By Order of the Board of Directors,
Christine S. Wheatley, Secretary
Proxy Statement
May 12, 2020
We are providing this notice, proxy statement and annual report to the shareholders of The Kroger Co.
(‘‘Kroger’’, ‘‘we’’, ‘‘us’’, ‘‘our’’) in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Kroger (the
‘‘Board’’) for use at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 25, 2020, at 11:00 a.m. eastern time,
and at any adjournments thereof. The Annual Meeting will be held virtually and can be accessed online at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020. There is no physical location for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Our principal executive offices are located at 1014 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-1100. Our telephone
number is 513-762-4000. This notice, proxy statement and annual report, and the accompanying proxy card were
first furnished to shareholders on May 12, 2020.
Why are you holding a virtual meeting?
In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, for the safety of all of our shareholders, associates, and community, our
2020 Annual Meeting is being held on a virtual-only basis with no physical location. Our goal for the Annual Meeting
is to enable the broadest number of shareholders to participate in the meeting, while providing substantially the
same access and exchange with the Board and Management as an in-person meeting. We believe that we are
observing best practices for virtual shareholder meetings, including by providing a support line for technical
assistance and addressing as many shareholder questions as time allows.
Who can vote?
You can vote if, as of the close of business on April 27, 2020, you were a shareholder of record of Kroger
common shares.
Who is asking for my vote, and who pays for this proxy solicitation?
Your proxy is being solicited by Kroger’s Board of Directors. Kroger is paying the cost of solicitation. We have
hired D.F. King & Co., Inc., 48 Wall Street, New York, New York, a proxy solicitation firm, to assist us in soliciting
proxies and we will pay them a fee estimated not to exceed $17,500 for base solicitation fees.
We also will reimburse banks, brokers, nominees, and other fiduciaries for postage and reasonable expenses
incurred by them in forwarding the proxy material to beneficial owners of our common shares.
Proxies may be solicited personally, by telephone, electronically via the Internet, or by mail.
Who are the members of the Proxy Committee?
Anne Gates, W. Rodney McMullen, and Ronald L. Sargent, all Kroger Directors, are the members of the Proxy
Committee for our 2020 Annual Meeting.
How do I vote my proxy?
You can vote your proxy in one of the following ways:
1. Via the internet, by visiting www.proxyvote.com.
2. By telephone, by calling the number on your proxy card, voting instruction form, or notice.
3. By mail, by marking, signing, dating, and mailing your proxy card if you requested printed materials, or
your voting instruction form. No postage is required if mailed in the United States.
4. By mobile device, by scanning the QR code on your proxy card, notice of internet availability of proxy
materials, or voting instruction form.
5. By voting electronically during the Virtual Annual Meeting at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020.
How can I participate and ask questions at the Annual Meeting?
We are committed to ensuring that our shareholders have substantially the same opportunities to participate in
the Virtual Annual Meeting as they would at an in-person meeting. In order to submit a question at the Annual
Meeting, you will need your 16-digit control number that is printed on the Notice or proxy card that you received in
the mail, or via email if you have elected to receive material electronically. You may log in 15 minutes before the
start of the Annual Meeting and submit questions online. You will be able to submit questions during the Annual
1
Meeting as well. We encourage you to submit any question that is relevant to the business of the meeting.
Questions asked during the Annual Meeting will be read and addressed during the meeting. Shareholders are
encouraged to log into the webcast at least 15 minutes prior to the start of the meeting to test their Internet
connectivity. You may also submit questions in advance of the meeting via the internet at www.proxyvote.com when
you vote your shares.
What documentation must I provide to be admitted to the Virtual Annual Meeting and how do I attend?
If your shares are registered in your name, you will need to provide your sixteen-digit control number included
on your Notice or your proxy card (if you receive a printed copy of the proxy materials) in order to be able to
participate in the meeting. If your shares are not registered in your name (if, for instance, your shares are held in
‘‘street name’’ for you by your broker, bank or other institution), you must follow the instructions printed on your
Voting Instruction Form. In order to participate in the Annual Meeting, please log on to
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020 at least 15 minutes prior to the start of the Annual Meeting to provide
time to register and download the required software, if needed. The webcast replay will be available at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020 until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. If you access the
meeting but do not enter your control number, you will be able to listen to the proceedings, but you will not be able
to vote or otherwise participate.
What if I have technical or other ‘‘IT’’ problems logging into or participating in the Annual Meeting
webcast?
We have provided a toll-free technical support ‘‘help line’’ that can be accessed by any shareholder who is
having challenges logging into or participating in the Virtual Annual Meeting. If you encounter any difficulties
accessing the virtual meeting during the check-in or meeting time, please call the technical support line number that
will be posted on the Virtual Annual Meeting login page.
What documentation must I provide to vote online at the Annual Meeting?
If you are a shareholder of record and provide your sixteen-digit control number when you access the meeting,
you may vote all shares registered in your name during the Annual Meeting webcast. If you are not a shareholder
of record as to any of your shares (i.e., instead of being registered in your name, all or a portion of your shares are
registered in ‘‘street name’’ and held by your broker, bank or other institution for your benefit), you must follow the
instructions printed on your Voting Instruction Form.
How do I submit a question at the Annual Meeting?
If you would like to submit a question during the Annual Meeting, once you have logged into the webcast at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/KR2020, simply type your question in the ‘‘ask a question’’ box and click
‘‘submit’’. You may also submit questions in advance of the meeting via the internet at www.proxyvote.com when
you vote your shares.
When should I submit my question at the Annual Meeting?
Each year at the Annual Meeting, we hold a question-and-answer session following the formal business
portion of the meeting during which shareholders may submit questions to us. We anticipate having such a
question-and-answer session at the 2020 Annual Meeting. You can submit a question up to 15 minutes prior to the
start of the Annual Meeting and up until the time we indicate that the question-and-answer session is concluded.
However, we encourage you to submit your questions before or during the formal business portion of the meeting
and our prepared statements, in advance of the question-and-answer session, in order to ensure that there is
adequate time to address questions in an orderly manner. You may also submit questions in advance of the
meeting via the internet at www.proxyvote.com when you vote your shares.
Can I change or revoke my proxy?
The common shares represented by each proxy will be voted in the manner you specified unless your proxy is
revoked before it is exercised. You may change or revoke your proxy by providing written notice to Kroger’s
Secretary at 1014 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, by executing and sending us a subsequent proxy, or by
voting your shares while logged in and participating in the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
2
How many shares are outstanding?
As of the close of business on April 27, 2020, the record date, our outstanding voting securities consisted of
786,187,556 common shares.
How many votes per share?
Each common share outstanding on the record date will be entitled to one vote on each of the 10 director
nominees and one vote on each other proposal. Shareholders may not cumulate votes in the election of directors.
What voting instructions can I provide?
You may instruct the proxies to vote ‘‘For’’ or ‘‘Against’’ each proposal, or you may instruct the proxies to
‘‘Abstain’’ from voting.
What happens if proxy cards or voting instruction forms are returned without instructions?
If you are a registered shareholder and you return your proxy card without instructions, the Proxy Committee
will vote in accordance with the recommendations of the Board.
If you hold shares in street name and do not provide your broker with specific voting instructions on proposals
1, 2, 4, and 5, which are considered non-routine matters, your broker does not have the authority to vote on those
proposals. This is generally referred to as a ‘‘broker non-vote.’’ Proposal 3, ratification of auditors, is considered a
routine matter and, therefore, your broker may vote your shares according to your broker’s discretion.
The vote required, including the effect of broker non-votes and abstentions for each of the matters presented
for shareholder vote, is set forth below.
What are the voting requirements and voting recommendation for each of the proposals?
Proposals
No. 1 Election of Directors
No. 2 Advisory Vote to Approve
Executive Compensation
No. 3 Ratification of
Independent Auditors
Nos. 4 and 5 Shareholder
Proposals
Board
Recommendation
Voting Approval
Standard
Effect of
Abstention
Effect of
broker
Non-vote
FOR each
Director Nominee
FOR
FOR
AGAINST each
Proposal
More votes ‘‘FOR’’ than
‘‘AGAINST’’ since an
uncontested election
Affirmative vote of the
majority of shares
participating in the voting
Affirmative vote of the
majority of shares
participating in the voting
Affirmative vote of the
majority of shares
participating in the voting
No Effect
No Effect
No Effect
No Effect
No Effect
Not Applicable
No Effect
No Effect
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder
Meeting to be Held on June 25, 2020
The Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement and 2019 Annual Report and the means to vote by internet
are available at www.proxyvote.com.
3
Kroger’s Corporate Governance Practices
Kroger is committed to strong corporate governance. We believe that strong governance builds trust and
promotes the long-term interests of our shareholders. Highlights of our corporate governance practices include the
following:
Board Governance Practices
✓ Strong Board oversight of enterprise risk.
✓ All director nominees are independent, except for the CEO.
✓ All five Board committees are fully independent.
✓ Robust code of ethics.
✓ Annual evaluation of the Chairman and CEO by the independent directors, led by the independent Lead
Director.
✓ Annual Board and committee self-assessments.
✓ Commitment to Board refreshment and diversity, with 4 of 10 directors nominees being women, including
the chair of the Audit Committee.
✓ Regular executive sessions of the independent directors, at the Board and committee level.
✓ Strong independent Lead Director with clearly defined role and responsibilities.
✓ High degree of Board interaction with management to ensure successful oversight and succession
planning.
Shareholder Rights
✓ All directors are elected annually with a simple majority standard for all uncontested director elections and
by plurality in contested director elections.
✓ No poison pill (shareholder rights plan).
✓ Shareholders have the right to call a special meeting.
✓ Regular engagement with shareholders to understand their perspectives and concerns on a broad array of
topics, including corporate governance matters.
✓ Responsive to shareholder feedback.
✓ Adopted proxy access for director nominees, enabling a shareholder, or group of up to 20 shareholders,
holding 3% of the Company’s common shares for at least three years to nominate candidates for the
greater of two seats or 20% of board nominees.
Compensation Governance
✓ Pay program tied to performance and business strategy.
✓ Majority of pay is long-term and at-risk with no guaranteed bonuses or salary increases.
✓ Stock ownership guidelines align executive and director interests with those of shareholders.
✓ Prohibition on all hedging, pledging, and short sales of Kroger securities by directors and executive
officers.
✓ No tax gross-up payments to executives.
4
Proposals to Shareholders
Item No. 1. Election of Directors
You are being asked to elect 10 director nominees for a one-year term. The Board of Directors
recommends that you vote FOR the election of all director nominees.
As of the date of this proxy statement, Kroger’s Board of Directors consists of 12 members. All 10 nominees, if
elected at the 2020 Annual Meeting, will serve until the annual meeting in 2021, or until their successors have been
elected by the shareholders or by the Board pursuant to Kroger’s Regulations, and qualified. The Board has not
nominated Mr. Jorge Montoya or Mr. James Runde for re-election as they reached their retirement dates under the
Company’s Guidelines on Issues of Corporate Governance (the ‘‘Guidelines’’) and have served an additional one-
year term at the Board’s request. In connection with Messrs. Montoya’s and Runde’s retirement, the Board will
reduce its size to 10 directors.
Kroger’s Articles of Incorporation provide that the vote required for election of a director nominee by the
shareholders, except in a contested election or when cumulative voting is in effect, is the affirmative vote of a
majority of the votes cast for or against the election of a nominee.
The experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led the Corporate Governance Committee and the
Board to conclude that the following individuals should serve as directors are set forth opposite each individual’s
name. The committee memberships stated below are those in effect as of the date of this proxy statement.
Nominees for Directors for Terms of Office Continuing until 2021
Nora A. Aufreiter
Age 60
Director Since 2014
Committees:
Financial Policy
Public Responsibilities
Ms. Aufreiter is Director Emeritus of McKinsey & Company, a global management consulting
firm. She retired in June 2014 after more than 27 years with McKinsey, most recently as a
director and senior partner. During that time, she worked extensively in the U.S., Canada,
and internationally with major retailers, financial institutions, and other consumer-facing
companies. Before joining McKinsey, Ms. Aufreiter spent three years in financial services
working in corporate finance and investment banking. She is a member of the Board of
Directors of The Bank of Nova Scotia. She is also on the board of a privately held company,
Cadillac Fairview, a subsidiary of Ontario Teachers Pension Plan, which is one of North
America’s largest owners, operators and developers of commercial real estate. Ms. Aufreiter
also serves on the boards of St. Michael’s Hospital and the Canadian Opera Company, and
is a member of the Dean’s Advisory Board for the Ivey Business School in Ontario, Canada.
Ms. Aufreiter has over 30 years of broad business experience in a variety of retail sectors.
Her vast experience in leading McKinsey’s North American Retail Practice, North American
Branding service line and the Consumer Digital and Omnichannel service line is of particular
value to the Board. She also brings to the Board valuable insight on commercial real estate.
Anne Gates
Age 60
Director Since 2015
Committees:
Audit*
Public Responsibilities
Ms. Gates was President of MGA Entertainment, Inc., a privately-held developer,
manufacturer, and marketer of toy and entertainment products for children, from 2014 until
her retirement in 2017. Ms. Gates held roles of increasing responsibility with The Walt
Disney Company from 1992-2012. Her roles included Executive Vice President, Managing
Director, and Chief Financial Officer for Disney Consumer Products, and Senior Vice
President of Operations, Planning and Analysis. Prior to joining Disney, Ms. Gates worked
for PepsiCo and Bear Stearns. She is currently a director of Tapestry, Inc. and Raymond
James Financial, Inc.
Ms. Gates has over 25 years of experience in the retail and consumer products industry.
She brings to Kroger financial expertise gained while serving as President of MGA and CFO
of a division of The Walt Disney Company. Ms. Gates has a broad business background in
finance, marketing, strategy and business development, including international business.
Her expertise in toy and entertainment products is of particular value to the Board.
Ms. Gates has been designated an Audit Committee financial expert and serves as Chair of
the Audit Committee.
* Denotes Committee Chair
5
Karen M. Hoguet
Age 63
Director since 2019
Committees:
Audit
Financial Policy
Susan J. Kropf
Age 71
Director Since 2007
Committees:
Compensation &
Talent Development
Corporate Governance
W. Rodney McMullen
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
Age 59
Director Since 2003
Clyde R. Moore
Age 66
Director Since 1997
Committees:
Compensation &
Talent Development*
Corporate Governance
Ms. Hoguet served as the Chief Financial Officer of Macy’s, Inc. from October 1997 until
July of 2018 when she became a strategic advisor to the Chief Executive Officer until her
retirement on February 1, 2019. Ms. Hoguet serves on the Board of Directors of Nielsen
Holdings plc. She also serves on the boards of Hebrew Union College and UCHealth. In the
past five years, she also served as a director of The Chubb Corporation.
Ms. Hoguet has over 30 years of retail and commercial experience. Her long tenure as a
senior executive of a publicly traded company with financial, audit, strategy, and risk
oversight experience is of particular value to the Board.
Ms. Kropf was President and Chief Operating Officer of Avon Products Inc., a manufacturer
and marketer of beauty care products, from 2001 until her retirement in January 2007. She
joined Avon in 1970 and, during her tenure at Avon, Ms. Kropf also served as Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Avon North America and Global Business
Operations from 1998 to 2000 and President, Avon U.S. from 1997 to 1998. Ms. Kropf was
a member of Avon’s Board of Directors from 1998 to 2006. She is currently a director of
Tapestry, Inc., and Sherwin Williams Company. In the past five years she also served as a
director of MeadWestvaco Corporation and Avon Products, Inc.
Ms. Kropf has unique and valuable consumer insight, having led a major, publicly-traded
retailer of beauty and related consumer products. She has extensive experience in
manufacturing, marketing, supply chain operations, customer service, and product
development, all of which assist her in her role as a member of Kroger’s Board. Ms. Kropf
has a strong financial background and has significant boardroom experience through her
service on the boards of various public companies, including experience serving on
compensation, audit, and corporate governance committees. She was inducted into the
YWCA Academy of Women Achievers. Ms. Kropf received recognition from the National
Association of Corporate Directors as an NACD Directorship 100 ‘‘Class of 2016’’ member.
Mr. McMullen was elected Chairman of the Board in January 2015 and Chief Executive
Officer of Kroger in January 2014. He served as Kroger’s President and Chief Operating
Officer from August 2009 to December 2013. Prior to that, Mr. McMullen was elected to
various roles at Kroger including Vice Chairman in 2003, Executive Vice President, Strategy,
Planning, and Finance in 1999, Senior Vice President in 1997, Group Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer in June 1995, and Vice President, Planning and Capital Management
in 1989. He is a director of VF Corporation. In the past five years, he also served as a
director of Cincinnati Financial Corporation.
Mr. McMullen has broad experience in the supermarket business, having spent his career
spanning over 40 years with Kroger. He has a strong background in finance, operations,
and strategic partnerships, having served in a variety of roles with Kroger, including as our
CFO, COO, and Vice Chairman. His service as chair of Cincinnati Financial Corporation’s
compensation committee and on its executive and investment committees, as well as his
service on the audit and nominating and governance committees of VF Corporation, adds
depth to his extensive retail experience.
Mr. Moore was the Chairman of First Service Networks, a national provider of facility and
maintenance repair services, until his retirement in 2015. Prior to his retirement, he was
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Service Networks from 2000 to 2014.
Mr. Moore has over 30 years of general management experience in public and private
companies. He has sound experience as a corporate leader overseeing all aspects of a
facilities management firm and numerous manufacturing companies. Mr. Moore’s expertise
broadens the scope of the Board’s experience to provide oversight to Kroger’s facilities,
digital, and manufacturing businesses. Additionally, his expertise and leadership as Chair of
the Compensation and Talent Development Committee is of particular value to the Board.
* Denotes Committee Chair
6
Ronald L. Sargent
Lead Director
Age 64
Director Since 2006
Committees:
Audit
Corporate Governance*
Public Responsibilities
Bobby S. Shackouls
Age 69
Director Since 1999
Committees:
Audit
Corporate Governance
Mark S. Sutton
Age 58
Director Since 2017
Committees:
Audit
Public Responsibilities
Mr. Sargent was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Staples, Inc., a business products
retailer, where he was employed from 1989 until his retirement in 2017. Prior to joining
Staples, Mr. Sargent spent 10 years with Kroger in various positions. He is a director of Five
Below, Inc. and Wells Fargo & Company. In the past five years, he served as a director of
Staples, Inc.
Mr. Sargent has over 35 years of retail experience, first with Kroger and then with increasing
levels of responsibility and leadership at Staples, Inc. His efforts helped carve out a new
market niche for the international retailer. His understanding of retail operations, consumer
insights, and e-commerce are of particular value to the Board. Mr. Sargent has been
designated an Audit Committee financial expert and serves as Lead Director of the Board.
Mr. Shackouls was Chairman of the Board of Burlington Resources Inc., a natural resources
business, from July 1997 until its merger with ConocoPhillips in 2006 and its President and
Chief Executive Officer from December 1995 until 2006. Mr. Shackouls was also President
and Chief Executive Officer of Burlington Resources Oil and Gas Company (formerly known
as Meridian Oil Inc.), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Burlington Resources, from 1994 to
1995. Mr. Shackouls is a director of Oasis Petroleum Inc., Quintana Energy Services, Plains
GP Holdings, L.P., and Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. Plains GP Holdings, L.P. is the
ultimate general partner of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. and although the two are
separate publicly traded companies, they are governed by a single board, and directors
receive compensation for service on the single board.
Mr. Shackouls brings to the Board the critical thinking that comes with a chemical
engineering background, as well as his experience leading a major natural resources
company, coupled with his corporate governance expertise.
Mr. Sutton is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of International Paper, a leading global
producer of renewable fiber-based packaging, pulp, and paper products. Prior to becoming
CEO, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer with responsibility for running the
company’s global business. Mr. Sutton joined International Paper in 1984 as an Electrical
Engineer. He held roles of increasing responsibility throughout his career, including Mill
Manager, Vice President of Corrugated Packaging Operations across Europe, the Middle
East and Africa, Vice President of Corporate Strategic Planning, and Senior Vice President
of several business units, including global supply chain, before being named CEO in 2014.
Mr. Sutton is a member of The Business Council, serves on the American Forest & Paper
Association board of directors, the Business Roundtable board of directors, and the
international advisory board of the Moscow School of Management – Skolkovo. He was
appointed chairman of the U.S. Russian Business Council. He also serves on the board of
directors of Memphis Tomorrow and the board of governors for New Memphis Institute.
Mr. Sutton has over thirty years of leadership experience with increasing levels of
responsibility and leadership at International Paper. He brings to the Board the critical
thinking that comes with an electrical engineering background as well as his experience
leading a global company. His strong strategic planning background and manufacturing and
supply chain experience are of particular value to the Board. Mr. Sutton has been
designated an Audit Committee financial expert.
* Denotes Committee Chair
7
Ashok Vemuri
Age 52
Director Since 2019
Committees:
Financial Policy
Public Responsibilities
Mr. Vemuri was Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Conduent Incorporated, a global
digital interactions company, since the company’s inception as a result of the spin-off from
Xerox Corporation in January 2017, until 2019. He previously served as Chief Executive
Officer of Xerox Business Services, LLC and as an Executive Vice President of Xerox
Corporation from July 2017 to December 2017. Prior to that, he was President, Chief
Executive Officer, and a member of the Board of Directors of IGATE Corporation, a New
Jersey-based global technology and services company now part of Capgemini, from 2013
to 2015. Before joining IGATE, Mr. Vemuri spent 14 years at Infosys Limited, a multinational
consulting and technology services company, in a variety of leadership and business
development roles and served on the board of Infosys from 2011 to 2013. Prior to joining
Infosys in 1999, Mr. Vemuri worked in the investment banking industry at Deutsche Bank
and Bank of America. In the past five years, he served as a director of Conduent
Incorporated.
Mr. Vemuri brings to the Board a proven track record of leading technology services
companies through growth and corporate transformations. His experience as CEO of global
technology companies is of particular value to the Board as he brings a unique operational,
financial, and client experience perspective.
The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote For Each Director Nominee.
Board Diversity and Succession Planning
Our director nominees reflect a wide array of experience, skills, and backgrounds. Each director is individually
qualified to make unique and substantial contributions to Kroger. Collectively, our directors’ diverse viewpoints and
independent-mindedness enhance the quality and effectiveness of Board deliberations and decision making. Our
Board is a dynamic group of new and experienced members, providing an appropriate balance of institutional
knowledge and fresh perspectives about Kroger due to the varied length of tenure on the Board. This blend of
qualifications, attributes, and tenure results in highly effective board leadership.
The Corporate Governance Committee considers racial, ethnic, and gender diversity to be important elements
in promoting full, open, and balanced deliberations of issues presented to the Board. The Corporate Governance
Committee considers director candidates who help the Board reflect the diversity of our shareholders, associates,
customers, and the communities in which we operate. Some consideration is also given to the geographic location
of director candidates in order to provide a reasonable distribution of members from Kroger’s operating areas.
Board succession planning is an ongoing, year-round process. The Corporate Governance Committee
recognizes the importance of thoughtful Board refreshment and engages in a continuing process of identifying
attributes sought for future Board members. The Corporate Governance Committee takes into account the Board
and committee evaluations regarding the specific qualities, skills, and experiences that would contribute to overall
Board and committee effectiveness, as well as the future needs of the Board and its committees in light of Kroger’s
current and long-term business strategies, and the skills and qualifications of directors who are expected to retire in
the future.
8
The Corporate Governance Committee believes that it has been successful in its efforts to promote gender
and ethnic diversity on our Board. The Corporate Governance Committee and Board believe that our director
nominees for election at our 2020 Annual Meeting bring to our Board a variety of different experiences, skills, and
qualifications that contribute to a well-functioning diverse Board that effectively oversees the Company’s strategy
and management. The charts below show the diversity of our director nominees and the skills and experience that
we consider important for our directors in light of our current business, strategy, and structure:
Business
Management
Retail
Consumer
Financial
Expertise
Risk
Management
Operations
& Technology
Sustainability
Manufacturing
Nora
Aufreiter
Anne
Gates
Karen
Hoguet
Susan
Kropf
Rodney
McMullen
Clyde
Moore
Ronald
Sargent
Bobby
Shackouls
Mark
Sutton
Ashok
Vemuri
Total
(of 10)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
10
6
6
10
6
9
5
4
Gender Diversity
Ethnic Diversity
40%
Women
20% of
Board is
ethnically
diverse
9
Information Concerning the Board of Directors
Board Leadership Structure and Lead Independent Director
As of the date of this proxy statement, Kroger’s Board is composed of eleven independent non-employee
directors and one management director, Mr. McMullen, the Chairman and CEO. If all ten nominees are elected, the
Board will reduce its size to ten directors and will be composed on nine independent non-employee directors and
one management director, Mr. McMullen. Kroger has a governance structure in which independent directors
exercise meaningful and vigorous oversight.
As provided in Kroger’s Guidelines, the Board has designated one of the independent directors as Lead
Director. The Lead Director works with the Chairman to share governance responsibilities, facilitate the
development of Kroger’s strategy and grow shareholder value. The Lead Director serves a variety of roles,
consistent with current best practices, including:
•
•
•
•
•
reviewing and approving Board meeting agendas, materials, and schedules to confirm that the appropriate
topics are reviewed, with sufficient information provided to directors on each topic and appropriate time is
allocated to each;
serving as the principal liaison between the Chairman, management, and the independent directors;
presiding at the executive sessions of independent directors and at all other meetings of the Board at
which the Chairman is not present;
calling meetings of independent directors at any time; and
serving as the Board’s representative for any consultation and direct communication, following a request,
with major shareholders.
The Lead Director carries out these responsibilities in numerous ways, including:
•
•
•
facilitating communication and collegiality among the Board members;
soliciting direct feedback from non-employee directors;
overseeing the succession planning process, including meeting with a wide range of employees including
corporate and division management associates;
• meeting with the CEO frequently to discuss strategy;
•
•
serving as a sounding board and advisor to the CEO; and
discussing Company matters with other directors between meetings.
Unless otherwise determined by the independent members of the Board, the Chair of the Corporate
Governance Committee is designated as the Lead Director. Ronald L. Sargent, an independent director and the
Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee, was appointed Lead Director in June 2018. Mr. Sargent is an
effective Lead Director for Kroger due to, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
his independence;
his deep strategic and operational understanding of Kroger obtained while serving as a Kroger director;
his insight into corporate governance;
his experience as the CEO of an international retailer;
his experience on the boards of other large publicly traded companies; and
his engagement and commitment to carrying out the role and responsibilities of the Lead Director.
With respect to the roles of Chairman and CEO, the Guidelines provide that the Board will determine whether it
is in the best interests of Kroger and our shareholders for the roles to be combined. The Board exercises this
judgment as it deems appropriate in light of prevailing circumstances. The Board believes that this leadership
structure improves the Board’s ability to focus on key policy and operational issues and helps the Company operate
in the long-term interest of shareholders. Additionally, this structure provides an effective balance between strong
Company leadership and appropriate safeguards and oversight by independent directors. Our CEO’s strong
background in finance, operations, and strategic partnerships is particularly important to the Board given Kroger’s
current transformation under Restock Kroger. His consistent leadership, deep industry expertise, and extensive
10
knowledge of the Company are also especially critical in the midst of the rapidly evolving retail landscape. The
Board believes that the structure of the Chairman and independent Lead Director position should continue to be
considered as part of the succession planning process.
Annual Board Evaluation Process
The Board and each of its committees conduct an annual evaluation to determine whether the Board is
functioning effectively both at the Board and at the committee levels. As part of this annual evaluation, the Board
assesses whether the current leadership structure and function continues to be appropriate for Kroger and its
shareholders. The Guidelines provide the flexibility for the Board to modify our leadership structure in the future as
appropriate. We believe that Kroger, like many U.S. companies, is well-served by this flexible leadership structure.
The Board recognizes that a robust evaluation process is an essential component of strong corporate
governance practices and ensuring Board effectiveness. The Corporate Governance Committee oversees an
annual evaluation process led by the Lead Independent Director (who also serves as Chair of the Corporate
Governance Committee).
Each director completes a detailed written annual evaluation of the Board and the committees on which he or
she serves and the Lead Director conducts interviews with each of the directors. These Board evaluations are
designed to assess the skills, qualifications, and experience represented on the Board and its committees, and to
determine whether the Board and its committees are functioning effectively. The process also evaluates the
relationship between management and the Board, including the level of access to management, responsiveness of
management, and the effectiveness of the Board’s evaluation of management performance. The results of this
Board evaluation are discussed by the full Board and each committee, as applicable, and changes to the Board’s
and its committees’ practices are implemented as appropriate.
Committees of the Board of Directors
To assist the Board in undertaking its responsibilities, and to allow deeper engagement in certain areas of
company oversight, the Board has established five standing committees: Audit, Compensation and Talent
Development (‘‘Compensation’’), Corporate Governance, Financial Policy, and Public Responsibilities. All
committees are composed exclusively of independent directors, as determined under the New York Stock
Exchange (‘‘NYSE’’) listing standards. The current charter of each Board committee is available on our website at
ir.kroger.com under Investors – Governance – Guidelines on Issues of Corporate Governance.
Name of Committee, Number of
Meetings, and Current Members
Committee Functions
Audit Committee
Meetings in 2019 : 5
Members:
Anne Gates, Chair
Karen M. Hoguet
Ronald L. Sargent
Bobby S. Shackouls
Mark S. Sutton
• Oversees the Company’s financial reporting and accounting matters,
including review of the Company’s financial statements and the audit
thereof, the Company’s financial reporting and accounting process,
and the Company’s systems of internal control over financial reporting
• Selects, evaluates, and oversees the compensation and work of the
independent registered public accounting firm and reviews its
performance, qualifications, and independence
• Oversees and evaluates the Company’s internal audit function,
including review of its audit plan, policies and procedures, and
significant findings
• Oversees risk assessment and risk management, including review of
cybersecurity risks as well as legal or regulatory matters that could
have a significant effect on the Company
• Reviews and monitors the Company’s compliance programs, including
the whistleblower program
11
Name of Committee, Number of
Meetings, and Current Members
Committee Functions
Compensation Committee
• Recommends for approval by the independent directors the
Meetings in 2019: 5
Members:
Clyde R. Moore, Chair
Susan J. Kropf
Jorge P. Montoya
James A. Runde
compensation of the CEO and approves the compensation of other
senior management
• Administers the Company’s executive compensation policies and
programs, including determining grants of equity awards under the
plans
• Has sole authority to retain and direct the committee’s compensation
consultant
• Assists the full Board with senior management succession planning
Corporate Governance Committee
• Oversees the Company’s corporate governance policies and
Meetings in 2019: 2
Members:
Ronald L. Sargent, Chair
Susan J. Kropf
Clyde R. Moore
Bobby S. Shackouls
procedures
• Develops criteria for selecting and retaining directors, including
identifying and recommending qualified candidates to be director
nominees
• Designates membership and Chairs of Board committees
• Reviews the Board’s performance and director independence
• Establishes and reviews the practices and procedures by which the
Board performs its functions
Financial Policy Committee
• Reviews and recommends financial policies and practices
Meetings in 2019: 2
Members:
James A. Runde, Chair
Nora A. Aufreiter
Karen M. Hoguet
Ashok Vemuri
• Oversees management of the Company’s financial resources
• Reviews the Company’s annual financial plan, significant capital
investments, plans for major acquisitions or sales, issuance of new
common or preferred stock, dividend policy, creation of additional debt
and other capital structure considerations including additional leverage
or dilution in ownership
• Monitors the investment management of assets held in pension and
profit sharing plans administered by the Company
Public Responsibilities Committee
• Reviews the Company’s policies and practices affecting its social and
Meetings in 2019: 2
Members:
Jorge P. Montoya, Chair
Nora A. Aufreiter
Anne Gates
Ronald L. Sargent
Mark S. Sutton
Ashok Vemuri
public responsibility as a corporate citizen, including: community
relations, charitable giving, supplier diversity, sustainability,
government relations, political action, consumer and media relations,
food and pharmacy safety and the safety of customers and employees
• Reviews and examines the Company’s evaluation of and response to
changing public expectations and public issues affecting the business
Director Nominee Selection Process
The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board a slate of nominees for
election at each annual meeting of shareholders. The Corporate Governance Committee recruits candidates for
Board membership through its own efforts and through recommendations from other directors and shareholders. In
addition, the Corporate Governance Committee retains an independent search firm to assist in identifying and
recruiting director candidates who meet the criteria established by the Corporate Governance Committee.
These criteria are:
•
demonstrated ability in fields considered to be of value to the Board in the deliberation and long-term
planning of the Board and Kroger, including business management, public service, education, science,
technology, e-commerce, law, and government;
12
•
•
•
•
experience in high growth companies and nominees whose business experience can help the Company
innovate and derive new value from existing assets;
highest standards of personal character and conduct;
willingness to fulfill the obligations of directors and to make the contribution of which he or she is capable,
including regular attendance and participation at Board and committee meetings, and preparation for all
meetings, including review of all meeting materials provided in advance of the meeting; and
ability to understand the perspectives of Kroger’s customers, taking into consideration the diversity of our
customers, including regional and geographic differences.
The Corporate Governance Committee also considers the specific experience and abilities of director
candidates in light of our current business, strategy and structure, and the current or expected needs of the Board
in its identification and recruitment of director candidates.
Shareholder Engagement
Maintaining ongoing relationships with our shareholders, and understanding our shareholders’ views, is a
priority for both our Board and management team. We have a longstanding history of engaging with our
shareholders through our investor relations team’s year-round outreach program. At the direction of our Board, we
expanded our shareholder engagement program in 2016 to include outreach to our largest shareholders’
governance teams. In 2019, we requested meetings with shareholders representing 43% of our outstanding shares
during proxy season and off-season engagement and ultimately engaged with shareholders representing 36% of
our outstanding shares.
During these engagements, some of which included the participation of our Lead Director, we discussed and
solicited feedback on a range of topics, including business strategy, corporate governance, executive
compensation and sustainability. In addition, we attended industry events to further engage with shareholders and
subject matter experts. These conversations provided valuable insights into our shareholders’ perspectives and
their feedback was shared with, and considered by, our full Board. Please see page 36 for a discussion of actions
taken by our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors based, in part, on these engagements.
Candidates Nominated by Shareholders
The Corporate Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for director nominees for
election to the Board. If shareholders wish to nominate a person or persons for election to the Board at our 2021
annual meeting, written notice must be submitted to Kroger’s Secretary, and received at our executive offices, in
accordance with Kroger’s Regulations, not later than March 28, 2021. Such notice should include the name, age,
business address and residence address of such person, the principal occupation or employment of such person,
the number of Kroger common shares owned of record or beneficially by such person and any other information
relating to the person that would be required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the election of directors.
The Secretary will forward the information to the Corporate Governance Committee for its consideration. The
Corporate Governance Committee will use the same criteria in evaluating candidates submitted by shareholders as
it uses in evaluating candidates identified by the Corporate Governance Committee, as described above. See
‘‘Director Nominee Selection Process.’’
Eligible shareholders have the ability to submit director nominees for inclusion in our proxy statement for the
2021 annual meeting of shareholders. To be eligible, shareholders must have owned at least 3% of our common
shares for at least three years. Up to 20 shareholders are able to aggregate for this purpose. Nominations must be
submitted to our Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices no earlier than December 13, 2020 and no
later than January 12, 2021.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
The Board has adopted the Guidelines which include copies of the current charters for each of the five
standing committees of the Board. The Guidelines are available on our website at ir.kroger.com under Investors –
Governance – Guidelines on Issues of Corporate Governance. Shareholders may also obtain a copy of the
Guidelines by making a written request to Kroger’s Secretary at our executive offices.
13
Independence
The Board has determined that all of the non-employee directors have no material relationships with Kroger
and satisfy the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Therefore,
all non-employee directors are independent for purposes of the NYSE listing standards. The Board made its
determination based on information furnished by all members regarding their relationships with Kroger and its
management, and other relevant information. The Board considered, among other things, that
•
•
the value of any business transactions between Kroger and entities with which the directors are affiliated
falls below the thresholds identified by the NYSE listing standards, and
none had any material relationships with Kroger other than serving on our Board.
Audit Committee Expertise
The Board has determined that Anne Gates, Karen M. Hoguet, Ronald L. Sargent and Mark S. Sutton,
independent directors who are members of the Audit Committee, are ‘‘audit committee financial experts’’ as defined
by applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) regulations and that all members of the Audit
Committee are ‘‘financially literate’’ as that term is used in the NYSE listing standards and are independent in
accordance with Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Code of Ethics
The Board has adopted The Kroger Co. Policy on Business Ethics, applicable to all officers, employees and
directors, including Kroger’s principal executive, financial and accounting officers. The Policy on Business Ethics is
available on our website at ir.kroger.com under Investors – Governance – Policy on Business Ethics. Shareholders
may also obtain a copy of the Policy on Business Ethics by making a written request to Kroger’s Secretary at our
executive offices.
Communications with the Board
The Board has established two separate mechanisms for shareholders and interested parties to communicate
with the Board. Any shareholder or interested party who has concerns regarding accounting, improper use of
Kroger assets, or ethical improprieties may report these concerns via the toll-free hotline (800-689-4609) or website
(ethicspoint.com) established by the Board’s Audit Committee. The concerns are investigated by Kroger’s Vice
President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer and the Vice President of Internal Audit and reported to the Audit
Committee as deemed appropriate.
Shareholders or interested parties also may communicate with the Board in writing directed to Kroger’s
Secretary at our executive offices. Communications relating to personnel issues, ordinary business operations, or
companies seeking to do business with us, will be forwarded to the business unit of Kroger that the Secretary
deems appropriate. All other communications will be forwarded to the Chair of the Corporate Governance
Committee for further consideration. The Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee will take such action as he
or she deems appropriate, which may include referral to the full Corporate Governance Committee or the entire
Board.
Attendance
The Board held five meetings in fiscal year 2019. During fiscal 2019, all incumbent directors attended at least
75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and committees on which that director served. Members of
the Board are expected to use their best efforts to attend all annual meetings of shareholders. All 12 of the then
current members attended last year’s annual meeting.
Independent Compensation Consultants
The Compensation Committee directly engages a compensation consultant to advise the Compensation
Committee in the design of Kroger’s executive compensation. The Committee retained Korn Ferry Hay (US) (‘‘Korn
Ferry’’) beginning in December 2017. Retained by and reporting directly to the Compensation Committee, Korn
Ferry provided the Committee with assistance in evaluating Kroger’s executive compensation programs and
policies.
In fiscal 2019, Kroger paid Korn Ferry $523,769 for work performed for the Compensation Committee. Kroger,
on management’s recommendation, retained Korn Ferry to provide other services for Kroger in fiscal 2019 for
which Kroger paid $311,868. These other services primarily related to consulting on administrative management
14
and compensation structure redesign. The Compensation Committee expressly approved Korn Ferry performing
these additional services. After taking into consideration the NYSE’s independence standards and the SEC rules,
the Compensation Committee determined that Korn Ferry was independent, and their work has not raised any
conflict of interest.
The Compensation Committee may engage an additional compensation consultant from time to time as it
deems advisable.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No member of the Compensation Committee was an officer or employee of Kroger during fiscal 2019, and no
member of the Compensation Committee is a former officer of Kroger or was a party to any related person
transaction involving Kroger required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. During fiscal 2019, none of
our executive officers served on the board of directors or on the compensation committee of any other entity that
has or had executive officers serving as a member of Kroger’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of
the Board.
Board Oversight of Enterprise Risk
While risk management is primarily the responsibility of Kroger’s management team, the Board is responsible
for strategic planning and overall supervision of our risk management activities. The Board’s oversight of the
material risks faced by Kroger occurs at both the full Board level and at the committee level.
The Board receives presentations throughout the year from various department and business unit leaders that
include discussion of significant risks as necessary, including newly identified and evolving high priority risks, such
as those presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. At each Board meeting, the Chairman and CEO addresses
matters of particular importance or concern, including any significant areas of risk that require Board attention.
Additionally, through dedicated sessions focusing entirely on corporate strategy, the full Board reviews in detail
Kroger’s short- and long-term strategies, including consideration of significant risks facing Kroger and their potential
impact. The independent directors, in executive sessions led by the Lead Director, address matters of particular
concern, including significant areas of risk, that warrant further discussion or consideration outside the presence of
Kroger employees. At the committee level, reports are given by management subject matter experts to each
committee on risks within the scope of their charters.
The Audit Committee has oversight responsibility not only for financial reporting of Kroger’s major financial
exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control those exposures, but also for the
effectiveness of management’s processes that monitor and manage key business risks facing Kroger, as well as
the major areas of risk exposure, and management’s efforts to monitor and control the major areas of risk exposure
including cybersecurity risk. The Audit Committee incorporates its risk oversight function into its regular reports to
the Board and also discusses with management its policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management.
Management provides regular updates throughout the year to the respective Board committees regarding
management of the risks they oversee. For example, our Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer
provides regular updates to the Audit Committee on our compliance risks and actions taken to mitigate that risk;
and our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer and our Chief Information Security Officer provide
regular updates on our cybersecurity risks and actions taken to mitigate that risk to the Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee reports on risk to the full Board at each regular meeting of the Board.
We believe that our approach to risk oversight, as described above, optimizes our ability to assess inter-
relationships among the various risks, make informed cost-benefit decisions, and approach emerging risks in a
proactive manner for Kroger. We also believe that our risk structure complements our current Board leadership
structure, as it allows our independent directors, through the five fully independent Board committees, and in
executive sessions of independent directors led by the Lead Director, to exercise effective oversight of the actions
of management, led by Mr. McMullen as Chairman and CEO, in identifying risks and implementing effective risk
management policies and controls.
Environmental, Sustainability, and Governance Oversight
We are aligned with the desire of our customers, associates, and shareholders that we engage in our
communities and reduce our impacts on the environment while continuing to create positive economic value over
the long-term. Given the breadth of topics and their importance to us, most of our Board committees have direct
oversight of environmental, sustainability and governance (‘‘ESG’’) topics. Among the other key responsibilities for
15
each committee: the Audit Committee oversees risk management and compliance with legal, financial and
regulatory requirements; the Public Responsibilities Committee oversees our responsibilities as a corporate citizen
and efforts to engage stakeholders and manage issues that affect our business, including sustainability, supplier
diversity and food safety, among other topics; the Corporate Governance Committee oversees our good
governance practices; and the Compensation and Talent Development Committee oversees talent development.
We discuss the responsibilities of each committee further above. Throughout the year, Kroger leaders update the
Public Responsibilities Committee on important ESG topics, which may relate to our sustainability initiatives such
as our Zero Hunger|Zero Waste campaign, our food safety programs, and community and customer engagement.
At each Board meeting, Kroger’s Chairman and CEO addresses matters of particular importance or concern,
including any significant areas of risk that require Board attention.
For the past thirteen years, our Company has prepared and produced an annual report describing our
progress and initiatives regarding sustainability and other ESG matters. For the most recent information regarding
our ESG initiatives and related matters, please visit http://sustainability.kroger.com. The information on, or
accessible through, this website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this proxy statement.
In addition, our full Board oversees issues related to diversity and inclusion within the Kroger workplace.
Diversity and inclusion have been deeply rooted in Kroger’s values for decades. We are committed to fostering an
environment of inclusion in the workplace, marketplace, and workforce where the diversity of cultures,
backgrounds, experiences, perspectives and ideas are valued and appreciated. Kroger’s corporate team and retail
divisions have strategic partnerships with universities, educational institutions and community partners to improve
how we attract candidates from all backgrounds and ethnicities for jobs at all levels. Diversity and inclusion will
continue to be a key ingredient in feeding Kroger’s innovation, long-term sustainability and the human spirit.
The Kroger family of companies provides inclusion training to all management and many hourly associates.
Most work locations (stores, plants, distribution centers and offices) have an inclusion-focused team, called Our
Promise team. The teams work on projects that reflect Kroger’s values, offer leaders valuable feedback and
suggestions on improving diversity and inclusion, and facilitate communication to champion business priorities.
16
Director Compensation
2019 Director Compensation
The following table describes the 2019 compensation for non-employee directors. Mr. McMullen does not
receive compensation for his Board service.
Name
Nora A. Aufreiter
Robert D. Beyer(4)
Anne Gates
Karen M. Hoguet(5)
Susan J. Kropf
Jorge P. Montoya
Clyde R. Moore
James A. Runde
Ronald L. Sargent
Bobby S. Shackouls
Mark S. Sutton
Ashok Vemuri
Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
Stock
Awards(1)
Option
Awards(2)
Change in Pension
Value
And Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
Earnings(3)
$ 89,723
$176,530
$ 36,964
$
—
$124,615
$176,530
$ 16,954
$102,084
$ 89,723
$176,530
$104,677
$176,530
$109,661
$176,530
$104,677
$176,530
$152,030
$176,530
$ 99,692
$176,530
$ 99,692
$176,530
$ 89,723
$176,530
—
—
—
—
39,000
39,000
39,000
26,000
39,000
—
—
—
$
0
$ 12,308
0
0
0
0
$145,359
0
$ 4,042
0
0
0
Total
$266,253
$ 49,272
$301,145
$119,038
$266,253
$281,207
$431,550
$281,207
$332,602
$276,222
$276,222
$266,253
(1) Amounts reported in the Stock Awards column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the annual
incentive share award, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. On July 15, 2019, each non-
employee director then serving received 7,995 incentive shares with a grant date fair value of $176,530.
Ms. Hoguet received a prorated award of 3,620 shares with a grant date fair value of $102,084 on
December 12, 2019 when she joined the Board.
(2) Options are no longer granted to non-employee directors. The aggregate number of previously granted stock
options that remained unexercised and outstanding at fiscal year-end was as follows: Mr. Runde held
26,000 options and Messrs. Montoya, Moore, and Sargent and Ms. Kropf each held 39,000 options.
(3) The amounts reported for Mr. Beyer and Mr. Sargent represent preferential earnings on nonqualified deferred
compensation. For a complete explanation of preferential earnings, please refer to footnote 5 to the Summary
Compensation Table. The amount reported for Mr. Moore represents the change in actuarial present value of
his accumulated benefit under the pension plan for non-employee directors. Pension values may fluctuate
significantly from year to year depending on a number of factors, including age, average annual earnings, and
the assumptions used to determine the present value, such as the discount rate. The increase in the actuarial
present value of his accumulated pension benefit for 2019 is primarily due to the decrease in the discount rate,
partially offset by the change in value of the benefit due to aging and mortality project scale updates.
(4) Because Mr. Beyer retired from the Board on June 27, 2019, he received a prorated cash retainer.
(5) Because Ms. Hoguet was appointed to the Board on December 12, 2019, she received a prorated cash
retainer.
Annual Compensation
Each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of $90,000. The Lead Director receives an
additional annual retainer of $37,500 per year; the members of the Audit Committee each receive an additional
annual retainer of $10,000; the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $25,000; the
Chair of Compensation Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $20,000; and the Chair of each of the
other committees receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000. Each non-employee director also receives an
annual grant of incentive shares (Kroger common shares) with a value of approximately $175,000.
17
The Board has determined that compensation of non-employee directors must be competitive on an ongoing
basis to attract and retain directors who meet the qualifications for service on the Board. Non-employee director
compensation was adjusted in 2018 and will be reviewed from time to time as the Corporate Governance
Committee deems appropriate.
Pension Plan
Non-employee directors first elected prior to July 17, 1997 receive an unfunded retirement benefit equal to the
average cash compensation for the five calendar years preceding retirement. Only Mr. Moore is eligible for this
benefit. Benefits begin at the later of actual retirement or age 65.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
We also maintain a deferred compensation plan for non-employee directors. Participants may defer up to
100% of their cash compensation and/or the receipt of all (and not less than all) of the annual award of incentive
shares.
Cash Deferrals
Cash deferrals are credited to a participant’s deferred compensation account. Participants may elect from
either or both of the following two alternative methods of determining benefits:
•
•
interest accrues until paid out at the rate of interest determined prior to the beginning of the deferral year
to represent Kroger’s cost of ten-year debt; and/or
amounts are credited in ‘‘phantom’’ stock accounts and the amounts in those accounts fluctuate with the
price of Kroger common shares.
In both cases, deferred amounts are paid out only in cash, based on deferral options selected by the
participant at the time the deferral elections are made. Participants can elect to have distributions made in a lump
sum or in quarterly installments, and may make comparable elections for designated beneficiaries who receive
benefits in the event that deferred compensation is not completely paid out upon the death of the participant.
Incentive Share Deferrals
Participants may also defer the receipt of all (and not less than all) of the annual award of incentive shares.
Distributions will be made by delivery of Kroger common shares within 30 days after the date which is six months
after the participant’s separation of service.
18
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock
The following table sets forth the common shares beneficially owned as of April 1, 2020 by Kroger’s directors,
the NEOs, and the directors and executive officers as a group. The percentage of ownership is based on
777,408,444 of Kroger common shares outstanding on April 1, 2020. Shares reported as beneficially owned include
shares held indirectly through Kroger’s defined contribution plans and other shares held indirectly, as well as
shares subject to stock options exercisable on or before May 31, 2020. Except as otherwise noted, each beneficial
owner listed in the table has sole voting and investment power with regard to the common shares beneficially
owned by such owner.
Name
Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership(1)
(a)
Options Exercisable
on or before
May 31,
2020 – included
in column (a)
(b)
Stuart Aitken(2)
Nora A. Aufreiter(3)
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
Anne Gates(3)
Karen M. Hoguet(4)
Susan J. Kropf
W. Rodney McMullen
Gary Millerchip
Jorge P. Montoya(5)
Clyde R. Moore
James A. Runde
Ronald L. Sargent(3)
J. Michael Schlotman
Bobby S. Shackouls(3)
Mark S. Sutton(3)
Ashok Vemuri
246,295
34,096
221,313
807,014
28,724
5,695
135,166
4,775,861
245,101
108,059
153,566
128,578
179,767
296,954
88,974
24,189
11,043
95,590
—
79,307
470,029
—
—
39,000
1,819,463
75,974
39,000
39,000
26,000
39,000
195,804
—
—
—
Directors and executive officers as a group (28 persons, including
those named above)
10,607,159
4,552,369
(1) No director or officer owned as much as 1% of Kroger common shares. The directors and executive officers as
a group beneficially owned 1.36% of Kroger common shares.
(2) This amount includes 3,018 shares held by Mr. Aitken’s spouse. He disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares.
(3) This amount includes incentive share awards that were deferred under the deferred compensation plan for
independent directors in the following amounts: Ms. Aufreiter, 9,447; Ms. Gates, 7,669; Mr. Sargent, 39,129;
Mr. Shackouls, 39,129; Mr. Sutton, 6,503.
(4) This amount includes 2,075 shares held by Ms. Hoguet’s spouse. She disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares.
(5) This amount includes 22,000 shares held in Mr. Montoya’s trust. He disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares.
19
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial owners of more than five percent of Kroger
common shares as of April 1, 2020 based on reports on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC.
Name
Address
BlackRock, Inc.
State Street Corporation
Vanguard Group Inc.
55 East 52nd St.
New York, NY 10055
State Street Financial Center
One Lincoln Street
Boston, MA 02111
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355
Amount and Nature
of Ownership
Percentage
of Class
57,998,196(1)
7.20%
40,494,591(2)
5.06%
69,103,533(3)
8.63%
(1) Reflects beneficial ownership by BlackRock Inc., as of December 31, 2019, as reported on Amendment No. 10
to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 5, 2020, reporting sole voting power with respect to
48,728,989 common shares, and sole dispositive power with regard to 57,998,196 common shares.
(2) Reflects beneficial ownership by State Street Corporation as of December 31, 2019 as reported on Schedule
13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2020, reporting shared voting power with respect to
34,718,821 common shares, and shared dispositive power with respect to 40,494,591 common shares.
(3) Reflects beneficial ownership by Vanguard Group Inc. as of December 31, 2019, as reported on Amendment
No. 5 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2020, reporting sole voting power with respect to
1,195,599 common shares, shared voting power with respect to 241,812 common shares, sole dispositive
power of 67,741,558 common shares, and shared dispositive power of 1,361,975 common shares.
Related Person Transactions
The Board has adopted a written policy requiring that any Related Person Transaction may be consummated
or continue only if the Audit Committee approves or ratifies the transaction in accordance with the policy. A ‘‘Related
Person Transaction’’ is one (a) involving Kroger, (b) in which one of our directors, nominees for director, executive
officers, or greater than five percent shareholders, or their immediate family members, have a direct or indirect
material interest; and (c) the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in a fiscal year.
The Audit Committee will approve only those Related Person Transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with,
the best interests of Kroger and its shareholders, as determined by the Audit Committee in good faith in
accordance with its business judgment. No director may participate in any review, approval or ratification of any
transaction if he or she, or an immediate family member, has a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.
Where a Related Person Transaction will be ongoing, the Audit Committee may establish guidelines for
management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related person and the Audit Committee will review and
assess the relationship on an annual basis to ensure it complies with such guidelines and that the Related Person
Transaction remains appropriate.
20
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Executive Summary
Named Executive Officers
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides a discussion and analysis of our compensation program
for our named executive officers (‘‘NEOs’’). For the 2019 fiscal year ended February 1, 2020, the NEOs were:
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
Title
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President, Alternative Business
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Executive Vice President and Retired Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Schlotman, who had been in his role for nearly 20 years, stepped down as Chief Financial Officer on
April 3, 2019. He remained Executive Vice President until his retirement from the Company on December 31, 2019,
during which time he continued to receive the same compensation and to participate in the Company’s annual and
long-term incentive programs. Mr. Millerchip succeeded Mr. Schlotman as Chief Financial Officer on April 4, 2019.
Summary of Key Compensation Practices
What we do:
What we do not do:
✓ Align pay and performance
✘ No employment contracts with executives
✓ Significant share ownership guidelines of 5x salary
✘ No special severance or change in control
for our CEO
programs applicable only to executive officers
✓ Multiple performance metrics under our short- and
long-term performance-based plans discourage
excessive risk taking at the expense of long-term
results
✓ Double trigger change in control provisions in all
equity awards beginning in 2019
✓ All long-term compensation is equity-based
beginning in 2019
✘ No single-trigger cash severance benefits upon
a change in control
✘ No cash component of the new long-term incentive
plan
✘ No tax gross-up payments for executives
✘ No special executive life insurance benefit
✘ No re-pricing or backdating of options without
✓ Engagement of an independent compensation
shareholder approval
consultant
✓ Robust clawback policy
✓ Ban on hedging, pledging and short sales of Kroger
securities
✓ Minimal perquisites
✘ No guaranteed salary increases or bonuses
✘ No payment of dividends or dividend equivalents
until performance units are earned
21
Summary of Fixed and At-Risk Pay Elements
The fixed and at-risk pay elements of the NEO compensation plan for 2019 are reflected in the following table
and charts.
Fiscal Year 2019 CEO Compensation Decisions
In fiscal year 2019, the Compensation Committee made the following key decisions about Mr. McMullen’s
compensation:
•
•
•
•
•
•
No increase to base salary
No increase to the target annual cash bonus
Elimination of the cash component of the long-term incentive plan
An increase to the total long-term incentive opportunity from $10 million to $10.5 million
A long-term incentive compensation value mix comprised of 50% performance units, 30% restricted stock,
and 20% stock options
A total increase to target total direct compensation of 3.6%
22
The table below compares fiscal 2019 to 2018 target direct compensation. Target total direct compensation is a
more accurate reflection of how the Compensation Committee benchmarks and establishes CEO compensation
than the disclosure provided in the Summary Compensation Table, which table includes a combination of actual
compensation earned in the fiscal year, the current value of at-risk equity compensation to be earned in future fiscal
years, and the actuarial value of future pension benefits. The Compensation Committee establishes Mr. McMullen’s
target direct compensation such that only 9% of his compensation is fixed. The remaining 91% of target
compensation is at-risk, meaning that the actual compensation Mr. McMullen receives will depend on the extent to
which the Company achieves the performance metrics set by the Compensation Committee, and with respect to all
of the equity vehicles, the future value of Kroger common shares.
($000s)
Year
2019
2018
Base
Salary
Target
Annual
Incentive
Long-Term
Cash
Bonus
Performance
Units
Restricted
Stock
Stock
Options
Total
LTI
Target
TDC Increase
$1,316
$2,500
—
$1,316
$2,500
$2,632
$5,250
$2,632
$3,150
$2,368
$2,100 $10,500 $14,316
3.6%
$2,368 $10,000 $13,816
As shown in the table above, and discussed in more detail on page 33, in fiscal 2019, the Compensation
Committee made the decision to eliminate the cash portion of the long-term performance-based bonus program
and grant 100% of long-term performance-based incentives in equity. This was done in order to increase
performance orientation of the plan, to align with market practices, and to further align the interests of executives
with shareholders. In addition, the Committee combined time-based and performance-based long-term equity into
one program with consistent guidelines and rebalanced the forms of equity as follows: 50% performance units,
30% restricted stock, and 20% stock options. The Compensation Committee made these decisions after reviewing
Mr. McMullen’s compensation relative to peer group CEOs and evaluating the Company’s performance. These
decisions resulted in target total direct compensation for the CEO to be positioned at the median relative to peer
group CEOs.
The CEO and several other NEOs are participants in Kroger’s grandfathered pension plan, details of which are
provided in the Summary Compensation Table and further in the section titled, ‘‘Pension Plan and Excess Plan’’ on
page 47. The Summary Compensation Table provides the change in value of the future pension benefit for each
fiscal year, in accordance with disclosure rules and actuarial standards. The value disclosed in the Summary
Compensation Table in the Change in Pension Value column and footnote 4 to the table, for the CEO shows a
significant increase, from $335,955 in fiscal 2018 to $6,962,485 in fiscal 2019. However, it is important to note that
this does not represent an amount paid to the CEO in the fiscal year but is an estimate of the change in the present
value of the future pension benefit based on standardized actuarial assumptions. The increase in value in 2019 is
attributed to the change in the discount rate from 2018 to 2019, which resulted in an increase in the actuarially
determined value, and the increase in Mr. McMullen’s average annual earnings as calculated under the pension
plan.
Lastly, on December 31, 2019, Kroger froze the compensation and service periods used to calculate pension
benefits for all active employees, including the CEO and other NEO participants. Beginning January 1, 2020, the
CEO and others, will no longer accrue additional benefits for future service or eligible compensation received under
these plans.
23
CEO and Named Executive Officer Target Pay Mix
The amounts used in the charts below are based on 2019 target total direct compensation for the CEO and the
average of other Named Executive Officers. As illustrated below, 91% of the CEO’s target total direct compensation
is at-risk. On average, 83% of the other Named Executive Officers’ compensation is at risk.
Our Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
As one of the largest retailers in the world, our executive compensation philosophy is to attract and retain the
best management talent as well as motivate these employees to achieve our business and financial goals. Kroger’s
incentive plans are designed to reward the actions that lead to long-term value creation. The Compensation
Committee believes that there is a strong link between our business strategy, the performance metrics in our short-
term and long-term incentive programs, and the business results that drive shareholder value.
We believe our strategy creates value for shareholders in a manner consistent with Kroger’s purpose: To Feed
the Human Spirit.
To achieve our objectives, the Compensation Committee seeks to ensure that compensation is competitive
and that there is a direct link between pay and performance. To do so, it is guided by the following principles:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A significant portion of pay should be performance-based, with the percentage of total pay tied to
performance increasing proportionally with an NEO’s level of responsibility.
Compensation should include incentive-based pay to drive performance, providing superior pay for
superior performance, including both a short- and long-term focus.
Compensation policies should include an opportunity for, and a requirement of, equity ownership to align
the interests of NEOs and shareholders.
Components of compensation should be tied to an evaluation of business and individual performance
measured against metrics that directly drive our business strategy.
Compensation plans should be clear and simple and provide a direct line of sight to company
performance.
Compensation programs should be aligned with market practices.
Compensation programs should serve to both motivate and retain talent.
The Compensation Committee has three related objectives regarding compensation:
•
•
First, the Compensation Committee believes that compensation must be designed to attract and retain
those individuals who are best suited to be an officer at Kroger.
Second, a majority of compensation should help align the interests of our NEOs with the interests of our
shareholders.
24
•
Third, compensation should create strong incentives for the NEOs to achieve the annual business plan
targets established by the Board, and to achieve Kroger’s long-term strategic objectives.
Components of Executive Compensation at Kroger
For 2019, compensation for our NEOs is comprised of the following:
•
•
Annual Compensation:
○
○
Salary
Performance-Based Annual Cash Bonus
Long-Term Compensation:
○
○
○
Performance-Based Long-Term Incentive Plan consisting only of performance units; eliminated
cash portion of plan for the 2019 program
Non-qualified stock options
Restricted stock
•
Retirement and other benefits
• Minimal perquisites
The annual and long-term performance-based compensation awards described herein were made pursuant to
our 2014 Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan, which was approved by our shareholders in 2014. Grants
made in July 2019 and thereafter are made under the 2019 Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan, which was
approved by our shareholders in June 2019.
Annual Compensation – Salary
Our philosophy with respect to salary is to provide a sufficient and stable source of fixed cash compensation.
All of our compensation cannot be at-risk or long-term. It is important to provide a meaningful annual salary to
attract and retain a high caliber leadership team, and to have an appropriate level of cash compensation that is not
variable.
Salaries for the NEOs (with the exception of the CEO) are established each year by the Compensation
Committee, in consultation with the CEO. The CEO’s salary is established by all of the independent directors.
Salaries for the NEOs were reviewed by the Compensation Committee in March of 2019 and increased as of
April 1, 2019.
The amount of each NEO’s salary is influenced by numerous factors including:
•
•
•
•
An assessment of individual contribution in the judgment of the CEO and the Compensation Committee
(or, in the case of the CEO, all of the independent directors);
Benchmarking with comparable positions at peer group companies;
Tenure in role; and
Relationship to other Kroger executives’ salaries.
The assessment of individual contribution is a qualitative determination, based on the following factors:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Leadership;
Contribution to the officer group;
Achievement of established objectives;
Decision-making abilities;
Performance of the areas or groups directly reporting to the NEO;
Increased responsibilities;
Strategic thinking; and
Furtherance of Kroger’s purpose: To Feed the Human Spirit.
25
Annual Compensation – Performance-Based Annual Cash Bonus
The NEOs participate in a corporate performance-based annual cash bonus plan. The amount of annual cash
bonus that the NEOs earn each year is based upon Kroger’s overall company performance compared to goals
established by the Compensation Committee based on the business plan adopted by the Board of Directors. The
annual cash bonus for all NEOs other than Mr. Aitken was based solely on the corporate plan metrics and
Mr. Aitken’s annual cash bonus was based half on corporate plan metrics and half on team metrics, as described
below.
A minimum level of performance must be achieved before any payouts are earned, while a payout of up to
200% of target bonus potential can be achieved for superior performance on the corporate plan metrics. There are
no guaranteed or minimum payouts; if none of the performance goals are achieved, then none of the bonus is
earned and no payout is made.
The annual cash bonus plan is designed to encourage decisions and behavior that drive the annual operating
results and the long-term success of the Company. Kroger’s success is based on a combination of factors, and
accordingly the Compensation Committee believes that it is important to encourage behavior that supports multiple
elements of our business strategy.
In 2019, the Company instituted a team metric component of the annual cash bonus plan applicable to a
portion of the associates eligible for the plan. Those associates typically received 50% of their bonus based on the
corporate results and the remaining 50% based on between one and three team metrics tied to the results of their
business unit or function. The purpose of the team metric component is to support line of sight between individual
behavior and the incentive payout, and is designed to reward high performing teams and to allow associates to
have an even more direct influence on their bonus payout. Mr. Aitken is the only NEO whose annual cash bonus
plan included team metrics, as his role supports enterprise marketing, alternative profit businesses, and 84.51,
Kroger’s data analytics business unit. His annual bonus was allocated as follows: 50% corporate annual bonus
plan metrics; 25% alternative profit streams results; and 25% supermarket identical sales results. The annual cash
bonus for all other NEOs was based 100% on the corporate plan metrics as their roles support the enterprise as a
whole.
Establishing Annual Cash Bonus Potentials
The Compensation Committee establishes annual cash bonus potentials for each NEO, other than the CEO,
whose annual cash bonus potential is established by the independent directors. Actual payouts represent the
extent to which performance meets or exceeds the goals established by the Compensation Committee.
The Compensation Committee considers multiple factors in making its determination or recommendation as to
annual cash bonus potentials:
•
•
•
•
•
The individual’s level within the organization, as the Compensation Committee believes that more senior
executives should have a more substantial part of their compensation dependent upon Kroger’s
performance;
The individual’s salary, as the Compensation Committee believes that a significant portion of a NEO’s total
cash compensation should be dependent upon Kroger’s performance;
Individual performance;
The recommendation of the CEO for the other NEOs; and
The compensation consultant’s benchmarking report regarding annual cash bonus potential and total
compensation awarded by our peer group.
26
2019 Annual Cash Bonus Plan Metrics
The corporate annual cash bonus plan is a broad-based plan used across the Kroger enterprise.
Approximately 53,000 associates receive bonus payouts based all or in part on the bonus plan described below.
The 2019 corporate annual cash bonus plan had the following measurable performance metrics, all of which are
interconnected:
Metric
Weight
Rationale for Use
ID Sales, excluding fuel
Adjusted FIFO Operating Profit,
including fuel
Combined
67%
Kroger Way Plans
33%
Total of 3 Metrics
100%
•
Identical Sales (‘‘ID Sales’’) represent sales, excluding fuel, at
our supermarkets that have been open without expansion or
relocation for five full quarters, plus sales growth at all other
customer-facing non-supermarket business, including Kroger
Specialty Pharmacy and ship to home solutions.
• The change in this metric from ID Supermarket Sales,
excluding fuel, to total company ID Sales, excluding fuel, is
consistent with a change in the Company’s reporting during
fiscal year 2018. We now calculate ID Sales to be more
inclusive of Company business units, and this measure
presents a comprehensive view of our performance as we
redefine the grocery customer experience, and is therefore a
more appropriate measure of company performance than ID
Supermarket Sales.
• We believe that ID sales are the best measure of real growth
of our sales across the enterprise. A key driver of our model
is ID Sales growth.
• Adjusted FIFO Operating Profit, including fuel, is a key
measure of company success. An earnings measure like this
helps track our earnings from operations, and it measures our
day-to-day operational effectiveness.
• Adjusted FIFO Operating Profit is a non-GAAP calculation
reflecting operating profit, including fuel, minus the LIFO
charge, and adjusted by excluding certain items included in
FIFO Operating Profit. This calculation is the non-GAAP
adjusted operating profit measure that we disclose, and
reconcile, in our financial statements.
• Each major business line and department created a Kroger
Way Plan – a strategic business plan to directly support one
of the four pillars of Restock Kroger; each of which outlines
both the resource allocation and the return commitment for
that plan.
• We measure the success of the Kroger Way Plans with an
internal calculation called Restock Savings & Benefits, which
is a combination of cost savings generated under our Kroger
Way Plans, incremental profits from ID sales growth, and
incremental net operating profit from our alternative profit
streams.
27
2019 Annual Cash Bonus Plan Results
The 2019 goals established by the Compensation Committee, the actual 2019 results, and the bonus
percentage earned for each of the performance metrics of the 2019 corporate annual bonus plan were as follows.
The first component of the corporate annual bonus plan, accounting for 67% of the payout, is ID sales,
excluding fuel, and adjusted FIFO operating profit, including fuel, determined on the following grid with payouts
interpolated for actual performance levels between the defined goals on the grid:
2019 Corporate Annual Cash Bonus Plan Metrics – ID Sales and OP
ID Sales, excluding Fuel
1.30% 1.70% 2.40% 2.70% 3.10%
Adjusted FIFO Operating Profit,
$2,750 to 3,000
15% 35%
70% 85% 105%
including Fuel
(in millions)
Greater than $3,000 to 3,100
20% 60% 130% 170% 200%
Greater than $3,100
20% 60% 130% 170% 250%
The second component of the corporate annual bonus plan, accounting for 33% of the payout is progress on
proprietary strategic business plans known as Kroger Way Plans, measured by Restock Savings & Benefits:
2019 Corporate Annual Cash Bonus Plan Metrics – Restock Savings & Benefits
Restock Savings & Benefits Results
Payout
Less than $1.36 Billion
0% payout
$1.36 Billion to $1.46 Billon
Interpolated payout between 1 and 99%
$1.46 Billon
100% payout
2019 Corporate Annual Cash Bonus Plan – Actual Results and Payout Percentages
Performance Metrics
Result
ID Sales = 2.01%
OP = $2.96 Billion
$1.41 Billion
ID Sales/OP
Kroger Way Plans
Total Earned
(1) See grids above.
Payout
Percentage1
(A)
50.5%
46.2%
Weight
(B)
67%
33%
Amount
Earned
(A) x (B)
33.84%
15.25%
49.09%
Following the close of the 2019 fiscal year, the Compensation Committee reviewed Kroger’s performance
against each of the metrics outlined above and determined the extent to which Kroger achieved those objectives.
Our performance compared to the goals established by the Compensation Committee resulted in a payout on the
2019 corporate annual bonus of 49.09% of the participant’s bonus potential for all of the NEOs except Mr. Aitken.
Mr. Aitken’s annual bonus payout of 58.0% of his bonus potential included the corporate annual plan described
above and two team metrics, as follows:
Mr. Aitken’s Corporate Plan & Team Metrics – Actual Results and Payout Percentages
Corporate Annual Bonus Plan
Alternative Profit Streams
Supermarket ID Sales
Total Earned
Payout
Percentage
(A)
49.09%
93.0 %
41.0 %
28
Weight
(B)
50%
25%
25%
Amount
Earned
(A) x (B)
24.55%
23.25%
10.25%
58.0 %
In 2019, as in all years, the Compensation Committee retained the ability to reduce the annual cash bonus
payout for all executive officers, including the NEOs, if the Compensation Committee determined for any reason
that the bonus payouts were not appropriate given their assessment of Company performance – however, no
adjustments were made in 2019. The independent directors retained that discretion for the CEO’s bonus. The
Compensation Committee and the independent directors also retained the ability to adjust the goals for each metric
under the plan should unanticipated developments arise during the year – however no adjustments were made in
2019.
The actual corporate annual cash bonus percentage payout for 2019 reflects growth over 2018 in both ID
Sales, excluding fuel, and Adjusted FIFO Operating Profit, including fuel, but performance below business plan
objectives on both measures. The strong link between pay and performance is illustrated by a comparison of
earned amounts under our annual cash bonus plan in previous years, such as 2016 and 2017, when payouts were
particularly low. In those years, we failed to achieve many of our business plan objectives. A comparison of actual
percentage payouts this year and in prior years demonstrates the variability of the corporate annual cash bonus
compensation and its strong link to our performance:
Fiscal Year
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Annual Cash Bonus
Payout Percentage
49.09%
91.2 %
3.8 %
19.9 %
126.7 %
121.5 %
104.9 %
85.9 %
138.7 %
53.9 %
As described above, the corporate annual cash bonus payout percentage is applied to each NEO’s bonus
potential (along with team metrics for Mr. Aitken) which is determined by the Compensation Committee, and the
independent directors in the case of the CEO. The actual amounts of performance-based annual cash bonuses
paid to the NEOs for 2019 are reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation’’ column and footnote 3 to that table.
Long-Term Compensation Program
The Compensation Committee believes in the importance of providing an incentive to the NEOs to achieve the
long-term goals established by the Board. As such, a majority of NEO compensation is dependent on the
achievement of the Company’s long-term goals. Long-term compensation promotes long-term value creation and
discourages the over-emphasis of attaining short-term goals at the expense of long-term growth.
The long-term incentive program is structured to be a combination of performance- and time-based
compensation that reflects elements of financial and common share performance to provide both retention value
and alignment with company performance. Each year, NEOs receive grants under the long-term compensation
program, which is structured as follows:
•
Performance-Based
○
○
○
Long-term performance-based compensation is provided under a Long-Term Incentive Plan adopted
by the Compensation Committee. The Committee adopts a new plan every year, measuring
improvement on the Company’s long-term goals over successive three-year periods. Accordingly, at
any one time there are three plans outstanding, which are summarized below.
Under the Long-Term Incentive Plans, NEOs receive grants of equity called performance units, and
until 2019 received cash ‘‘grants’’ as well. A fixed number of performance units based on level and
individual performance is awarded to each participant at the beginning of the three-year performance
period and prior to 2019 a cash bonus base was set as well.
Payouts under the plan are contingent on the achievement of certain strategic performance and
financial measures and incentivize recipients to promote long-term value creation and enhance
shareholder wealth by supporting the Company’s long-term strategic goals.
29
○
○
The payout percentage, based on the extent to which the performance metrics are achieved, is
applied to both the long-term cash bonus potential (for plans prior to 2019) and the number of
performance units awarded.
Performance units are ‘‘paid out’’ in Kroger common shares based on actual performance, along with
a cash amount equal to the dividends paid during the performance period on the number of issued
common shares.
•
Time-Based
○
○
Long-term time-based compensation consists of stock options and restricted stock, which are linked
to common share performance creating alignment between the NEOs’ and our shareholders’
interests.
Stock options have no initial value and recipients only realize benefits if the value of our common
shares increases following the date of grant, further aligning the NEOs’ and our shareholders’
interests.
The Compensation Committee considers several factors in determining the target value of long-term
compensation awarded to the NEOs or, in the case of the CEO, recommending to the independent directors the
amount awarded. These factors include:
•
•
•
•
The NEO’s level in the organization and the internal relationship of long-term compensation awards within
Kroger;
The compensation consultant’s benchmarking report regarding long-term compensation awarded by our
peer group;
Individual performance; and
The recommendation of the CEO, for the other NEOs.
Amounts of long-term compensation awards issued and outstanding for the NEOs are set forth in the
Executive Compensation Tables section.
Summary of Three Long-Term Incentive Plans Outstanding During 2019
The Compensation Committee adopts a new Long-Term Incentive Plan each year, which provides for
overlapping three-year performance periods. Additional detail regarding each of the three plans is provided below,
and a summary of the design of the plans outstanding during 2019 is as follows:
Cash Component
Performance Units and
Dividends
2017-2019 LTIP
2018-2020 LTIP
2019-2021 LTIP
Participant’s salary at the
end of FY 2016
Cash bonus potential set
by Compensation
Committee
No cash component
Performance units are equity grants which are ‘‘paid out’’ in Kroger common shares,
based on actual performance at the end of the 3-year performance period, along
with a cash amount equal to the dividends paid during the performance period on
the number of issued common shares ultimately earned.
Performance Metrics
1/3 = original metrics 2/3 =
Restock Kroger metrics
Restock Kroger metrics +
ROIC multiplier
Restock Kroger metrics +
ROIC multiplier
Determination of Payout
The payout percentage, based on the extent to which
the performance metrics are achieved, is applied to
both the long-term cash bonus potential and the
number of performance units awarded.
The payout percentage,
based on the extent to
which the performance
metrics are achieved, is
applied to number of
performance units
awarded.
Maximum Payout
100%
Payout Date
March 2020
120%
March 2021
120%
March 2022
30
Recap of 2018 Realignment of Long-Term Plans
As previously disclosed by the Company, in October 2017, we announced Restock Kroger, our three-year plan
to redefine the food and grocery customer experience in America and to create value for our shareholders. Since
we implement a new three-year long-term incentive plan each year, at any one time, there are three outstanding
plans, as was the case in 2018. Because the 2016-2018 and 2017-2019 long-term plans were mid-cycle, we felt
strongly that we should focus on Restock Kroger metrics rather than having competing priorities. As a result, in
setting 2018 compensation, the Compensation Committee determined that the metrics of the two mid-cycle plans
should be modified to align with Restock Kroger and the payouts for the NEOs should be addressed as described
below.
The first mid-cycle plan, the 2016-2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan paid out in March 2019 and was disclosed in
our proxy statement filed in May 2019. For the second mid-cycle plan, the 2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan,
fiscal year 2017 performance was measured on the pre-existing plan metrics and was applied to one-third of the
previously granted cash and performance unit bonus target amounts. Fiscal years 2018 and 2019 performance
was measured on the Restock Kroger metrics of Cumulative Restock Savings & Benefits and Cumulative Free
Cash Flow and was applied to two-thirds of the previously granted cash and performance unit bonus target
amounts.
The Restock Kroger metrics are calculated as follows:
•
•
Cumulative Restock Savings & Benefits is an internal calculation that is a combination of cost savings
generated under our Kroger Way Plans; incremental profits from ID sales growth; and incremental net
operating profit from our alternative profit streams.
Cumulative Free Cash Flow is an adjusted free cash flow measure calculated as net cash provided by
operating activities minus net cash used by investing activities plus or minus adjustments for certain items.
With respect to the mid-cycle plans, we did not adjust the cash bonus potentials or re-issue previously issued
performance unit grants, we did not allow the re-earning of cash and performance units that were not earned in the
completed year(s) of the outstanding plans, and we did not change the timing of the payout under the outstanding
plans.
2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan – Results
The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which measured performance over the three-year period from 2017 to
2019, paid out in March 2020. The 2017 plan was modified during 2018 as described above and was calculated in
two parts as follows:
Part 1: Fiscal year 2017 performance was measured on the existing plan metrics and was applied to one-third
of the previously granted cash and performance unit bonus target amounts.
Metric
Customer 1st Strategy(1)
Improvement in Associate Engagement(1)
Reduction in Operating Cost as a
Percentage of Sales, without Fuel(2)
Return on Invested Capital(3)
Total
Baseline Result
Improvement
(A)
Payout per
Improvement
(B)
Percentage
Earned
(A) x (B)
*
*
*
*
No improvement
No improvement
26.17% 27.17% No improvement
13.23% 11.20% No improvement
4.0%
4.0%
0.5%
1.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
(1) The Customer 1st Strategy and Improvement in Associate Engagement components were established by the
Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period, but are not disclosed as they are
competitively sensitive.
(2) Operating Costs is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated as the sum of (i) operating, general and
administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, and rent expense, without fuel, and (ii) warehouse
and transportation costs, shrink, and advertising expenses, for our supermarket operations, without fuel.
31
Operating costs exclude one-time expenses incurred in lieu of future anticipated obligations. Future expenses
that are avoided by virtue of the incurrence of the one-time expense will be deemed to be total operating costs
in the year in which they otherwise would have been incurred.
(3) Return on invested capital is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated by dividing adjusted operating profit for
the prior four quarters by the average invested capital. Adjusted operating profit is calculated by excluding
certain items included in operating profit, and adding our last-in, first out (‘‘LIFO’’) charge, depreciation and
amortization, and rent. Average invested capital is calculated as the sum of (i) the average of our total assets,
(ii) the average LIFO reserve, (iii) the average accumulated depreciation and amortization, and (iv) a rent
factor equal to total rent for the last four quarters multiplied by a factor of eight; minus (i) the average taxes
receivable, (ii) the average trade accounts payable, (iii) the average accrued salaries and wages, and (iv) the
average other current liabilities, excluding accrued income taxes.
Part 2: Fiscal year 2017 and 2018 performance was measured on the Restock Kroger metrics of Cumulative
Restock Savings & Benefits and Cumulative Free Cash Flow, with each metric accounting for 50% of the payout.
The payout percentage was applied to two-thirds of the previously granted cash and performance unit bonus target
amounts.
Cumulative Restock Savings &
Benefits
Cumulative Free Cash Flow(1)
Total Payout
Cut in = 50%
Payout
Goal = 100%
Payout
Payout
Result
Percentage Weight
$1.95B
$2.80B
$2.50B
$4.00B
$2.51B
$3.59B
100%
83%
50%
50%
Payout
Amount
50 %
41.5%
91.5%
(1) Cumulative Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure calculated as net cash provided by operating activities
minus net cash used by investing activities plus, in this case, an amount equal to cash taxes paid on the gain
on the sale of Turkey Hill Dairy and You Technology.
Accordingly, no payout was earned on one-third of the bonus target and 91.5% payout was earned on two-
thirds of the bonus target, resulting in a 61.0% overall payout. The NEOs received long-term cash bonus payments
in an amount equal to 61.0% of that executive’s long-term cash bonus potential and were issued the number of
Kroger common shares equal to 61.0% of the number of performance units awarded to that executive, along with a
cash amount equal to the dividends paid on that number of common shares during the three year performance
period.
The cash payout and dividends paid on common shares earned under the 2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive
Plan are reported in the ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation’’ and ‘‘All Other Compensation’’ columns of the
Summary Compensation Table and footnotes 3 and 5 to that table, respectively, and the common shares issued
under the plan are reported in the 2019 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table and footnote 2 to that table.
2018-2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan Metrics
Our 2018-2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan has performance metrics tied entirely to Restock Kroger goals of
Cumulative Restock Savings & Benefits and Cumulative Free Cash Flow, with a return on invested capital modifier.
Each of the following plan components account for 50% of the potential payout percentage.
Plan Component
2018-2020
Cumulative Restock Savings & Benefits
Cut in = 50% payout
Goal = 100% payout
Cut in = 50% payout
Goal = 100% payout
$3.0B
$4.450B
$4.875B
$6.5B
Cumulative Free Cash Flow
32
After the calculation of the two metrics above, a Return on Invested Capital multiplier is applied, as follows:
ROIC Modifier Component
ROIC Results
Less than 12.12%
12.12% - 12.32%
Greater than 12.32%
Payout Modifier
80%
100%
120%
The payout percentage is applied to the cash bonus base and the number of performance units granted under
the plan to determine the payout amount.
Long-Term Compensation – 2019 Redesign
Previously, long-term compensation was delivered via four long-term compensation vehicles: long-term cash
bonus, performance units, stock options, and restricted stock. These four elements existed in the 2017-2019 Long-
Term Incentive Plan and remain in the mid-cycle 2018-2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
In 2019, the Compensation Committee considered both feedback from shareholders and market practices and
made two fundamental changes to the Company’s long-term compensation program, which is applicable to all
associates who are Vice President level and higher, including NEOs:
•
The Committee eliminated the cash portion of the long-term performance-based compensation,
maintaining only equity, in the form of performance units, in the plan.
• With respect to the equity grants awarded each year, the Committee combined time-based and
performance based long-term equity into one program with consistent guidelines and rebalanced the
forms of equity as follows:
○
○
○
50% performance units
30% restricted stock
20% stock options
Accordingly, starting in 2019, all long-term compensation is equity-based, and fifty percent of equity granted
under the program is performance based.
2019-2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan Metrics
The 2019-2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan reflects existing Restock Kroger metrics for the final two years of the
2018-2020 Restock Kroger financial plan, along with an ROIC component for fiscal year 2021. Each of the
following plan components account for 50% of the potential payout percentage.
Plan Component
2019-2020
Cumulative Restock Savings & Benefits
Cut in = 50% payout
Goal = 100% payout
Cut in = 50% payout
Goal = 100% payout
Cumulative Free Cash Flow
$2.050B
$3.434B
$3.675B
$4.640B
After the calculation of the two metrics above, a 2021 Return on Invested Capital multiplier is applied, as
follows:
ROIC Modifier Component
FY 2021 ROIC Results
Less than 12.24%
12.24% - 12.44%
Greater than 12.44%
Payout Modifier
80%
100%
120%
33
The payout percentage is applied to the number of performance units granted under the plan to determine the
payout amount.
Stock Options and Restricted Stock
Stock options and restricted stock continue to play an important role in rewarding NEOs for the achievement of
long-term business objectives and providing incentives for the creation of shareholder value. Awards based on
Kroger’s common shares are granted annually to the NEOs. Kroger historically has distributed time-based equity
awards widely, aligning the interests of employees with your interest as shareholders.
The options permit the holder to purchase Kroger common shares at an option price equal to the closing price
of Kroger common shares on the date of the grant. Options are granted only on one of the four dates of Board
meetings conducted after Kroger’s public release of its quarterly earnings results.
The Compensation Committee determines the vesting schedule for stock options and restricted stock.
During 2019, the Compensation Committee granted to the NEOs stock options and restricted stock, each with a
four-year ratable vesting schedule, with the exception of promotion awards with three-year ratable vesting
schedules.
As discussed below under Stock Ownership Guidelines, covered individuals, including the NEOs, must hold
100% of common shares issued pursuant to performance units earned, the shares received upon the exercise of
stock options or upon the vesting of restricted stock, except those necessary to pay the exercise price of the
options and/or applicable taxes, until applicable stock ownership guidelines are met, unless the disposition is
approved in advance by the CEO, or by the Board or Compensation Committee for the CEO.
Retirement and Other Benefits
Kroger maintains several defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans for its employees.
The NEOs participate in one or more of these plans, as well as one or more excess plans designed to make up the
shortfall in retirement benefits created by limitations under the Internal Revenue Code (the ‘‘Code’’) on benefits to
highly compensated individuals under qualified plans. Additional details regarding certain retirement benefits
available to the NEOs can be found below in footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table and the 2019
Pension Benefits Table and the accompanying narrative.
Kroger also maintains an executive deferred compensation plan in which some of the NEOs participate.
This plan is a nonqualified plan under which participants can elect to defer up to 100% of their cash compensation
each year. Additional details regarding our nonqualified deferred compensation plans available to the NEOs can be
found below in the 2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table and the accompanying narrative.
Kroger also maintains The Kroger Co. Employee Protection Plan (‘‘KEPP’’), which covers all of our
management employees who are classified as exempt under the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and certain
administrative or technical support personnel who are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, with at
least one year of service. KEPP has a double-trigger change in control provision and it provides for severance
benefits and extended Kroger-paid health care, as well as the continuation of other benefits as described in the
plan, when an employee is actually or constructively terminated without cause within two years following a ‘‘change
in control’’ of Kroger (as defined in KEPP). Participants are entitled to severance pay of up to 24 months’ salary and
target annual bonus. The actual amount is dependent upon pay level and years of service. KEPP can be amended
or terminated by the Board at any time prior to a change in control.
With respect to awards prior to 2019, performance-based long-term cash bonus, performance unit, stock
option, and restricted stock agreements with award recipients provide that those awards ‘‘vest,’’ with 50% of the
long-term cash bonus potential being paid, common shares equal to 50% of the performance units being awarded,
options becoming immediately exercisable, and restrictions on restricted stock lapsing upon a change in control as
described in the grant agreements. Grants made in 2019 have double trigger change in control provisions and the
‘‘vesting’’ described above is only triggered if an employee is actually or constructively terminated without cause
within two years following a change in control of Kroger (as defined in the grant agreement, and consistent with
KEPP).
None of the NEOs are party to an employment agreement.
34
Perquisites
Our NEOs receive limited perquisites as the Compensation Committee does not believe that it is necessary for
the attraction or retention of management talent to provide executives a substantial amount of compensation in the
form of perquisites.
Process for Establishing Executive Compensation
The Compensation Committee of the Board has the primary responsibility for establishing the compensation of
our executive officers, including the NEOs, with the exception of the CEO. The Compensation Committee’s role
regarding the CEO’s compensation is to make recommendations to the independent members of the Board; those
members of the Board establish the CEO’s compensation.
The Compensation Committee directly engaged Korn Ferry as a compensation consultant to advise the
Compensation Committee in the design of compensation for executive officers, through the 2019 compensation
planning cycle.
Korn Ferry conducted an annual competitive assessment of executive positions at Kroger for the
Compensation Committee. The assessment is one of several bases, as described above, on which the
Compensation Committee determines compensation. The consultant assessed:
•
•
•
•
•
base salary;
target performance-based annual cash bonus;
target annual cash compensation (the sum of salary and annual cash bonus potential);
long-term incentive compensation, comprised of performance units, stock options and restricted stock;
and
total direct compensation (the sum of target annual cash compensation and long-term compensation).
In addition to the factors identified above, the consultant also reviewed actual payout amounts against the
targeted amounts.
The consultant compared these elements against those of other companies in a group of publicly traded
companies selected by the Compensation Committee. For 2019, our peer group consisted of:
Best Buy
Cardinal Health
Costco Wholesale
CVS Health
Express Scripts
Home Depot
Johnson & Johnson
Lowes
Procter & Gamble
Sysco
Target
TJX Companies
Wal-Mart
Walgreens Boots Alliance
The make-up of the compensation peer group is reviewed annually and modified as circumstances warrant. The
Compensation Committee modified the peer group in 2016 because of industry consolidation and other competitive
forces. In addition, the Compensation Committee considered data from ‘‘general industry’’ companies provided by its
independent compensation consultant, a representation of major publicly-traded companies of similar size and scope
from outside the retail industry. This data provided reference points, particularly for senior executive positions where
competition for talent extends beyond the retail sector. The peer group includes a combination of food and drug
retailers, other large retailers based on revenue size, and large consumer-facing companies. Median 2019 revenue
for the peer group was $96 billion, compared to our 2019 revenue of $121 billion.
Considering the size of Kroger in relation to other peer group companies, the Compensation Committee
believes that salaries paid to our NEOs should be competitively positioned relative to amounts paid by peer group
companies for comparable positions. The Compensation Committee also aims to provide an annual cash bonus
potential to our NEOs that, if achieved at superior levels, would cause total cash compensation to be meaningfully
above the median. Actual payouts may be as low as zero if performance does not meet the baselines established
by the Compensation Committee.
The independent members of the Board have the exclusive authority to determine the amount of the CEO’s
compensation. In setting total compensation, the independent directors consider the median compensation of the
peer group’s CEOs. With respect to the annual bonus, the independent directors make two determinations: (1) the
annual cash bonus potential that will be multiplied by the corporate annual cash bonus payout percentage earned
35
that is applicable to the NEOs and (2) the annual cash bonus amount paid to the CEO by retaining discretion to
reduce the annual cash bonus percentage payout the CEO would otherwise receive under the formulaic plan.
The Compensation Committee performs the same function and exercises the same authority as to the other
NEOs. In its annual review of compensation for the NEOs, the Compensation Committee:
•
•
•
•
Conducts an annual review of all components of compensation, quantifying total compensation for the
NEOs including a summary for each NEO of salary; performance-based annual cash bonus; long-term
performance-based equity comprised of performance units, stock options and restricted stock.
Considers internal pay equity at Kroger to ensure that the CEO is not compensated disproportionately.
The Compensation Committee has determined that the compensation of the CEO and that of the other
NEOs bears a reasonable relationship to the compensation levels of other executive positions at Kroger
taking into consideration performance and differences in responsibilities.
Reviews a report from the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant reflecting a
comprehensive review of each element of pay mix, both annual and long-term and comparing NEO
compensation with that of other companies, including both our peer group of competitors and a larger
general industry group, to ensure that the Compensation Committee’s objectives of competitiveness are
met.
Takes into account a recommendation from the CEO (except in the case of his own compensation) for
salary, annual cash bonus potential and long-term compensation awards for each of the senior officers
including the other NEOs. The CEO’s recommendation takes into consideration the objectives established
by and the reports received by the Compensation Committee as well as his assessment of individual job
performance and contribution to our management team.
The Compensation Committee does not make use of a formula, but both qualitatively and quantitatively
considers each of the factors identified above in setting compensation.
Looking Ahead – 2020 Compensation
As of the date of this Proxy Statement, Kroger’s operations have been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.
Numerous uncertainties have been created by the pandemic, and certain aspects of our compensation programs
may later be revised or modified once the Compensation Committee has had an opportunity to fully evaluate the
impact of COVID-19 on our business. The Compensation Committee will work with its independent compensation
consultant, Korn Ferry, to evaluate any potential changes to our executive compensation design. With that
important caveat, we are providing a preview of our 2020 compensation programs.
•
Our 2020 Annual Cash Bonus Plan is likely to have the following components: ID sales, excluding fuel and
adjusted FIFO operating profit, including fuel, with an associate experience kicker.
• With respect to our long-term performance-based compensation, since 2018, Kroger’s metrics in its Long-
Term Incentive Plans have focused on key Restock Kroger metrics. With the three-year financial targets of
the 2018-2020 Restock Kroger plan concluding in 2020, the Compensation Committee reconsidered the
long-term incentive plan framework. In November 2019, Kroger committed to investors an 8-11% Total
Shareholder Return (TSR) target. The Committee determined that going forward, the Long-Term Incentive
Plan metrics should align with Kroger’s long-term business plans and guidance that we communicated to
shareholders. Accordingly, the 2020-2022 Long-Term Bonus Plan is likely to have the following
components which support our long term business plans: total sales without fuel + fuel gallons; cumulative
growth in net operating profit; cumulative growth in free cash flow; a fresh metric; and a total shareholder
return modifier.
Shareholder Engagement & the 2019 Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation
At the 2019 annual meeting, we held our ninth annual advisory vote on executive compensation. Over 89% of
the votes cast were in favor of the advisory vote in 2019. In 2019, we also requested meetings with shareholders
representing 43% of our outstanding shares during the proxy season and off-season engagement and ultimately
engaged with shareholders representing 36% of our outstanding shares. Conversations with our shareholders in
these meetings included discussions of our compensation program, with our shareholders providing feedback that
they appreciate the pay for performance nature of our program’s structure. In light of this feedback and
36
benchmarking to market practices, along with the strong support for our executive compensation program at the
2019 annual meeting, the Compensation Committee made a number of changes in the structure of our
compensation programs for 2019 described above.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
To more closely align the interests of our officers and directors with your interests as shareholders, the Board
has adopted stock ownership guidelines. These guidelines require non-employee directors, executive officers, and
other key executives to acquire and hold a minimum dollar value of Kroger common shares as set forth below:
Chief Executive Officer
President and Chief Operating Officer
Position
Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents
Multiple
5 times base salary
4 times base salary
3 times base salary
Group Vice Presidents, Division Presidents, and Other Designated Key
2 times base salary
Executives
Non-employee Directors
5 times annual base cash retainer
All covered individuals are expected to achieve the target level within five years of appointment to their
positions. Until the requirements are met, covered individuals, including the NEOs, must hold 100% of common
shares issued pursuant to performance units earned, shares received upon the exercise of stock options and upon
the vesting of restricted stock, except those necessary to pay the exercise price of the options and/or applicable
taxes, and must retain all Kroger common shares unless the disposition is approved in advance by the CEO, or by
the Board or Compensation Committee for the CEO.
Executive Compensation Recoupment Policy (Clawback)
If a material error of facts results in the payment to an executive officer at the level of Group Vice President or
higher of an annual cash bonus or a long-term cash bonus in an amount higher than otherwise would have been
paid, as determined by the Compensation Committee, then the officer, upon demand from the Compensation
Committee, will reimburse Kroger for the amounts that would not have been paid if the error had not occurred.
This recoupment policy applies to those amounts paid by Kroger within 36 months prior to the detection and public
disclosure of the error. In enforcing the policy, the Compensation Committee will take into consideration all factors
that it deems appropriate, including:
•
•
•
•
the materiality of the amount of payment involved;
the extent to which other benefits were reduced in other years as a result of the achievement of
performance levels based on the error;
individual officer culpability, if any; and
other factors that should offset the amount of overpayment.
Compensation Policies as They Relate to Risk Management
As part of the Compensation Committee’s review of our compensation practices, the Compensation
Committee considers and analyzes the extent to which risks arise from such practices and their impact on Kroger’s
business. As discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, our policies and practices for compensating
employees are designed to, among other things, attract and retain high quality and engaged employees. In this
process, the Compensation Committee also focuses on minimizing risk through the implementation of certain
practices and policies, such as the executive compensation recoupment policy, which is described above.
Accordingly, we do not believe that our compensation practices and policies create risks that are reasonably likely
to have a material adverse effect on Kroger.
Prohibition on Hedging and Pledging
After considering best practices related to ownership of Kroger shares, the Board adopted a policy prohibiting
Kroger directors and executive officers from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the pledging of, hedging transactions
in, or short sales of, Kroger securities.
37
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
Prior to the effective date of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, Section 162(m) of the Code generally
disallowed a federal tax deduction to public companies for compensation greater than $1 million paid in any tax
year to specified executive officers unless the compensation was ‘‘qualified performance-based compensation’’
under that section. Pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the exception for ‘‘qualified performance-based
compensation’’ under Section 162(m) of the Code was eliminated with respect to all remuneration in excess of
$1 million other than qualified performance based compensation pursuant to a written binding contract in effect on
November 2, 2017 or earlier which was not modified in any material respect on or after such date (the legislation
providing for such transition rule, the ‘‘Transition Rule’’).
As a result, performance-based compensation that the Compensation Committee structured with the intent of
qualifying as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) prior to the change in the law may or may
not be fully deductible, depending on the application of the Transition Rule. In addition, compensation
arrangements structured following the change in law will be subject to the Section 162(m) limitation (without any
exception for performance-based compensation). Consistent with its past practice, the Committee will continue to
retain flexibility to design compensation programs that are in the best long-term interests of the Company and our
shareholders, with deductibility of compensation being one of a variety of considerations taken into account.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with Kroger’s management the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis contained in this proxy statement. Based on its review and discussions with management,
the Compensation Committee has recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be
included in Kroger’s proxy statement and incorporated by reference into its Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Compensation Committee:
Clyde R. Moore, Chair
Susan J. Kropf
Jorge P. Montoya
James A. Runde
38
Executive Compensation Tables
Summary Compensation Table
The following table and footnotes provide information regarding the compensation of the NEOs for the fiscal
years presented.
Name and Principal
Position
W. Rodney McMullen
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
Gary Millerchip
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer(6)
Stuart Aitken
Senior Vice President,
Alternative Business
Yael Cosset
Senior Vice President
and Chief Information Officer
Michael Donnelly
Executive Vice President
And Chief Operating Officer
J. Michael Schlotman
Executive Vice President and
Retired Chief Financial Officer(6)
Fiscal
Year
2019
2018
2017
2019
—
—
2019
2018
2017
2019
—
—
2019
2018
2017
2019
2018
2017
—
—
—
—
Salary
($)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
Stock
Awards
($)(1)
$1,311,849 $8,400,002 $2,100,170
$1,311,984 $4,999,996 $2,367,858
$1,318,752 $5,166,317 $2,700,116
$ 472,561 $2,350,034 $ 775,042
—
—
$ 822,460 $2,225,025 $ 600,051
$ 724,946 $1,059,224 $ 224,548
$ 721,328 $1,275,567 $ 262,612
$ 638,519 $1,825,016 $ 500,042
—
—
$ 922,516 $3,200,002 $ 800,064
$ 885,677 $2,355,780 $ 769,118
$ 817,967 $2,230,028 $ 780,637
$ 854,879 $1,792,989 $
0
$ 907,292 $2,350,843 $ 752,700
$ 898,316 $1,973,228 $1,040,846
—
—
—
—
Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)
$6,962,485
$ 335,955
$1,690,923
0
$
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
—
$ 4,111,824
$ 205,544
$1,032,483
$4,207,937
$ 295,994
$ 873,808
$
$
$
$
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
$2,006,450
$2,692,833
$ 359,806
$ 442,755
—
—
$ 830,446
$ 817,670
$ 160,015
$ 572,191
—
—
$1,060,269
$1,344,160
$ 183,832
$1,061,055
$1,374,160
$ 207,136
All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
$348,692
$329,246
$298,463
$101,888
—
—
$134,801
$107,830
$110,363
$110,044
—
—
$235,009
$133,014
$247,149
$550,563
$ 91,133
$242,637
Total
($)
$21,129,648
$12,037,872
$11,534,377
$ 4,142,280
—
—
$ 4,612,783
$ 2,934,218
$ 2,529,884
$ 3,645,812
—
—
$10,329,684
$ 5,693,293
$ 5,292,096
$ 8,467,423
$ 5,772,122
$ 5,235,971
(1) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of restricted stock and performance units granted each fiscal year,
as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The following table reflects the value of each type of
award granted to the NEOs in 2019:
Name
Mr. McMullen
Mr. Millerchip
Mr. Aitken
Mr. Cosset
Mr. Donnelly
Mr. Schlotman
Restricted Stock
$3,150,007
$1,350,035
$ 975,026
$ 825,017
$1,200,004
0
Performance Units
$5,249,995
$ 999,999
$1,249,999
$ 999,999
$1,999,998
$1,792,989
The grant date fair value of the performance units reflected in the stock awards column and in the table above
is computed based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. This amount
is consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation cost to be recognized by the Company over the
three-year performance period of the award determined as of the grant date under FASB ASC Topic 718,
excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the valuations are set forth in
Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Kroger’s Form 10-K for fiscal year 2019.
Assuming that the highest level of performance conditions is achieved, the aggregate fair value of the 2019
performance unit awards at the grant date is as follows:
Name
Value of Performance Units
Assuming Maximum Performance
Mr. McMullen
Mr. Millerchip
Mr. Aitken
Mr. Cosset
Mr. Donnelly
Mr. Schlotman
$6,299,994
$1,199,999
$1,499,999
$1,199,999
$2,399,998
$2,151,587
39
(2) These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards computed in accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the valuations are set forth in Note 12 to the
consolidated financial statements in Kroger’s Form 10-K for fiscal year 2019.
(3) Non-equity incentive plan compensation earned for 2019 consists of amounts earned under the 2019
performance-based annual cash bonus plan and the 2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Name
Annual Cash Bonus
Long-Term Cash Bonus
Mr. McMullen
Mr. Millerchip
Mr. Aitken
Mr. Cosset
Mr. Donnelly
Mr. Schlotman
$1,227,175
$ 254,875
$ 406,343
$ 258,651
$ 589,044
$ 543,733
$779,275
$187,880
$424,103
$313,540
$471,225
$517,322
In accordance with the terms of the 2019 performance-based annual cash bonus plan, Kroger paid 49.09% to
all of the NEOs except for Mr. Aitken who received 58.0%, reflecting results of the corporate annual bonus plan
and Mr. Aitken’s team metrics as described in the CD&A. These amounts were earned with respect to
performance in 2019 and paid in March 2020. See ‘‘2019 Annual Cash Bonus Plan Results’’ in the CD&A for
more information on this plan.
The long-term cash bonus awarded under the 2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan is a performance-based
bonus plan designed to reward participants for improving the long-term performance of the Company.
See ‘‘2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan – Results’’ in the CD&A for more information on this plan.
(4) For 2019, the amounts reported consist of the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of each NEO’s
accumulated benefit under a defined benefit pension plan (including supplemental plans), which applies to
Messrs. McMullen, Donnelly and Schlotman, and preferential earnings on nonqualified deferred compensation,
which applies to Messrs. McMullen and Donnelly. The remainder of the NEOs do not participate in a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
Mr. McMullen
Mr. Millerchip
Mr. Aitken
Mr. Cosset
Mr. Donnelly
Mr. Schlotman
Name
Change in
Pension Value
Preferential Earnings on Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
$6,840,110
$122,375
$
$
$
—
—
—
$4,104,897
$4,207,937
$
$
$
—
—
—
$ 6,927
$
—
Change in Pension Value. These amounts represent the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of
accumulated pension benefits. Pension values may fluctuate significantly from year to year depending on a
number of factors, including age, years of service, average annual earnings and the assumptions used to
determine the present value, such as the discount rate. The increase in the actuarial present value of
accumulated pension benefits for 2019 compared to 2018 is due to additional benefits accrued, as applicable,
driven by an increase in average annual earnings, the decrease in the discount rate, and the decrease in
IRC 417(e) segment rates used to convert the Dillon profit sharing offset to an annuity, slightly offset by the
mortality projection scale update. Please see the 2019 Pension Benefits section for further information
regarding the assumptions used in calculating pension benefits. The Company froze the compensation and
service periods used to calculate pension benefits for active employees who participate in the affected pension
plans, including the NEO participants, as of December 31, 2019. Beginning January 1, 2020, the affected
active employees will no longer accrue additional benefits for future service and eligible compensation
received under these plans.
Preferential Earnings on Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. Messrs. McMullen and Donnelly participate in
The Kroger Co. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the ‘‘Deferred Compensation Plan’’). Under the plan,
deferred compensation earns interest at a rate representing Kroger’s cost of ten-year debt, as determined by
40
the CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee prior to the beginning of each deferral year. For each
participant, a separate deferral account is created each year and the interest rate established for that year is
applied to that deferral account until the deferred compensation is paid out. If the interest rate established by
Kroger for a particular year exceeds 120% of the applicable federal long-term interest rate that corresponds
most closely to the plan rate, the amount by which the plan rate exceeds 120% of the corresponding federal
rate is deemed to be above-market or preferential. In fifteen of the twenty-four years in which at least one NEO
deferred compensation, the rate set under the plan for that year exceeds 120% of the corresponding federal
rate. For each of the deferral accounts in which the plan rate is deemed to be above-market, Kroger calculates
the amount by which the actual annual earnings on the account exceed what the annual earnings would have
been if the account earned interest at 120% of the corresponding federal rate, and discloses those amounts as
preferential earnings. Amounts deferred in 2019 earn interest at a rate higher than 120% of the corresponding
federal rate; accordingly, there are preferential earnings on these amounts.
(5) Amounts reported in the ‘‘All Other Compensation’’ column for 2019 include Company contributions to defined
contribution retirement plans, dividend equivalents paid on earned performance units, and dividends paid on
unvested restricted stock. The following table identifies the value of each benefit.
Name
Retirement Plan
Contributions(a)
Mr. McMullen
Mr. Millerchip
Mr. Aitken
Mr. Cosset
Mr. Donnelly
Mr. Schlotman
$ 4,983
$ 43,928
$ 75,608
$ 53,890
$105,252
$
—
Payment of
Dividend
Equivalents
on Earned
Performance
Units
$122,129
$ 8,408
$ 10,732
$ 8,387
$ 31,906
$ 41,454
Dividends
Paid on
Unvested
Restricted
Stock
$221,580
$ 49,552
$ 48,461
$ 47,767
$ 97,851
$ 73,989
Other(b)
—
—
—
—
—
$435,120
(a) Retirement plan contributions. The Company makes automatic and matching contributions to NEOs’
accounts under the applicable defined contribution plan on the same terms and using the same formulas
as other participating employees. The Company also makes contributions to NEOs’ accounts under the
applicable defined contribution plan restoration plan, which is intended to make up the shortfall in
retirement benefits caused by the limitations on benefits to highly compensated individuals under the
defined contribution plans in accordance with the Code. The aggregate amounts in the table above
include the following additional contributions for Mr. Donnelly for 2019: a $14,000 matching contribution to
the Dillon Companies, Inc. Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan and a $87,377 matching contribution to the
Dillon Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Profit Sharing Plan.
(b) Other. In 2019, the total amount of perquisites and personal benefits for each of the NEOs was less than
$10,000. Mr. Schlotman received $435,120 for banked vacation which was paid out upon his retirement.
(6) Mr. Schlotman served as our Chief Financial Officer until April 3, 2019 and as our Executive Vice President
until his retirement from the Company on December 31, 2019. Mr. Millerchip succeeded him as Chief
Financial Officer on April 4, 2019.
41
2019 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table provides information about equity and non-equity incentive awards granted to the NEOs in
2019.
Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
Target
($)
$2,500,000(1)
Maximum
($)
$5,000,000(1)
Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
Target
(#)(2)
Maximum
(#)(2)
All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
(#)(3)
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(4)
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
Grant
Date
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
Gary Millerchip
$ 550,000(1)
$1,100,000(1)
3/14/2019
7/15/2019
3/14/2019
7/15/2019
3/14/2019
Stuart Aitken
$ 700,000(1)
$1,400,000(1)
Yael Cosset
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
$ 550,000(1)
$1,100,000(1)
Michael J. Donnelly
$1,200,000(1)
$2,400,000(1)
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
3/14/2019
127,273
348,259
$24.75
212,121
254,545
40,404
48,485
50,505
60,606
40,404
48,485
82,919
51,116
$24.75
$22.08
99,503
$24.75
82,919
$24.75
33,334
23,778
39,395
33,334
48,485
80,808
96,970
132,670
$24.75
$3,150,007
$2,100,170
$5,249,995
$ 825,017
$ 525,018
$ 500,042
$ 275,000
$ 999,999
$ 975,026
$ 600,051
$1,249,999
$ 825,017
$ 500,042
$ 999,999
$1,200,004
$ 800,064
$1,999,998
$1,792,989
J. Michael Schlotman
$1,200,000(1)
$2,400,000(1)
3/14/2019
72,444
86,933
(1) These amounts relate to the 2019 performance-based annual cash incentive bonus plan. The amount listed
under ‘‘Target’’ represents the annual cash incentive bonus potential of the NEO. By the terms of the plan,
payouts are limited to no more than 200% of a participant’s annual cash incentive bonus potential; accordingly,
the amount listed under ‘‘Maximum’’ is two times that officer’s annual cash incentive bonus potential amount.
The amounts actually earned under this plan were paid in March 2020 and are included in the Summary
Compensation Table for 2019 in the ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation’’ column and are described in
footnote 3 to that table under ‘‘Annual Cash Bonus.’’
(2) These amounts represent performance units awarded under the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which covers
performance during fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021. The amount listed under ‘‘Maximum’’ represents the
maximum number of common shares that can be earned by the NEO under the award or 120% of the target
amount. This amount is consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation cost to be recognized by the
Company over the three-year performance period of the award determined as of the grant date under FASB
ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The grant date fair value reported in the last
column is based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. The aggregate
grant date fair value of these awards is included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2019 in the ‘‘Stock
Awards’’ column and described in footnote 1 to that table.
42
(3) These amounts represent the number of shares of restricted stock granted in 2019. The aggregate grant date
fair value reported in the last column is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The aggregate
grant date fair value of these awards is included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2019 in the ‘‘Stock
Awards’’ column and described in footnote 1 to that table.
(4) These amounts represent the number of stock options granted in 2019. Options are granted with an exercise
price equal to the closing price of Kroger common shares on the grant date. The aggregate grant date fair
value reported in the last column is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The aggregate grant
date fair value of these awards is included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2019 in the ‘‘Option
Awards’’ column.
The Compensation Committee, and the independent members of the Board in the case of the CEO, established
the incentive potential amounts for the performance-based annual cash incentive awards (shown in this table as
‘‘Target’’) and the number of performance units awarded for the long-term incentive awards (shown in this table as
‘‘Target’’). Amounts are payable to the extent that Kroger’s actual performance meets specific performance metrics
established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period. There are no guaranteed
or minimum payouts; if none of the performance metrics are achieved, then none of the award is earned and no
payout is made. As described in the CD&A, actual earnings under the performance-based annual cash incentive
plan may exceed the target amount if the Company’s performance exceeds the performance goals, but are limited
to 200% of the target amount. The potential values for performance units awarded under the 2019-2021 Long-Term
Incentive Plan are more particularly described in the CD&A.
The annual restricted stock and nonqualified stock options awards granted to the NEOs vest in equal amounts on
each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, so long as the officer remains a Kroger employee, except for
Messrs. Millerchip’s, Aitken’s, and Cosset’s March 2019 award included restricted stock awards of 9,091 shares
and 16,584 stock options as special awards granted in connection with promotions that each vest in equal amounts
on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Any dividends declared on Kroger common shares are
payable on unvested restricted stock.
43
2019 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table provides information about outstanding equity-based incentive compensation awards for
the NEOs as of the end of 2019. The vesting schedule for each award is described in the footnotes to this table.
The market value of unvested restricted stock and unearned performance units is based on the closing price of
Kroger’s common shares of $26.86 on January 31, 2020, the last trading day of fiscal 2019.
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
140,000
182,880
194,880
194,880
300,000
188,332
214,854
229,250
87,323
9,600
11,193
16,782
8,726
7,562
17,860
20,896
22,296
8,281
11,193
10,878
3,979
4,244
17,406
7,374
70,720
50,720
50,720
60,000
47,943
62,116
66,279
28,364
91,280
109,280
80,000
85,224
82,822
88,372
27,758
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
—
—
—
—
—
47,083(1)
143,237(2)
343,877(3)
261,970(3)
348,259(4)
—
2,799(1)
11,190(2)
26,179(3)
22,689(3)
66,335(4)
16,584(5)
51,116(6)
—
—
4,466(1)
13,932(2)
33,446(3)
24,843(3)
82,919(4)
16,584(5)
—
—
—
2,799(1)
7,252(2)
2,653(7)
6,367(8)
26,110(3)
22,125(3)
66,335(4)
16,584(5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11,986(1)
41,412(2)
99,419(3)
85,092(3)
132,670(4)
—
—
—
21,307(1)
55,216(2)
132,558(3)
83,276(3)
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
$10.08
$12.37
$10.98
$18.88
$24.67
$38.33
$37.48
$22.92
$28.05
$24.75
$24.67
$38.33
$37.48
$22.92
$28.05
$24.75
$24.75
$22.08
$38.33
$37.48
$22.92
$28.05
$24.75
$24.75
$38.33
$37.48
$31.25
$28.83
$22.92
$28.05
$24.75
$24.75
$12.37
$10.98
$18.88
$24.67
$38.33
$37.48
$22.92
$28.05
$24.75
$12.37
$18.88
$24.67
$38.33
$37.48
$22.92
$28.05
Option
Expiration
Date
6/24/2020
6/23/2021
7/12/2022
7/15/2023
7/15/2024
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
3/14/2029
7/15/2024
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
3/14/2029
3/14/2029
7/15/2029
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
3/14/2029
3/14/2029
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
9/15/2026
3/9/2027
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
3/14/2029
3/14/2029
6/23/2021
7/12/2022
7/15/2023
7/15/2024
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
3/14/2029
6/23/2021
7/15/2023
7/15/2024
7/15/2025
7/13/2026
7/13/2027
7/13/2028
Market Value
of Shares
or Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)
Number
of Shares
or Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
17,219(9) $ 462,502
40,022(10) $1,074,991
98,168(11) $2,636,792
63,321(11) $1,700,802
127,273(12) $3,418,553
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards: Market
or Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
($)
61,268(19)
95,242(20)
$1,754,095
$2,737,265
1,014(9) $
27,236
3,447(10) $
92,586
7,671(11) $ 206,043
16,362(13) $ 439,483
7,795(11) $ 209,374
24,243(12) $ 651,167
9,091(14) $ 244,184
$ 638,677
23,778(15)
1,618(9) $
43,459
4,281(10) $ 114,988
10,500(11) $ 282,030
16,362(13) $ 439,483
9,172(11) $ 246,360
30,304(12) $ 813,965
9,091(14) $ 244,184
1,014(9) $
27,236
2,074(10) $
55,708
1,280(16) $
34,381
3,330(17) $
89,444
9,163(11) $ 246,118
16,362(13) $ 439,483
12,033(11) $ 323,206
24,243(12) $ 651,167
9,091(14) $ 244,184
5,910(9) $ 158,743
11,847(10) $ 318,210
29,058(11) $ 780,498
14,135(18) $ 379,666
39,594(11) $1,063,495
48,485(12) $1,302,307
7,722(9) $ 207,413
15,795(10) $ 424,254
38,742(11) $1,040,610
38,891(11) $1,044,612
4,523(19)
18,141(20)
$ 129,503
$ 521,384
16,673(19)
22,677(20)
$ 477,349
$ 651,730
4,656(19)
18,141(20)
$ 133,298
$ 521,384
20,370(19)
36,283(20)
$ 583,184
$1,042,767
13,376(19)
10,008(20)
$ 382,955
$ 287,630
(1) Stock options vest on 7/15/2020.
(2) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 7/13/2020 and 7/13/2021.
(3) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 7/13/2020, 7/13/2021, and 7/13/2022.
44
(4) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 3/14/2020, 3/14/2021, 3/14/2022, and 3/14/2023.
(5) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 3/14/2020, 3/14/2021, and 3/14/2022.
(6) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 7/15/2020, 7/15/2021, 7/15/2022, and 7/15/2023.
(7) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 9/15/2020 and 9/15/2021.
(8) Stock options vest in equal amounts on 3/9/2020, 3/9/2021, and 3/9/2022.
(9) Restricted stock vests on 7/15/2020.
(10) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 7/13/2020 and 7/13/2021.
(11) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 7/13/2020, 7/13/2021, and 7/13/2022.
(12) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 3/14/2020, 3/14/2021, 3/14/2022, and 3/14/2023.
(13) Restricted stock vests on 7/13/2020.
(14) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 3/14/2020, 3/14/2021, and 3/14/2022.
(15) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 7/15/2020, 7/15/2021, 7/15/2022, and 7/15/2023.
(16) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 9/15/2020 and 9/15/2021.
(17) Restricted stock vests in equal amounts on 3/9/2020, 3/9/2021, and 3/9/2022.
(18) Restricted stock vests on 12/7/2020.
(19) Performance units granted under the 2018 long-term incentive plan are earned as of the last day of fiscal
2020, to the extent performance conditions are achieved. Because the awards earned are not currently
determinable, in accordance with SEC rules, the number of units and the corresponding market value reflect a
representative amount based on performance through 2019, including cash payments equal to projected
dividend equivalent payments. For Mr. Schlotman, the awards listed in the table reflect a representative
amount prorated based on the number of weeks of the plan he was actively employed.
(20) Performance units granted under the 2019 long-term incentive plan are earned as of the last day of fiscal
2021, to the extent performance conditions are achieved. Because the awards earned are not currently
determinable, in accordance with SEC rules, the number of units and the corresponding market value reflect a
representative amount based on performance through 2019, including cash payments equal to projected
dividend equivalent payments. For Mr. Schlotman, the awards listed in the table reflect a representative
amount prorated based on the number of weeks of the plan he was actively employed.
2019 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table provides information regarding 2019 stock options exercised, restricted stock vested, and
common shares issued pursuant to performance units earned under long-term incentive plans.
Option Awards(1)
Stock Awards(2)
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
Number
of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
Value
Realized
on
Vesting
($)
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
130,000
$1,875,900
188,948
$4,688,674
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
—
—
—
$
$
$
—
—
—
40,000
159,280
$ 642,959
$2,752,418
22,463
25,122
24,223
65,978
72,762
$ 529,660
$ 598,127
$ 573,505
$1,628,211
$2,071,866
(1) Stock options have a ten-year life and expire if not exercised within that ten-year period. The value realized on
exercise is the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing price of Kroger’s common
shares on the exercise date.
45
(2) The Stock Awards columns include vested restricted stock and earned performance units, as follows:
Name
Vested Restricted Stock
Number of
Shares
Value
Realized
Earned Performance Units
Number of
Shares
Value
Realized
W. Rodney McMullen
113,560
$2,493,375
75,388
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
17,273
18,497
19,046
46,283
47,173
$ 378,527
$ 405,207
$ 422,751
$1,054,693
$1,326,714
5,190
6,625
5,177
19,695
25,589
$2,195,299
$ 151,133
$ 192,920
$ 150,754
$ 573,518
$ 745,152
Restricted stock. The table includes the number of shares acquired upon vesting of restricted stock and the
value realized on the vesting of restricted stock, based on the closing price of Kroger common shares on the
vesting date.
Performance Units. Participants in the 2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as modified, were awarded
performance units that were earned based on performance criteria established by the Compensation
Committee as described on page 31 in ‘‘2017-2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan – Results’’ in the CD&A. Actual
payouts were based on the level of performance achieved and were paid in common shares. The number of
common shares issued, and the value realized based on the closing price of Kroger common shares of $29.12
on March 12, 2020, the date of deemed delivery of the shares, are reflected in the table above.
2019 Pension Benefits
The following table provides information regarding pension benefits for the NEOs as of the last day of fiscal
2019.
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
Number of
Years Credited
Service
(#)
Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
($)(1)
Payments during
Last fiscal year
($)
34
34
40
40
34
34
$ 1,882,693
$21,170,930
$
$
$
$
$
$
—(2)
—
—(2)
—
—(2)
—
$ 1,206,264
$ 9,812,413
$ 1,973,721
$11,467,608
—
—
—(2)
—
—(2)
—
—(2)
—
—
—
—
Plan Name
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
Pension Plan
Excess Plan
(1) The discount rate used to determine the present values was 3.00% for The Kroger Consolidated Retirement
Benefit Plan Spin Off (the ‘‘Pension Plan’’) and 3.01% for The Kroger Co. Consolidated Retirement Excess
Benefit Plan (the ‘‘Excess Plan’’), which are the same rates used at the measurement date for financial
reporting purposes. Additional assumptions used in calculating the present values are set forth in Note 15 to
the consolidated financial statements in Kroger’s 10-K for fiscal year 2019.
(2) Messrs. Millerchip, Aitken and Cosset do not participate in the Pension Plan or the Excess Plan.
46
Pension Plan and Excess Plan
In 2019, Messrs. McMullen, Donnelly, and Schlotman were participants in the Pension Plan, which is a
qualified defined benefit pension plan. Messrs. McMullen, Donnelly, and Schlotman also participate in the Excess
Plan, which is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan as defined in Section 409A of the Code. The purpose of
the Excess Plan is to make up the shortfall in retirement benefits caused by the limitations on benefits to highly
compensated individuals under the qualified defined benefit pension plans in accordance with the Code.
Although participants generally receive credited service beginning at age 21, certain participants in the
Pension Plan and the Excess Plan who commenced employment prior to 1986, including Messrs. McMullen, and
Schlotman, began to accrue credited service after attaining age 25 and one year of service. The Pension Plan and
the Excess Plan generally determine accrued benefits using a cash balance formula but retain benefit formulas
applicable under prior plans for certain ‘‘grandfathered participants’’ who were employed by Kroger on
December 31, 2000. Each of Messrs. McMullen, Donnelly, and Schlotman are eligible for these grandfathered
benefits.
Grandfathered Participants
Benefits for grandfathered participants are determined using formulas applicable under prior plans, including
the Kroger formula covering service to The Kroger Co. and the Dillon formula covering service to Dillon Companies,
Inc. As ‘‘grandfathered participants,’’ Mr. McMullen, Mr. Donnelly and Mr. Schlotman, who retired on December 31,
2019, will receive benefits under the Pension Plan and the Excess Plan, determined as follows:
•
•
•
•
11∕2% times years of credited service multiplied by the average of the highest five years of total earnings
(base salary and annual cash bonus) during the last ten calendar years of employment, reduced by 11∕4%
times years of credited service multiplied by the primary social security benefit;
normal retirement age is 65;
unreduced benefits are payable beginning at age 62; and
benefits payable between ages 55 and 62 will be reduced by 1∕3 of one percent for each of the first 24
months and by 1∕2 of one percent for each of the next 60 months by which the commencement of benefits
precedes age 62.
In 2018, we announced changes to these company-sponsored pension plans. The Company froze the
compensation and service periods used to calculate pension benefits for active employees who participate in the
affected pension plans, including the NEO participants, as of December 31, 2019. Beginning January 1, 2020,
the affected active employees will no longer accrue additional benefits for future service and eligible compensation
received under these plans.
In the event of a termination of employment other than death or disability, Messrs. McMullen and Donnelly
currently are eligible for a reduced early retirement benefit, as each has attained age 55. If a ‘‘grandfathered
participant’’ becomes disabled while employed by Kroger and after attaining age 55, the participant will receive the
full retirement benefit. If a married ‘‘grandfathered participant’’ dies while employed by Kroger, the surviving spouse
will receive benefits as though a retirement occurred on such date, based on the greater of: actual benefits payable
to the participant if he or she was over age 55, or the benefits that would have been payable to the participant
assuming he or she was age 55 on the date of death.
Offsetting Benefits
Mr. Donnelly also participates in the Dillon Companies, Inc. Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan (the ‘‘Dillon Profit
Sharing Plan’’), which is a qualified defined contribution plan under which Dillon Companies, Inc. and its
participating subsidiaries may choose to make discretionary contributions each year that are allocated to each
participant’s account. Participation in the Dillon Profit Sharing Plan was frozen in 2001 and participants are no
longer able to make employee contributions, but certain participants, including Mr. Donnelly, are still eligible for
employer contributions. Participants elect from among a number of investment options and the amounts in their
accounts are invested and credited with investment earnings in accordance with their elections. Due to offset
formulas contained in the Pension Plan, Mr. Donnelly’s accrued benefits under the Dillon Profit Sharing Plan offset
a portion of the benefit that would otherwise accrue for him under the Pension Plan for his service with Dillon
Companies, Inc. Mr. Donnelly also participates in the Dillon Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Profit Sharing Plan
47
(‘‘Dillon Excess Profit Sharing Plan’’) which provides Company contributions in excess of the qualified plan limits.
The Dillon Excess Profit Sharing Plan is offset by Mr. Donnelly’s benefit from the Excess Plan. The offsets are
reflected in the Pension Benefits table above.
2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The following table provides information on nonqualified deferred compensation for the NEOs for 2019. Only
Messrs. McMullen and Donnelly participate in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
Name
W. Rodney McMullen
Gary Millerchip
Stuart Aitken
Yael Cosset
Michael J. Donnelly
J. Michael Schlotman
Executive Contributions
in Last FY
$10,000(3)
Aggregate Earnings
in Last FY(1)
Aggregate Balance
at Last FYE(2)
$715,358
$11,288,782
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 39,042
—
—
—
—
$
707,870
—
(1) These amounts include the aggregate earnings on all accounts for each NEO, including any above-market or
preferential earnings. The following amounts earned in 2019 are deemed to be preferential earnings and are
included in the ‘‘Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings’’ column of the
Summary Compensation Table for 2019: Mr. McMullen, $122,375; and Mr. Donnelly, $6,927.
(2) The following amounts in the Aggregate Balance column were reported in the Summary Compensation Tables
covering fiscal years 2006 – 2018: Mr. McMullen, $3,273,221; and Mr. Donnelly, $238,872.
(3) This amount includes the deferral of $10,000 of his salary in fiscal 2019; this amount is included in the ‘‘Salary’’
column of the Summary Compensation Table for 2019.
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
Messrs. McMullen and Donnelly participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, which is a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan. Participants may elect to defer up to 100% of the amount of their salary that exceeds
the sum of the FICA wage base and pre-tax insurance and other Code Section 125 plan deductions, as well as up
to 100% of their annual and long-term cash bonus compensation. Kroger does not match any deferral or provide
other contributions. Deferral account amounts are credited with interest at the rate representing Kroger’s cost of
ten-year debt as determined by Kroger’s CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee prior to the
beginning of each deferral year. The interest rate established for deferral amounts for each deferral year will be
applied to those deferral amounts for all subsequent years until the deferred compensation is paid out. Amounts
deferred in 2019 earn interest at a rate of 4.45%. Participants can elect to receive lump sum distributions or
quarterly installments for periods up to ten years. Participants also can elect between lump sum distributions and
quarterly installments to be received by designated beneficiaries if the participant dies before distribution of
deferred compensation is completed.
Participants may not withdraw amounts from their accounts until they leave Kroger, except that Kroger has
discretion to approve an early distribution to a participant upon the occurrence of an unforeseen emergency.
Participants who are ‘‘specified employees’’ under Section 409A of the Code, which includes the NEOs, may not
receive a post-termination distribution for at least six months following separation. If the employee dies prior to or
during the distribution period, the remainder of the account will be distributed to his or her designated beneficiary in
lump sum or quarterly installments, according to the participant’s prior election.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Kroger does not have employment agreements that provide for payments to the NEOs in connection with a
termination of employment or a change in control of Kroger. However, KEPP, award agreements for stock options,
restricted stock and performance units, the long-term cash bonus plans, and the long-term incentive plans under
which performance units are granted provide for certain payments and benefits to participants, including the NEOs,
in the event of a termination of employment or a change in control of Kroger, as defined in the applicable plan or
agreement. Our pension plan and nonqualified deferred compensation plan also provide for certain payments and
48
benefits to participants in the event of a termination of employment, as described above in the 2019 Pension
Benefits section and the 2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation section, respectively.
The Kroger Co. Employee Protection Plan
KEPP applies to all management employees who are classified as exempt under the federal Fair Labor
Standards Act and to certain administrative or technical support personnel who are not covered by a collective
bargaining agreement, with at least one year of service, including the NEOs. KEPP provides severance benefits
when a participant’s employment is terminated actually or constructively within two years following a change in
control of Kroger, as defined in KEPP. The actual amount of the severance benefit is dependent on pay level and
years of service. Exempt employees, including the NEOs, are eligible for the following benefits:
•
•
•
•
a lump sum severance payment equal to up to 24 months of the participant’s annual base salary and
target annual bonus potential;
a lump sum payment equal to the participant’s accrued and unpaid vacation, including banked vacation;
continued medical and dental benefits for up to 24 months and continued group term life insurance
coverage for up to 6 months; and
up to $10,000 as reimbursement for eligible outplacement expenses.
In the event that any payments or benefits received or to be received by an eligible employee in connection
with a change in control or termination of employment (whether pursuant to KEPP or any other plan, arrangement
or agreement with Kroger or any person whose actions result in a change in control) would constitute parachute
payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would be subject to the excise tax under Section
4999 of the Code, then such payments and benefits will either be (i) paid in full or (ii) reduced to the minimum
extent necessary to ensure that no portion of such payments or benefits will be subject to the excise tax, whichever
results in the eligible employee receiving the greatest aggregate amount on an after-tax basis.
Long-Term Incentive Awards
The following table describes the treatment of long-term incentive awards following a termination of
employment or change in control of Kroger, as defined in the applicable agreement. In each case, the continued
vesting, exercisability or eligibility for the incentive awards will end if the participant provides services to a
competitor of Kroger.
Triggering Event
Stock Options
Restricted Stock
Performance Units
Involuntary
Termination
Voluntary
Termination/
Retirement
- Prior to minimum
age and five
years of
service(1)
Voluntary
Termination/
Retirement
- After minimum
age and five
years of
service(1)
Forfeit all unvested options.
Previously vested options
remain exercisable for the
shorter of one year after
termination or the
remainder of the original
10-year term.
Forfeit all unvested options.
Previously vested options
remain exercisable for the
shorter of one year after
termination or the
remainder of the original
10-year term.
Unvested options held
greater than 1 year
continue vesting on the
original schedule. All
options are exercisable for
remainder of the original
10-year term.
Forfeit all unvested shares
Forfeit all rights to
units for which the
three-year
performance period
has not ended
Performance-Based
Long-Term
Cash Bonus
Forfeit all rights to long-term
cash bonuses for which the
three-year performance
period has not ended
Forfeit all unvested shares
Forfeit all rights to
units for which the
three-year
performance period
has not ended
Forfeit all rights to long-term
cash bonuses for which the
three-year performance
period has not ended
Unvested shares held
greater than 1 year
continue vesting on the
original schedule
Pro rata portion(2) of
units earned based on
performance results
over the full three-year
period
Pro rata portion(2) of long-
term cash bonuses earned
based on performance
results over the full three-
year period
49
Triggering Event
Stock Options
Restricted Stock
Performance Units
Death
Disability
Change in
Control(3)
- For awards prior
to March 2019
Change in
Control(4)
- For awards
in March 2019
and thereafter
Unvested options are
immediately vested. All
options are exercisable for
the remainder of the
original 10-year term.
Unvested shares
immediately vest
Unvested options are
immediately vested. All
options are exercisable for
remainder of the original
10-year term.
Unvested options are
immediately vested and
exercisable.
Unvested shares
immediately vest
Unvested shares
immediately vest.
Unvested options only vest
and become exercisable
upon an actual or
constructive termination of
employment within 2 years
following a change in
control.
Unvested shares only vest
upon an actual or
constructive termination of
employment within 2 years
following a change in
control.
Performance-Based
Long-Term
Cash Bonus
Pro rata portion(2) of long-
term cash bonuses earned
based on performance
results through the end of
the fiscal year in which
death occurs. Award will be
paid following the end of
such fiscal year.
Pro rata portion(2) of
units earned based on
performance results
through the end of the
fiscal year in which
death occurs. Award
will be paid following
the end of such fiscal
year.
Pro rata portion(2) of
units earned based on
performance results
over the full three-year
period
Pro rata portion(2) of long-
term cash bonuses earned
based on performance
results over the full three-
year period
50% of the bonus granted at
the beginning of the
performance period earned
immediately
Not applicable
50% of the units
granted at the
beginning of the
performance period
earned immediately
50% of the units
granted at the
beginning of the
performance period
earned upon an actual
or constructive
termination of
employment within
2 years following a
change in control.
(1) The minimum age requirement is age 62 for stock options and restricted stock and age 55 for performance
units and the long-term cash bonus.
(2) The prorated amount is equal to the number of weeks of active employment during the performance period
divided by the total number of weeks in the performance period.
(3) These benefits are payable upon a change in control of Kroger, as defined in the applicable agreement, with or
without a termination of employment.
(4) These benefits are payable upon an actual or constructive termination of employment within two years after a
change in control, as defined in the applicable agreements.
50
Quantification of Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
The following table provides information regarding certain potential payments that would have been made to
the NEOs, except for Mr. Schlotman, if the triggering event occurred on the last day of the fiscal year, February 1,
2020, given compensation, age and service levels as of that date and, where applicable, based on the closing
market price per Kroger common share on the last trading day of the fiscal year ($26.86 on January 31, 2020).
Amounts actually received upon the occurrence of a triggering event will vary based on factors such as the timing
during the year of such event, the market price of Kroger common shares, and the officer’s age, length of service
and compensation level. Upon Mr. Schlotman’s retirement on December 31, 2019, he received a payment equal to
his banked vacation as described in footnote 5 to the Summary Compensation Table. Please see the Long-Term
Incentive Awards Table on page 49 for a discussion of the treatment of Mr. Schlotman’s long-term incentive awards
following his retirement, with Mr. Schlotman having reached the minimum age and service requirements.
W. Rodney McMullen
Name
Accrued and Banked Vacation
Severance
Continued Health and Welfare Benefits(1)
Stock Options(2)
Restricted Stock(3)
Performance Units(4)
Long-Term Cash Bonus(5)
Executive Group Life Insurance
Gary Millerchip
Accrued and Banked Vacation
Severance
Continued Health and Welfare Benefits(1)
Stock Options(2)
Restricted Stock(3)
Performance Units(4)
Long-Term Cash Bonus(5)
Executive Group Life Insurance
Stuart Aitken
Accrued and Banked Vacation
Severance
Continued Health and Welfare Benefits(1)
Stock Options(2)
Restricted Stock(3)
Performance Units(4)
Long-Term Cash Bonus(5)
Executive Group Life Insurance
Yael Cosset
Accrued and Banked Vacation
Severance
Continued Health and Welfare Benefits(1)
Stock Options(2)
Restricted Stock(3)
Performance Units(4)
Long-Term Cash Bonus(5)
Executive Group Life Insurance
Michael J. Donnelly
Accrued and Banked Vacation
Severance
Continued Health and Welfare Benefits(1)
Stock Options(2)
Restricted Stock(3)
Performance Units(4)
Long-Term Cash Bonus(5)
Executive Group Life Insurance
Involuntary
Termination
Voluntary
Termination/
Retirement
Death
Disability
Change
in Control
without
Termination
Change in
Control with
Termination
$653,934
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$ 3,846
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$ 6,346
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$ 5,038
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$174,144
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$ 653,934
—
—
0
0
1,949,837
1,145,710
—
$ 653,934 $ 653,934
—
—
2,089,702
9,293,641
1,949,837
1,145,710
—
—
—
2,089,702
9,293,641
1,949,837
1,145,710
1,973,850
$
$
$
3,846
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
6,346
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
5,038
—
—
0
0
0
0
—
$
3,846 $
—
—
522,439
2,508,751
243,424
141,483
750,000
3,846
—
—
522,439
2,508,751
243,424
141,483
—
$
6,346 $
—
—
341,729
2,184,470
501,591
311,786
1,237,500
6,346
—
—
341,729
2,184,470
501,591
311,786
—
$
5,038 $
—
—
277,832
2,110,927
245,797
230,465
982,500
5,038
—
—
277,832
2,110,927
245,797
230,465
—
$ 174,144
—
—
0
0
689,605
380,917
—
$ 174,144 $ 174,144
—
—
671,645
4,002,919
689,605
380,917
—
—
—
671,645
4,002,919
689,605
380,917
1,395,000
51
$ 653,934
—
—
1,354,875
5,875,088
1,260,070
1,315,900
—
$
3,846
—
—
103,145
974,723
93,030
162,500
—
$
6,346
—
—
131,777
1,126,320
342,908
358,100
—
$
5,038
—
—
102,873
1,215,576
95,756
264,700
—
$ 174,144
—
—
391,711
2,700,612
418,935
437,500
—
$ 653,934
7,631,808
32,653
2,089,702
9,293,641
4,108,855
1,315,900
—
$
3,846
1,837,500
48,166
522,439
2,508,751
635,655
162,500
—
$
6,346
2,795,848
48,913
341,729
2,184,470
1,021,190
358,100
—
$
5,038
2,209,174
36,213
277,832
2,110,927
638,382
264,700
—
$ 174,144
4,260,000
15,831
671,645
4,002,919
1,504,187
437,500
—
(1) Represents the aggregate present value of continued participation in the Company’s medical, dental and
executive term life insurance plans, based on the premiums payable by the Company during the eligible
period. The eligible period for continued medical and dental benefits is based on the level and length of
service, which is 24 months for all NEOs. The eligible period for continued executive term life insurance
coverage is six months for the NEOs. The amounts reported may ultimately be lower if the NEO is no longer
eligible to receive benefits, which could occur upon obtaining other employment and becoming eligible for
substantially equivalent benefits through the new employer.
(2) Amounts reported in the death, disability and change in control columns represent the intrinsic value of the
accelerated vesting of unvested stock options, calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the
stock option and the closing price per Kroger common share on January 31, 2020. A value of $0 is attributed to
stock options with an exercise price greater than the market price on the last day of the fiscal year. In
accordance with SEC rules, no amount is reported in the voluntary termination/retirement column because
vesting is not accelerated, but the options may continue to vest on the original schedule if the conditions
described above are met.
(3) Amounts reported in the death, disability and change in control columns represent the aggregate value of the
accelerated vesting of unvested restricted stock. In accordance with SEC rules, no amount is reported in the
voluntary termination/retirement column because vesting is not accelerated, but the restricted stock may
continue to vest on the original schedule if the conditions described above are met.
(4) Amounts reported in the voluntary termination/retirement, death and disability columns represent the
aggregate value of the performance units granted in 2018 and 2019, based on performance through the last
day of fiscal 2019 and prorated for the portion of the performance period completed. Amounts reported in the
change in control column represent the aggregate value of 50% of the maximum number of performance units
granted in 2018 and 2019. Awards under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan were earned as of the last day of
2019 so each NEO age 55 or over was entitled to receive (regardless of the triggering event) the amount
actually earned, which is reported in the Stock Awards column of the 2019 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
Table.
(5) Amounts reported in the voluntary termination/retirement, death and disability columns represent the
aggregate value of the long-term cash bonuses granted in 2018, based on performance through the last day of
fiscal 2019 and prorated for the portion of the performance period completed. Amounts reported in the change
in control column represent the aggregate value of 50% of the long-term cash bonus potentials under the 2018
Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan were earned as of the last day of
2019, so each NEO age 55 or over was entitled to receive (regardless of the triggering event) the amount
actually earned, which is reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary
Compensation Table for 2019.
CEO Pay Ratio
As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and Item
402(u) of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following information regarding the ratio of the annual total
compensation of our Chairman and CEO, Mr. McMullen, to the annual total compensation of our median employee.
As reported in the Summary Compensation Table, our CEO had annual total compensation for 2019 of
$21,129,648. Using this Summary Compensation Table methodology, the annual total compensation of our median
employee for 2019 was $26,790. As a result, we estimate that the ratio of our CEO’s annual total compensation to
that of our median employee for fiscal 2019 was 789 to 1.
This pay ratio is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules based on our payroll
records and the methodology described below. The SEC rules for identifying the median compensated employee
and calculating the pay ratio based on that employee’s annual total compensation allow companies to adopt a
variety of methodologies, to apply certain exclusions, and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that
reflect their compensation practices. As such, other companies may have different employment and compensation
practices and may utilize different methodologies, exclusions, estimates and assumptions in calculating their own
pay ratios. Therefore, the estimated pay ratio reported above may not be comparable to the pay ratios reported by
other companies and should not be used as a basis for comparison between companies.
As permitted by SEC rules, we used the same median employee in 2017 and 2018 based on our employee
population on the last day of our 11th fiscal period (December 7, 2019), which included full-time, part-time,
52
temporary, and seasonal employees who were employed on that date, as there were no changes in our employee
population or compensation arrangements that we believe would have significantly affected our pay ratio
calculation.
We then determined the median employee’s annual total compensation using the Summary Compensation
Table methodology as detailed in Item 402(c)(2)(x) of Regulation S-K and compared it to the annual total
compensation of Mr. McMullen as detailed in the ‘‘Total’’ column of the Summary Compensation Table for 2019, to
arrive at the pay ratio disclosed above.
Item No. 2 Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation
You are being asked to vote, on an advisory basis, to approve the compensation of our NEOs. The Board of
Directors recommends that you vote FOR the approval of compensation of our NEOs.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, enacted in July 2010, requires that we give
our shareholders the right to approve, on a nonbinding, advisory basis, the compensation of our NEOs as disclosed
earlier in this proxy statement in accordance with the SEC’s rules.
As discussed earlier in the CD&A, our compensation philosophy is to attract and retain the best management
talent and to motivate these employees to achieve our business and financial goals. Our incentive plans are
designed to reward the actions that lead to long-term value creation. To achieve our objectives, we seek to ensure
that compensation is competitive and that there is a direct link between pay and performance. To do so, we are
guided by the following principles:
•
•
•
•
A significant portion of pay should be performance-based, with the percentage of total pay tied to
performance increasing proportionally with an executive’s level of responsibility;
Compensation should include incentive-based pay to drive performance, providing superior pay for
superior performance, including both a short- and long-term focus;
Compensation policies should include an opportunity for, and a requirement of, equity ownership to align
the interests of executives and shareholders; and
Components of compensation should be tied to an evaluation of business and individual performance
measured against metrics that directly drive our business strategy.
The vote on this resolution is not intended to address any specific element of compensation. Rather, the vote
relates to the compensation of our NEOs as described in this proxy statement. The vote is advisory. This means
that the vote is not binding on Kroger. The Compensation Committee of the Board is responsible for establishing
executive compensation. In so doing, the Compensation Committee will consider, along with all other relevant
factors, the results of this vote.
We ask our shareholders to vote on the following resolution:
‘‘RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the Company’s NEOs, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of
Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables, and the related
narrative discussion, is hereby APPROVED.’’
The next advisory vote will occur at our 2021 Annual Meeting.
The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote For This Proposal.
Item No. 3 Ratification of the Appointment of Kroger’s Independent Auditor
You are being asked to ratify the appointment of Kroger’s independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLC. The Board of Directors recommends that you vote FOR the ratification of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm.
The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities regarding the Company’s financial reporting and accounting practices including the integrity of the
Company’s financial statements; the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the
independent public accountants’ qualifications and independence; the performance of the Company’s internal audit
function and independent public accountants; and the preparation of the Audit Committee Report. The Audit
Committee performs this work pursuant to a written charter approved by the Board of Directors. The Audit
Committee charter most recently was revised during fiscal 2012 and is available on the Company’s website at
ir.kroger.com under Investors – Governance – Committee Composition. The Audit Committee has implemented
53
procedures to assist it during the course of each fiscal year in devoting the attention that is necessary and
appropriate to each of the matters assigned to it under the Audit Committee’s charter. The Audit Committee held
5 meetings during fiscal year 2019.
Selection of Independent Auditor
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation,
retention, and oversight of Kroger’s independent auditor, as required by law and by applicable NYSE rules.
On March 11, 2020, the Audit Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Kroger’s independent auditor
for the fiscal year ending January 30, 2021. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or its predecessor firm has been the
Company’s independent auditor since 1929.
In determining whether to reappoint the independent auditor, our Audit Committee:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reviews PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s independence and performance;
Considers the tenure of the independent registered public accounting firm and safeguards around auditor
independence;
Reviews, in advance, all non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, specifically with
regard to the effect on the firm’s independence;
Conducts an annual assessment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s performance, including an internal
survey of their service quality by members of management and the Audit Committee;
Conducts regular executive sessions with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP;
Conducts regular executive sessions with the Vice President of Internal Audit;
Considers PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s familiarity with our operations, businesses, accounting policies
and practices and internal control over financial reporting;
Reviews candidates for the lead engagement partner in conjunction with the mandated rotation of the
public accountants’ lead engagement partner;
Reviews recent Public Company Accounting Oversight Board reports on PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
and its peer firms; and
Obtains and reviews a report from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP describing all relationships between the
independent auditor and Kroger at least annually to assess the independence of the internal auditor.
As a result, the members of the Audit Committee believe that the continued retention of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm is in the best interests
of our Company and its shareholders.
While shareholder ratification of the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent auditor is
not required by Kroger’s Regulations or otherwise, the Board of Directors is submitting the selection of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to shareholders for ratification, as it has in past years, as a good corporate
governance practice. If the shareholders fail to ratify the selection, the Audit Committee may, but is not required to,
reconsider whether to retain that firm. Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in its discretion may
direct the appointment of a different auditor at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be
in the best interests of our Company and our shareholders.
A representative of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is expected to participate in the meeting to respond to
appropriate questions and to make a statement if he or she desires to do so.
54
Audit and Non-Audit Fees
The following table presents the aggregate fees billed for professional services performed by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the annual audit and quarterly reviews of our consolidated financial statements
for fiscal 2019 and 2018, and for audit-related, tax and all other services performed in 2019 and 2018.
Audit Fees(1)
Audit-Related Fees(2)
All Other Fees(3)
Total
Fiscal Year Ended
February 1,
2020
$5,153,885
$
$
0
900
February 2,
2019
$5,067,485
$1,110,870
900
$5,154,785
$6,179,255
(1)
(2)
Includes annual audit and quarterly reviews of Kroger’s consolidated financial statements, the issuance of
comfort letters to underwriters, consents, and assistance with review of documents filed with the SEC.
Includes fees related to audit services in connection with the carve-out for the sale of the c-stores from the
financial statements, lease pre-implementation procedures, and divestiture due diligence.
(3)
Includes use of accounting research tool.
The Audit Committee requires that it approve in advance all audit and non-audit work performed by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. In 2007, the Audit Committee adopted an audit and non-audit service pre-approval
policy. Pursuant to the terms of that policy, the Committee will annually pre-approve certain defined services that
are expected to be provided by the independent auditors. If it becomes appropriate during the year to engage the
independent accountant for additional services, the Audit Committee must first approve the specific services before
the independent accountant may perform the additional work.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has advised the Audit Committee that neither the firm, nor any member of the
firm, has any financial interest, direct or indirect, in any capacity in Kroger or its subsidiaries.
The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote For This Proposal.
55
Audit Committee Report
Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Company’s financial
statements, the Company’s accounting and financial reporting principles and internal controls, and procedures that
are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding compliance with accounting standards and applicable
laws and regulations. The independent public accountants are responsible for auditing the Company’s financial
statements and expressing opinions as to the financial statements’ conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
In performing its functions, the Audit Committee:
• Met separately with the Company’s internal auditor and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with and without
management present to discuss the results of the audits, their evaluation and management’s assessment
of the effectiveness of Kroger’s internal controls over financial reporting and the overall quality of the
Company’s financial reporting;
• Met separately with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s General Counsel when
needed;
• Met regularly in executive sessions;
•
•
•
Reviewed and discussed with management the audited financial statements included in our Annual
Report;
Discussed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP the matters required to be discussed under the applicable
requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the SEC; and
Received the written disclosures and the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP required by the
applicable requirements of the Public Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent public
accountant’s communication with the Audit Committee concerning independence and discussed the
matters related to their independence.
Based upon the review and discussions described in this report, the Audit Committee recommended to the
Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2020, as filed with the SEC.
This report is submitted by the Audit Committee.
Anne Gates, Chair
Karen M. Hoguet
Ronald L. Sargent
Bobby S. Shackouls
Mark S. Sutton
56
Item No. 4 Shareholder Proposal – Recyclability of Packaging
We have been notified by two shareholders, the name and shareholdings of which will be furnished promptly to
any shareholder upon written or oral request to Kroger’s Secretary at our executive offices, that it intends to
propose the following resolution at the annual meeting:
‘‘WHEREAS: A portion of Kroger house brand product packaging is unrecyclable, including plastics, which are
a growing component of plastic pollution and marine litter. Authorities say that marine litter kills and injures marine
life, spreads toxics, and poses a potential threat to human health. The environmental cost of consumer plastic
products and packaging exceeds $139 billion annually, according to the American Chemistry Council.
Plastic is the fastest growing form of packaging; U.S. flexible plastic sales are estimated at $26 billion. Dried
fruit, frozen meat, cheese, and dog food are some of the Kroger house brand items packaged in unrecyclable
plastic pouches. Private label items account for a quarter of all sales – nearly $20 billion annually. Using
unrecyclable packaging when recyclable alternatives are available wastes valuable resources.
Recyclability of household packaging is a growing area of focus as consumers become more environmentally
conscious, yet recycling rates stagnate. Only 13% of plastic packaging is recycled, according to the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Billions of pouches and similar multi-layer plastic laminates, lie buried in
landfills. Unrecyclable packaging is more likely to be littered and swept into waterways. An assessment of marine
debris by the Global Environment Facility concluded that one cause of debris entering oceans is ‘‘design and
marketing of products internationally without appropriate regard to their environmental fate or ability to be
recycled...’’
In the marine environment, plastics break down into indigestible particles that marine life mistake for food.
Studies by the EPA suggest a synergistic effect between plastic debris and persistent, bio accumulative, toxic
chemicals. Plastics absorb toxics such as polychlorinated biphenyls and dioxins from water or sediment and
transfer them to the marine food web and potentially to human diets. If no actions are taken, oceans are expected
to contain more plastic than fish by 2050!
Making all packaging recyclable, if possible, is the first step needed to reduce the threat posed by plastic
pollution. Better management of plastic could save consumer goods companies $4 billion a year. Companies who
aspire to corporate sustainability yet use these risky materials need to explain why they use unrecyclable
packaging.
Other companies who manufacture and sell food and household goods are moving towards recyclability.
Kroger is lagging behind competitors; the company has only offered a vague statement that it will strive to increase
recyclability of its plastic packaging. Direct grocery competitors Walmart and Target have both agreed to make their
packaging recyclable, reusable, or compostable by 2025. Colgate-Palmolive, PepsiCo, Procter & Gamble, and
Unilever have developed similar packaging recyclability goals.
RESOLVED: Shareowners of Kroger request that the board of directors issue a report, at reasonable cost,
omitting confidential information, assessing the environmental impacts of continuing to use unrecyclable brand
packaging.
Supporting Statement: Proponents believe that the report should include an assessment of the reputational,
financial and operational risks associated with continuing to use unrecyclable brand packaging and, if possible,
goals and a timeline to phase out unrecyclable packaging.’’
The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote Against This Proposal for the Following Reasons:
In 2016, Kroger introduced our 2020 Sustainability Goals, which include several targets to optimize Our Brands
product packaging by following a balanced, multi-pronged approach. These goals include:
•
•
•
•
Improving the recyclability of plastic packaging and achieving 20% recycled content in packaging for
Kroger manufactured products -- which also helps drive demand for recycled materials;
Increasing communication with our customers about recyclability and helping expand recycling
infrastructure because we cannot solve this problem alone;
Increasing responsible fiber sourcing in paper packaging; and
Reducing plastic in Our Brands packaging by 10 million pounds.
The detailed packaging optimization goals for 2020 and an update on our progress through fiscal year 2018
can be found at http://sustainability.kroger.com/2020-goals.html.
57
Kroger continues to accelerate progress on every front during fiscal 2020 to achieve as many of these targets as
possible.
We will report Kroger’s 2019 progress in our 2020 Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) report. By the
end of 2019:
•
Kroger achieved 10.1 million pounds of reduced plastic in our manufactured plastic packaging since 2015
– achieving our goal well ahead of schedule – with additional improvements planned for 2020.
• We added post-consumer recycled (PCR) content to multiple plastic packaging items, including dairy
products, bakery and produce products, which helps create demand for recycling markets. As examples,
in 2019, we added 25% PCR content into two buttermilk products, up to 40% PCR in pie containers, and
up to 20% PCR in several cake and cookie containers – all of which we produce in our own Manufacturing
plants.
• We raised awareness of our in-store plastic film collection and recycling program, which accepts a wide
variety of plastic films not currently accepted in curbside recycling programs, like plastic grocery bags,
produce bags, bread bags, and plastic overwrap on household tissues, diapers and bottled water. Kroger
will pilot new recycling programs for harder-to-recycle items in 2020 in order to give customers additional
resources to help reduce plastic waste in the environment.
• We added ‘Please Recycle’ to additional product packages – for a total of more than 3,000 items showing
this message. We are also in the process of joining the How2Recycle program so that we can provide
widely adopted recycling instructions for Our Brands products moving forward.
•
•
Kroger joined the U.S. Chamber of Commerce Foundation’s Beyond 34 initiative, which is aimed at finding
scalable solutions to increase the national recycling rate (currently 34%). As a Champion of the second
pilot, hosted in Cincinnati, our home city, Kroger is playing a key role in evaluating waste reduction and
recovery opportunities that can potentially benefit our company-wide operations.
The majority of paper packaging items used in Kroger’s Manufacturing plants include recycled content
and/or is certified to a responsible forestry standard. We also developed a Deforestation Commitment for
Raw Material Sourcing (https://www.thekrogerco.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Kroger-Deforestation-
Commitment_Raw-Material-Sourcing_Final.pdf), which includes a commitment regarding paper packaging
used in our plants.
Recognizing that our customers’ interest in sustainable packaging will continue to evolve, in 2019 we became
the exclusive U.S. grocery retail partner for Loop, an innovative circular packaging platform that aligns with
Kroger’s zero-waste vision by reducing single-use plastics in the environment. We are working with our
CPG partners and Our Brands team to pilot this new packaging system in select Kroger-operated stores in fall
2020.
Kroger was also the first major U.S. grocery retailer to commit to phase out the use of single-use plastic
grocery shopping bags across the country by 2025. We learn more every day about the challenges of transitioning
from single-use plastics to a more circular and sustainable economy. While there isn’t a single, easy answer to the
issue of plastics in nature, Kroger remains committed to being part of the solution – in our stores and communities,
and in our customers’ homes.
For the year ahead, Kroger will continue to accelerate progress on our 2020 Sustainability Goals while also
defining our strategy and long-term goals for the future. We are currently designing our future long-term packaging
commitments and anticipate setting and sharing those by the end of the year.(1)
For the foregoing reasons, we urge you to vote AGAINST this proposal.
Item No. 5 Shareholder Proposal – Human Rights Due Diligence
We have been notified by one shareholder, the name and shareholdings of which will be furnished promptly to
any shareholder upon written or oral request to Kroger’s Secretary at our executive offices, that it intends to
propose the following resolution at the annual meeting:
‘‘Resolved: Shareholders request the Board of Directors prepare a report, at reasonable cost and omitting
proprietary information, on Kroger's human rights due diligence (HRDD) process to identify, assess, prevent and
mitigate actual and potential adverse human rights impacts in its operations and supply chain.
58
Supporting Statement:
In line with the HRDD approach outlined by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights,1 we
recommend the report include:
•
•
•
•
The human rights principles used to frame its risk assessments;
The human rights impacts of Kroger's business activities, including company-owned operations and supply
chain, and plans to mitigate adverse impacts;
The types and extent of stakeholder consultation; and
The company's plans to track effectiveness of measures to assess, prevent, mitigate, and remedy adverse
human rights impacts.
These HRDD measures reduce long-term risk to shareholders. Companies that proactively identify and
mitigate human rights abuses avoid costly backlash from communities, customers, and government regulators.
Indeed, risks exist not only for companies directly producing products connected to human rights violations, but
also those selling such products.2 For supermarkets, this creates an imperative not to cause or contribute to
abuses to workers and farmers in their supply chain. Given Kroger's business relationship with suppliers operating
in high-risk sectors, the company's current business model exposes investors to significant reputational – and in
turn, financial – risk.
Increased public scrutiny on industries reliant upon child and forced labor has magnified the reputational risk:
media coverage by the NY Times detailed slave labor in Southeast Asia's shrimp industry;3 the Wall Street Journal
revealed migrant labor abuses in Malaysia’s palm oil sector;4 and CNN chronicled rampant labor abuse among
U.S. tomato producers.5 When these tainted products are connected to a brand, the reputational stain follows.6
Responsible companies must strive to identify, remedy and prevent such human rights violations.
Kroger is not immune to these threats. The Department of Labor has identified dozens of food products that appear
on Kroger's shelves produced from child or forced labor, including seafood, tea, palm oil and fresh produce.7
Transparency in supply chain sourcing can reduce these risks. Companies that know, show, and address
supply chain risks not only garner positive attention and customer loyalty for sustainable practices, but head off
potentially expensive reputational risks. Companies like Coca-Cola and Mondelez, and supermarkets Jumbo, Albert
Heijn, and Tesco have all conducted or committed to implementing HRDD, including by conducting human rights
impact assessments on their sourcing of agricultural commodities.
Given the low cost of integrating HRDD relative to the significant costs that companies bear when tied to
human rights violations, shareholders urge the Board to adopt this measure as a cost-effective means of reducing
exposure to risk and maximizing long-term financial interest.’’
The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote Against This Proposal for the Following Reasons:
Human rights are a fundamentally important topic for Kroger and something to which we are deeply committed.
As a result, we have several governance assets and compliance procedures in place to assist in upholding this
commitment.
•
Our Statement on Human Rights (https://www.thekrogerco.com/wp-
content/uploads/2018/07/TheKrogerCo_Statement-on-Human-Rights_2018-July.pdf) articulates what we stand
for regarding human rights. Protecting human rights is embedded in our company governance and culture. We
expect to publish an expanded statement in 2020, specifically addressing some key topics of concern like
recruitment fees, which can lead to workers becoming indebted to employers as a result of paying fees for
employment.
1 https://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Publications/GuidingPrinciplesBusinessHR_EN.pdf
2 https://www.fm-magazine.com/issues/2016/dec/human-rights-risks-in-supply-chain.html
3 https://www.nytimes.com/2014/06/22/opinion/sunday/thai-seafood-is-contaminated-by-human-trafficking.html
4 https://www.wsj.com/articles/palm-oil-migrant-workers-tell-of-abuses-on-malaysian-plantations-1437933321
5 https://cnn.com/2017/05/30/world/ciw-fair-food-program-freedom-project/index.html
6 See, e.g., https://www.bizjournals.com/cincinnati/news/2019/08/16/p-g-faces-criticism-for-buying-palm-oil-allegedly.html;
https://nowtoronto.com/news/chocolate-child-labour-slavery-hersheys/; https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2019/oct/05/tesco-m-and-
s-supermarkets-likely-to-have-soya-linked-to-deforestation-supply-chains
7 https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/ILAB/ListofGoods.pdf.
59
•
•
Our Vendor Code of Conduct (https://www.thekrogerco.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/code-of-conduct.pdf)
defines our expectations of our suppliers regarding protecting human rights in our supply chain. All suppliers
are required to agree to this code of conduct in order to do business with Kroger.
Our Social Compliance Program, described in our Social Compliance Program Requirements
(https://www.thekrogerco.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/The-Kroger-Co._Social-Compliance-
Program_2018-July-1.pdf) and described in detail in our annual Environmental, Social & Governance report
(http://sustainability.kroger.com/products-supply-chain-accountability.html) is our framework for ensuring
Kroger suppliers are upholding our Vendor Code of Conduct.
• We have a zero-tolerance policy for human rights violations reported through our social compliance program
audits or other means. Addressing violations includes documented corrective action plan(s) and corresponding
improvements. Failure to complete the corrective action plan(s) within the agreed-upon timeline can result in
termination of the supply contract. Through this management approach to supply chain accountability, a limited
number of supplier contracts are terminated each year for failure to comply with our Vendor Code of Conduct
and/or correct zero tolerance and other violations in a timely manner.
•
•
Our Ethics Hotline phone number can be used anonymously by internal and external parties to report any
potential human rights violations or other misconduct in our operations or supply chain. The Ethics Hotline is
listed in our corporate policies—including our Statement on Human Rights and Vendor Code of Conduct, both
available on Kroger’s website: https://www.thekrogerco.com/newsroom/statements-policies/—and on posters
at Kroger facilities.
Our work in this area is overseen by Kroger’s Vice President, Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer, Group Vice
President of Corporate Affairs, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Vice President of Sourcing, and
Head of Sustainability. This ensures that every part of our business is clear about the responsibility to respect
human rights. Board-level oversight is provided by the Audit Committee and Public Responsibilities Committee
of The Kroger Co. Board of Directors.
Kroger’s supplier base is diverse across geographies and by type of product produced, and as a result, Kroger
takes measures to understand and prioritize the highest human rights risks in our supply chain.
•
•
•
To determine the scope of the vendors and facilities that are to be audited in our Social Compliance Program
and how often, Kroger evaluates our supplier base against multiple criteria, such as where facilities are
located, what products they produce and documented industry risks. We also use risk indicators such as the
United Nations Human Development Index, the U.S. State Department Trafficking in Persons Report and The
World Bank Worldwide Governance Indicators.
In addition, Kroger’s social compliance team plans to begin in 2020 a risk assessment initiative with ELEVATE,
Kroger’s primary social compliance audit company, to better understand social risks in the supply chain.
Results from this process will be used to refine our auditing approach.
Kroger carefully reviews other social certification standards and auditing requirements to identify cases where
Kroger can adopt another standard as a proxy for our own social compliance audits, which allows us to
redistribute Kroger auditing capacity to more suppliers.
And finally, we recognize the value of stakeholder engagement, including with our suppliers, to identify and
better understand human rights risks in our supply chain.
•
Our social compliance team conducts multiple site visits with our suppliers around the globe to witness working
conditions first-hand, and to ensure our audit protocols are being effectively implemented. In 2019, Kroger
visited several general merchandise and seafood suppliers across Asia as well as produce suppliers in Mexico
and South America.
• We also conduct engagements with stakeholders such as investors, research groups and NGOs, and we
benchmark peer companies to ensure we are incorporating best practices in our approach. In fact, Kroger has
actively participated with other produce buyers in a working group aimed at encouraging implementation of the
PMA/United Fresh-sponsored Ethical Charter – a universal code of conduct to protect human rights in the
produce supply chain.
•
Kroger supports the communities from which we source through our initiative to provide Fair Trade-certified
products to our customers. Annually, we purchase more than 17 million pounds of Fair Trade-certified
60
ingredients such as coconut, coffee, sugar and tea for Kroger’s Our Brands products. Fair trade helps ensure
responsible practices and safe, healthy working conditions on the farms where products are grown. For every
product sold, the labor force earns an additional amount of money that goes into a farm worker-controlled
Community Development Fund at origin.
•
In early 2020, we are updating our environmental, social and governance materiality assessment—originally
conducted in early 2018 and shared in our 2018 Sustainability Report
(http://sustainability.kroger.com/Kroger_CSR2018.pdf)—to ensure we are capturing relevant stakeholder
perspectives in our reporting and approach to sustainability. We anticipate findings from the ongoing
assessment will be reflected in our 2020 Environmental, Social & Governance report.
Moving forward, Kroger will continue using our engagement channels to identify, assess and address human
rights concerns affecting our Company.
For the foregoing reasons, we urge you to vote AGAINST this proposal.
Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations – 2021 Annual Meeting
Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shareholder proposals
intended for inclusion in the proxy material relating to Kroger’s annual meeting of shareholders in June 2021 should
be addressed to Kroger’s Secretary and must be received at our executive offices not later than January 12, 2021.
These proposals must comply with Rule 14a-8 and the SEC’s proxy rules. If a shareholder submits a proposal
outside of Rule 14a-8 for the 2021 annual meeting and such proposal is not delivered within the time frame
specified in the Regulations, Kroger’s proxy may confer discretionary authority on persons being appointed as
proxies on behalf of Kroger to vote on such proposal.
In addition, Kroger’s Regulations contain an advance notice of shareholder business and director nominations
requirement, which generally prescribes the procedures that a shareholder of Kroger must follow if the shareholder
intends, at an annual meeting, to nominate a person for election to Kroger’s Board of Directors or to propose other
business to be considered by shareholders. These procedures include, among other things, that the shareholder
give timely notice to Kroger’s Secretary of the nomination or other proposed business, that the notice contain
specified information, and that the shareholder comply with certain other requirements. In order to be timely, this
notice must be delivered in writing to Kroger’s Secretary, at our principal executive offices, not later than 45
calendar days prior to the date on which our proxy statement for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders
was mailed to shareholders. If a shareholder’s nomination or proposal is not in compliance with the procedures set
forth in the Regulations, we may disregard such nomination or proposal. Accordingly, if a shareholder intends, at
the 2021 annual meeting, to nominate a person for election to the Board of Directors or to propose other business,
the shareholder must deliver a notice of such nomination or proposal to Kroger’s Secretary not later than March 28,
2021 and comply with the requirements of the Regulations.
Eligible shareholders may also submit director nominees for inclusion in our proxy statement for the 2021
annual meeting of shareholders. To be eligible, shareholders must have owned at least three percent of our
common shares for at least three years. Up to 20 shareholders will be able to aggregate for this purpose.
Nominations must be submitted to our Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices no earlier than
December 13, 2020 and no later than January 12, 2021.
Shareholder proposals, director nominations, including, if applicable pursuant to proxy access, and advance
notices must be addressed in writing, and addressed and delivered timely to: Corporate Secretary, The Kroger Co.,
1014 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-1100.
61
Householding of Proxy Materials
We have adopted a procedure approved by the SEC called ‘‘householding.’’ Under this procedure,
shareholders of record who have the same address and last name will receive only one copy of the Notice of
Availability of Proxy Materials (or proxy materials in the case of shareholders who receive paper copies of such
materials) unless one or more of these shareholders notifies us that they wish to continue receiving individual
copies. This procedure will reduce our printing costs and postage fees. Householding will not in any way affect
dividend check mailings.
If you are eligible for householding, but you and other shareholders of record with whom you share an address
currently receive multiple copies of our Notice of Availability of Proxy Materials (or proxy materials in the case of
shareholders who receive paper copies of such materials), or if you hold in more than one account, and in either
case you wish to receive only a single copy for your household or if you prefer to receive separate copies of our
documents in the future, please contact your bank or broker, or contact Kroger’s Secretary at 1014 Vine Street,
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 or via telephone at 513-762-4000.
Beneficial shareholders can request information about householding from their banks, brokers or other holders
of record.
The management knows of no other matters that are to be presented at the meeting, but, if any should be
presented, the Proxy Committee expects to vote thereon according to its best judgment.
By order of the Board of Directors,
Christine S. Wheatley, Secretary
62
2019 ANNUAL REPORT
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2020.
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 1-303
THE KROGER CO.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
31-0345740
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1014 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
45202
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (513) 762-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common, $1.00 Par Value
Trading Symbol
KR
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes ☐ No
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the average bid and asked price of such common
equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (August 17, 2019). $18.2 billion.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 777,891,827 shares of Common Stock of $1 par value, as of March 25,
2020.
Portions of Kroger’s definitive proxy statement for its 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120
days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
The Kroger Co.
Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2020
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Page
3
8
13
13
13
14
14
14
17
18
39
41
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
97
98
98
100
101
Part I
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
Part II
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
Part III
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
Part IV
Item 15
Item 16
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS.
PART I
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about our future performance. These
statements are based on our assumptions and beliefs in light of the information currently available to us. These
statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors, including the
risks and other factors discussed in “Risk Factors” below, that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ
materially from any future results or outcomes expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Such
statements are indicated by words such as “achieve,” “affect,” “believe,” “committed,” “continue,” “could,” “deliver,”
“effect,” “estimate,” “expects,” “future,” “growth,” “intends,” “likely,” “may,” “model,” “plan,” “position,” “range,”
“result,” “strategy,” “strong,” “trend,” “will” and “would,” and similar words or phrases. Moreover, statements in the
sections entitled Risk Factors, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(“MD&A”), and elsewhere in this report regarding our expectations, projections, beliefs, intentions or strategies are
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Various uncertainties and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the
forward-looking statements. These include:
The extent to which our sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet our requirements may be affected by the state
of the financial markets and the effect that such condition has on our ability to issue commercial paper at
acceptable rates. Our ability to borrow under our committed lines of credit, including our bank credit facilities,
could be impaired if one or more of our lenders under those lines is unwilling or unable to honor its contractual
obligation to lend to us, or in the event that global pandemics, including the novel coronavirus, natural disasters
or weather conditions interfere with the ability of our lenders to lend to us. Our ability to refinance maturing
debt may be affected by the state of the financial markets.
Our ability to achieve sales, earnings and incremental First-In, First-Out (“FIFO”) operating profit goals may be
affected by: COVID-19 related factors, risks and challenges, including among others, the length of time that the
pandemic continues, the temporary inability of customers to shop due to illness, quarantine, or other travel
restrictions or financial hardship, shifts in demand away from discretionary or higher priced products to lower
priced products, or stockpiling or similar pantry-filling activities, reduced workforces which may be caused by,
but not limited to, the temporary inability of the workforce to work due to illness, quarantine, or government
mandates, or temporary store closures due to reduced workforces or government mandates; labor negotiations
or disputes; changes in the types and numbers of businesses that compete with Kroger; pricing and promotional
activities of existing and new competitors, including non-traditional competitors, and the aggressiveness of that
competition; Kroger's response to these actions; the state of the economy, including interest rates, the
inflationary and deflationary trends in certain commodities, changes in tariffs, and the unemployment rate; the
effect that fuel costs have on consumer spending; volatility of fuel margins; changes in government-funded
benefit programs and the extent and effectiveness of any COVID-19 stimulus packages; manufacturing
commodity costs; diesel fuel costs related to Kroger's logistics operations; trends in consumer spending; the
extent to which Kroger's customers exercise caution in their purchasing in response to economic conditions; the
uncertainty of economic growth or recession; changes in inflation or deflation in product and operating costs;
stock repurchases; Kroger's ability to retain pharmacy sales from third party payors; consolidation in the
healthcare industry, including pharmacy benefit managers; Kroger's ability to negotiate modifications to multi-
employer pension plans; natural disasters or adverse weather conditions; the effect of public health crises or
other significant catastrophic events, including the coronavirus; the potential costs and risks associated with
potential cyber-attacks or data security breaches; the success of Kroger's future growth plans; the ability to
execute on Restock Kroger; and the successful integration of merged companies and new partnerships.
Our ability to achieve these goals may also be affected by our ability to manage the factors identified above.
Our ability to execute our financial strategy may be affected by our ability to generate cash flow.
Our effective tax rate may differ from the expected rate due to changes in laws, the status of pending items with
various taxing authorities, and the deductibility of certain expenses.
We cannot fully foresee the effects of changes in economic conditions on our business.
2
Other factors and assumptions not identified above, including those discussed in Item 1A of this Report, could also
cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking information. Accordingly, actual
events and results may vary significantly from those included in, contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements
made by us or our representatives. We undertake no obligation to update the forward-looking information contained in
this filing.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS.
The Kroger Co. (the “Company” or “Kroger”) was founded in 1883 and incorporated in 1902. As of February 1,
2020, we are one of the largest retailers in the world based on annual sales. We also manufacture and process some of
the food for sale in our supermarkets. We maintain a web site (www.thekrogerco.com) that includes additional
information about the Company. We make available through our web site, free of charge, our annual reports on
Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and our interactive data files, including
amendments. These forms are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we have filed them with, or furnished
them electronically to, the SEC.
Our revenues are predominately earned and cash is generated as consumer products are sold to customers in our
stores, fuel centers and via our online platforms. We earn income predominantly by selling products at price levels that
produce revenues in excess of the costs to make these products available to our customers. Such costs include
procurement and distribution costs, facility occupancy and operational costs and overhead expenses. Our fiscal year
ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. All references to 2019, 2018 and 2017 are to the fiscal years ended February
1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively, unless specifically indicated otherwise.
EMPLOYEES
As of February 1, 2020, Kroger employed approximately 435,000 full- and part-time employees. A majority of our
employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements negotiated with local unions affiliated with one of several
different international unions. There are approximately 360 such agreements, usually with terms of three to five years.
STORES
As of February 1, 2020, Kroger operated, either directly or through its subsidiaries, 2,757 supermarkets under a
variety of local banner names, of which 2,270 had pharmacies and 1,567 had fuel centers. We offer Pickup (also
referred to as ClickList®) and Harris Teeter ExpressLane™— personalized, order online, pick up at the store services —
at 1,989 of our supermarkets and provide home delivery service to 97% of Kroger households. Approximately 54% of
our supermarkets were operated in Company-owned facilities, including some Company-owned buildings on leased
land. Our current strategy emphasizes self-development and ownership of real estate. Our stores operate under a variety
of banners that have strong local ties and brand recognition. Supermarkets are generally operated under one of the
following formats: combination food and drug stores (“combo stores”); multi-department stores; marketplace stores; or
price impact warehouses.
The combo store is the primary food store format. They typically draw customers from a 2-2.5 mile radius. We
believe this format is successful because the stores are large enough to offer the specialty departments that customers
desire for one-stop shopping, including natural food and organic sections, pharmacies, general merchandise, pet centers
and high-quality perishables such as fresh seafood and organic produce.
Multi-department stores are significantly larger in size than combo stores. In addition to the departments offered at
a typical combo store, multi-department stores sell a wide selection of general merchandise items such as apparel, home
fashion and furnishings, outdoor living, electronics, automotive products and toys.
Marketplace stores are smaller in size than multi-department stores. They offer full-service grocery, pharmacy and
health and beauty care departments as well as an expanded perishable offering and general merchandise area that
includes apparel, home goods and toys.
3
Price impact warehouse stores offer a “no-frills, low cost” warehouse format and feature everyday low prices plus
promotions for a wide selection of grocery and health and beauty care items. Quality meat, dairy, baked goods and fresh
produce items provide a competitive advantage. The average size of a price impact warehouse store is similar to that of
a combo store.
SEGMENTS
We operate supermarkets and multi-department stores throughout the United States. Our retail operations, which
represent 97% of our consolidated sales, is our only reportable segment. We aggregate our operating divisions into one
reportable segment due to the operating divisions having similar economic characteristics with similar long-term
financial performance. In addition, our operating divisions offer customers similar products, have similar distribution
methods, operate in similar regulatory environments, purchase the majority of the merchandise for retail sale from
similar (and in many cases identical) vendors on a coordinated basis from a centralized location, serve similar types of
customers, and are allocated capital from a centralized location. Our operating divisions are organized primarily on a
geographical basis so that the operating division management team can be responsive to local needs of the operating
division and can execute company strategic plans and initiatives throughout the locations in their operating division. This
geographical separation is the primary differentiation between these retail operating divisions. The geographical basis of
organization reflects how the business is managed and how our Chief Executive Officer, who acts as our chief operating
decision maker, assesses performance internally. All of our operations are domestic. Revenues, profits and losses and
total assets are shown in our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 below.
MERCHANDISING AND MANUFACTURING
Our Brands products play an important role in our merchandising strategy. Our supermarkets, on average, stock
over 16,000 private label items. Our Brands products are primarily produced and sold in three “tiers.” Private
Selection® is one of our premium quality brands, offering customers culinary foods and ingredients that deliver amazing
eating experiences. The Kroger® brand, which represents the majority of our private label items, is designed to
consistently satisfy and delight customers with quality products that exceed or meet the national brand in taste and
efficacy, as well as with unique and differentiated products. Big K®, Check This Out…® and Heritage Farm® are some
of our value brands, designed to deliver good quality at a very affordable price. In addition, we continue to grow natural
and organic Our Brands offerings with Simple Truth® and Simple Truth Organic®. Both Simple Truth and Simple
Truth Organic are free from a defined list of artificial ingredients that customers have told us they do not want in their
food, and the Simple Truth Organic products are USDA certified organic.
Approximately 31% of Our Brands units and 42% of the grocery category Our Brands units sold in our
supermarkets are produced in our food production plants; the remaining Our Brands items are produced to our strict
specifications by outside manufacturers. We perform a “make or buy” analysis on Our Brands products and decisions
are based upon a comparison of market-based transfer prices versus open market purchases. As of February 1, 2020, we
operated 35 food production plants. These plants consisted of 16 dairies, 9 deli or bakery plants, five grocery product
plants, two beverage plants, one meat plant and two cheese plants.
SEASONALITY
The majority of our revenues are generally not seasonal in nature. However, revenues tend to be higher during the
major holidays throughout the year. Additionally, certain significant events including inclement weather systems,
particularly winter storms, tend to affect our sales trends.
4
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following is a list of the names and ages of the executive officers and the positions held by each such person.
Except as otherwise noted, each person has held office for at least five years. Each officer will hold office at the
discretion of the Board for the ensuing year until removed or replaced.
Name
Age
Recent Employment History
Mary E. Adcock
44 Ms. Adcock was elected Senior Vice President effective May 1, 2019 and is
responsible for the oversight of several Kroger retail divisions. From June 2016 to
April 2019, she served as Group Vice President of Retail Operations. Prior to that,
she served as Vice President of Operations for Kroger’s Columbus Division from
November 2015 to May 2016 and as Vice President of Merchandising for the
Columbus Division from March 2014 to November 2015. From February 2012 to
March 2014, Ms. Adcock served as Vice President of Natural Foods Merchandising
and from October 2009 to February 2012, she served as Vice President of Deli/Bakery
Manufacturing. Prior to that, Ms. Adcock held several leadership positions in the
manufacturing department, including human resources manager, general manager and
division operations manager. Ms. Adcock joined Kroger in 1999 as human resources
assistant manager at the Country Oven Bakery in Bowling Green, Kentucky.
48 Mr. Aitken was elected Senior Vice President in February 2019 and served as Group
Vice President from June 2015 to February 2019. He is responsible for leading
Kroger’s alternative profit businesses, including Kroger’s data analytics subsidiary,
84.51° LLC and Kroger Personal Finance. Prior to joining Kroger, he served as the
chief executive officer of dunnhumby USA, LLC from July 2010 to June 2015.
Mr. Aitken has over 15 years of marketing, academic and technical experience across
a variety of industries, and held various leadership roles with other companies,
including Michaels Stores and Safeway, Inc.
Stuart W. Aitken
Robert W. Clark
54 Mr. Clark was named Senior Vice President of Supply Chain, Manufacturing and
Sourcing in May 2019. He was elected Senior Vice President of Merchandising in
March 2016. From March 2013 to March 2016, he served as Group Vice President of
Non-Perishables. Prior to that, he served as Vice President of Merchandising for
Kroger’s Fred Meyer division from October 2011 to March 2013. From August 2010
to October 2011 he served as Vice President of Operations for Kroger’s Columbus
division. Prior to that, from May 2002 to August 2010, he served as Vice President of
Merchandising for Kroger’s Fry’s division. From 1985 to 2002, Mr. Clark held
various leadership positions in store and district management, as well as grocery
merchandising. Mr. Clark began his career with Kroger in 1985 as a courtesy clerk at
Fry’s.
Yael Cosset
46 Mr. Cosset was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer in May
2019 and is responsible for leading Kroger’s digital strategy, focused on building
Kroger’s presence in the marketplace in digital channels, personalization and e-
commerce. Prior to that, Mr. Cosset served as Group Vice President and Chief Digital
Officer from January 2017 to April 2019. Before that, he served as Chief Commercial
Officer and Chief Information Officer of 84.51° LLC from April 2015 to December
2016. Prior to joining Kroger, Mr. Cosset served in several leadership roles at
dunnhumby USA, LLC from 2009 to 2015, including Executive Vice President of
Consumer Markets and Global Chief Information Officer.
5
Michael J. Donnelly
61 Mr. Donnelly was elected Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in
December 2017. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President of Merchandising
from September 2015 to December 2017, and Senior Vice President of Merchandising
from July 2011 to September 2015. Before that, Mr. Donnelly held a variety of key
management positions with Kroger, including President of Ralphs Grocery Company,
President of Fry’s Food Stores, and Senior Vice President, Drug/GM Merchandising
and Procurement. Mr. Donnelly joined Kroger in 1978 as a clerk.
Carin L. Fike
51 Ms. Fike was elected Vice President and Treasurer effective April 2017. Prior to that,
Todd A. Foley
she served as Assistant Treasurer from March 2011 to April 2017. Before that, Ms.
Fike served as Director of Investor Relations from December 2003 to March 2011.
Ms. Fike began her career with Kroger in 1999 as a manager in the Financial
Reporting department after working with PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1995 to 1999,
where most recently she was an audit manager.
50 Mr. Foley was elected Vice President and Corporate Controller effective April 2017.
Before that, he served as Vice President and Treasurer from June 2013 to April 2017.
Prior to that, Mr. Foley served as Assistant Corporate Controller from March 2006 to
June 2013, and Controller of Kroger’s Cincinnati/Dayton division from October 2003
to March 2006. Mr. Foley began his career with Kroger in 2001 as an audit manager
in the Internal Audit Department after working for PricewaterhouseCoopers from
1991 to 2001, where most recently he was a senior audit manager.
Joseph A. Grieshaber, Jr.
62 Mr. Grieshaber was elected Senior Vice President in June 2019 and is responsible for
sales, promotional and category planning for center store, fresh foods, and general
merchandise categories. Prior to this, he served as President of Kroger’s Fred Meyer
division since March 2017, the Columbus division President from March 2015 to
March 2017, and the Dillons division President from July 2010 to March 2015. In
August 2003, Mr. Grieshaber was named Kroger’s Group Vice President of
Perishables Merchandising and Procurement. From 1995 to 2003, he served various
leadership roles, including district management and Meat Merchandising in the
Michigan Division and Vice President of Merchandising in the Columbus Division.
Mr. Grieshaber began his career with Kroger in 1983 as a store manager trainee in
Nashville.
Calvin J. Kaufman
57 Mr. Kaufman was elected Senior Vice President in June 2017, and is responsible for
the oversight of several Kroger retail divisions. From July 2013 to June 2017, he
served as President of the Louisville division. Prior to that, he served as President of
Kroger Manufacturing and Our Brands from June 2008 to June 2013, and Group Vice
President of Fred Meyer Logistics from September 2005 to May 2008. Mr. Kaufman
held various positions in Logistics after joining Kroger in the Fred Meyer division in
September 1994.
Timothy A. Massa
53 Mr. Massa was elected Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Labor
Relations in June 2018. Prior to that, he served as Group Vice President of Human
Resources and Labor Relations from June 2014 to June 2018. Mr. Massa joined
Kroger in October 2010 as Vice President, Corporate Human Resources and Talent
Development. Prior to joining Kroger, he served in various Human Resources
leadership roles for 21 years at Procter & Gamble, most recently serving as Global
Human Resources Director of Customer Business Development.
6
Stephen M. McKinney
63 Mr. McKinney was elected Senior Vice President in March 2018, and is responsible
W. Rodney McMullen
for the oversight of several Kroger retail divisions. From October 2013 to March
2018, he served as President of Kroger’s Fry’s Food Stores division. Prior to that, he
served as Vice President of Operations for the Ralphs division from October 2007 to
September 2013, and Vice President of Operations for the Southwest division from
October 2006 to September 2007. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. McKinney served in
various leadership positions in the Fry’s Food Stores division, including store
manager, deli director, and executive director of operations. From 1981 to 1998, Mr.
McKinney held several roles with Florida Choice Supermarkets, a former Kroger
banner, including store manager, buyer, and field representative. He started his career
with Kroger in 1981 as a clerk with Florida Choice.
59 Mr. McMullen was elected Chairman of the Board effective January 1, 2015, and
Chief Executive Officer effective January 1, 2014. Prior to that, he served as
President and Chief Operating Officer from August 2009 to December 2013. Prior to
that he was elected Vice Chairman in June 2003, Executive Vice President, Strategy,
Planning and Finance in January 2000, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer in May 1999, Senior Vice President in October 1997, and Group Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer in June 1995. Before that he was appointed
Vice President, Control and Financial Services in March 1993, and Vice President,
Planning and Capital Management in December 1989. Mr. McMullen joined Kroger
in 1978 as a part-time stock clerk.
Gary Millerchip
48 Mr. Millerchip was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
effective April 2019. Prior to this, he serviced as Chief Executive Officer for Kroger
Personal Finance since joining Kroger in 2008. Before coming to Kroger he was
responsible for the Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS) Personal Credit Card business in
the United Kingdom. He joined RBS in 1987 and held leadership positions in Sales &
Marketing, Finance, Change Management, Retail Banking Distribution Strategy and
Branch Operations during his time there.
Erin S. Sharp
62 Ms. Sharp has served as Group Vice President of Manufacturing since June 2013. She
Mark C. Tuffin
joined Kroger in 2011 as Vice President of Operations for Kroger’s Manufacturing
division. Before joining Kroger, Ms. Sharp served as Vice President of
Manufacturing for the Sara Lee Corporation. In that role, she led the manufacturing
and logistics operations for the central region of their U.S. Fresh Bakery Division.
Ms. Sharp has over 30 years of experience supporting food manufacturing operations.
60 Mr. Tuffin has served as Senior Vice President since January 2014, and is responsible
for the oversight of several of Kroger’s retail divisions. Prior to that, he served as
President of Kroger’s Smith’s division from July 2011 to January 2014. From
September 2009 to July 2011, Mr. Tuffin served as Vice President of Transition,
where he was responsible for implementing an organizational restructuring initiative
for Kroger’s retail divisions. He joined Kroger’s Smith’s division in 1996 and served
in a series of leadership roles, including Vice President of Merchandising from
September 1999 to September 2009. Mr. Tuffin held various positions with other
supermarket retailers before joining Smith’s in 1996.
7
Christine S. Wheatley
49 Ms. Wheatley was elected Group Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel in
May 2014. She joined Kroger in February 2008 as Corporate Counsel, and became
Senior Attorney in 2010, Senior Counsel in 2011, and Vice President in 2012. Before
joining Kroger, Ms. Wheatley was engaged in the private practice of law for 11 years,
most recently as a partner at Porter Wright Morris & Arthur in Cincinnati.
COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
For the disclosure related to our competitive environment, see Item 1A under the heading “Competitive
Environment.”
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
There are risks and uncertainties that can affect our business. The significant risk factors are discussed below. The
following information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” which includes forward-looking statements and factors that could cause us not to realize our
goals or meet our expectations.
COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
The operating environment for the food retailing industry continues to be characterized by intense price competition,
expansion, increasing fragmentation of retail and online formats, entry of non-traditional competitors and market
consolidation. In addition, evolving customer preferences and the advancement of online, delivery, ship to home, and
mobile channels in our industry enhance the competitive environment. We must anticipate and meet these evolving
customer preferences and continue to implement technology, software and processes to be able to conveniently and cost-
effectively fulfill customer orders. Providing flexible fulfillment options and implementing new technology is complex
and may not meet customer preferences. If we are not successful in offsetting increased cost of fulfilling orders outside
of our traditional in-store channel with efficiencies, cost-savings or expense reductions, our results of operations could
be adversely affected. If we do not anticipate customer preferences or fail to quickly adapt to these changing
preferences, our sales and profitability could be adversely affected. If we are unable to make, improve, or develop
relevant customer-facing technology in a timely manner, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be
adversely affected.
We are continuing to enhance the customer connection with investments in our competitive moats of today – which
are product freshness and quality, Our Brands, and personalized rewards – and our competitive moat of tomorrow, the
seamless ecosystem we are building. If we are unable to enhance the foregoing customer connection, our ability to
compete and our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows could be adversely affected. We believe our
Restock Kroger plan provides a balanced approach that will enable us to meet the wide-ranging needs and expectations
of our customers. However, we may be unsuccessful in implementing Restock Kroger, including our alternative profit
strategy and our cost savings initiatives, which could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, our market
share and business growth, and our operations and results. The nature and extent to which our competitors respond to
the evolving and competitive industry by developing and implementing their competitive strategies could adversely
affect our profitability.
PRODUCT SAFETY
Customers count on Kroger to provide them with safe food and drugs and other merchandise. Concerns regarding
the safety of the products that we sell could cause shoppers to avoid purchasing certain products from us, or to seek
alternative sources of supply even if the basis for the concern is outside of our control. Any lost confidence on the part
of our customers would be difficult and costly to reestablish. Any issue regarding the safety of items we sell, regardless
of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition, results of operations, or
cash flows.
8
LABOR RELATIONS
A majority of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with unions, and our relationship with
those unions, including a prolonged work stoppage affecting a substantial number of locations, could have a material
adverse effect on our results.
We are a party to approximately 360 collective bargaining agreements. Upon the expiration of our collective
bargaining agreements, work stoppages by the affected workers could occur if we are unable to negotiate new contracts
with labor unions. A prolonged work stoppage affecting a substantial number of locations could have a material adverse
effect on our results. Further, if we are unable to control health care, pension and wage costs, or if we have insufficient
operational flexibility under our collective bargaining agreements, we may experience increased operating costs and an
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
DATA AND TECHNOLOGY
Our business is increasingly dependent on information technology systems that are complex and vital to continuing
operations, resulting in an expansion of our technological presence and corresponding risk exposure. If we were to
experience difficulties maintaining or operating existing systems or implementing new systems, we could incur
significant losses due to disruptions in our operations.
Through our sales and marketing activities, we collect and store some personal information that our customers
provide to us. We also gather and retain information about our associates in the normal course of business. Under certain
circumstances, we may share information with vendors that assist us in conducting our business, as required by law, or
otherwise in accordance with our privacy policy.
Our technology systems are vulnerable to disruption from circumstances beyond our control. Cyber-attackers may
attempt to access information stored in our or our vendors’ systems in order to misappropriate confidential customer or
business information. Although we have implemented procedures to protect our information, and require our vendors to
do the same, we cannot be certain that our security systems will successfully defend against rapidly evolving,
increasingly sophisticated cyber-attacks as they become more difficult to detect and defend against. Further, a Kroger
associate, a contractor or other third party with whom we do business may in the future circumvent our security
measures in order to obtain information or may inadvertently cause a breach involving information. In addition,
hardware, software or applications we may use may have inherent defects or could be inadvertently or intentionally
applied or used in a way that could compromise our information security.
Our continued investment in our information technology systems may not effectively insulate us from potential
attacks, breaches or disruptions to our business operations, which could result in a loss of customers or business
information, negative publicity, damage to our reputation, and exposure to claims from customers, financial institutions,
regulatory authorities, payment card associations, associates and other persons. Any such events could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may not be covered by our insurance. In
addition, compliance with privacy and information security laws and standards may result in significant expense due to
increased investment in technology and the development of new operational processes and may require us to devote
significant management resources to address these issues. The costs of attempting to protect against the foregoing risks
and the costs of responding to cyber-attacks are significant. Following a cyber-attack , our and/or our vendors’
remediation efforts may not be successful, and a cyber-attack could result in interruptions, delays or cessation of service,
and loss of existing or potential customers. In addition, breaches of our and/or our vendors’ security measures and the
unauthorized dissemination of sensitive personal information or confidential information about us or our customers
could expose our customers’ private information and our customers to the risk of financial or medical identity theft, or
expose us or other third parties to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, and result in investigations, regulatory
enforcement actions, material fines and penalties, loss of customers, litigation or other actions which could have a
material adverse effect on our brands, reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
9
Data governance failures can adversely affect our reputation and business. Our business depends on our customers’
willingness to entrust us with their personal information. Events that adversely affect that trust, including inadequate
disclosure to our customers of our uses of their information, failing to keep our information technology systems and our
customers’ sensitive information secure from significant attack, theft, damage, loss or unauthorized disclosure or access,
whether as a result of our action or inaction (including human error) or that of our business associates, vendors or other
third parties, could adversely affect our brand and reputation and operating results and also could expose and/or has
exposed us to mandatory disclosure to the media, litigation (including class action litigation), governmental
investigations and enforcement proceedings, material fines, penalties and/or remediation costs, and compensatory,
special, punitive and statutory damages, consent orders, and/or injunctive relief, any of which could adversely affect our
businesses, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. Large scale data breaches at other entities increase
the challenge we and our vendors face in maintaining the security of our information technology systems and proprietary
information and of our customers’ information. There can be no assurance that such failures will not occur, or if any do
occur, that we will detect them or that they can be sufficiently remediated.
The use of data by our business and our business associates is highly regulated. Privacy and information-security
laws and regulations change, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to, among other things, systems
changes and the development of new processes. If we or those with whom we share information fail to comply with laws
and regulations, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), our reputation could be damaged, possibly
resulting in lost business, and we could be subjected to additional legal risk or financial losses as a result of non-
compliance.
PAYMENT SYSTEMS
We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash and checks, and select credit and debit cards. As we
offer new payment options to our customers, we may be subject to additional rules, regulations, compliance
requirements, and higher fraud losses. For certain payment methods, we pay interchange and other related acceptance
fees, along with additional transaction processing fees. We rely on third parties to provide payment transaction
processing services for credit and debit cards. It could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or
unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to evolving payment card association and network operating
rules, including data security rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers. For
example, we are subject to Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI DSS”), which contain compliance
guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and
transmission of individual cardholder data. If our internal systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for
card re-issuance costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept card payments from our
members, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows could be adversely affected.
INDEBTEDNESS
Our indebtedness could reduce our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, mergers and
acquisitions or other purposes and could make us vulnerable to future economic downturns as well as competitive
pressures. If debt markets do not permit us to refinance certain maturing debt, we may be required to dedicate a
substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness. Changes in our credit ratings, or
in the interest rate environment, could have an adverse effect on our financing costs and structure.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND INSURANCE
From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, including matters involving personnel and employment
issues, personal injury, antitrust claims and other proceedings. Other legal proceedings purport to be brought as class
actions on behalf of similarly situated parties. Some of these proceedings could result in a substantial loss to Kroger.
We estimate our exposure to these legal proceedings and establish accruals for the estimated liabilities, where it is
reasonably possible to estimate and where an adverse outcome is probable. Assessing and predicting the outcome of
these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Adverse outcomes in these legal proceedings, or changes in our
evaluations or predictions about the proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Please
also refer to the “Legal Proceedings” section in Item 3 and the “Litigation” section in Note 13 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
10
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liability for workers’ compensation,
automobile and general liability, property, director and officers’ liability, and employee health care benefits. Any
actuarial projection of losses is subject to a high degree of variability. Changes in legal claims, trends and
interpretations, variability in inflation rates, changes in the nature and method of claims settlement, benefit level changes
due to changes in applicable laws, insolvency of insurance carriers, and changes in discount rates could all affect our
financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
MULTI-EMPLOYER PENSION OBLIGATIONS
As discussed in more detail below in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations-Critical Accounting Policies-Multi-Employer Pension Plans,” Kroger contributes to several multi-employer
pension plans based on obligations arising under collective bargaining agreements with unions representing employees
covered by those agreements. We believe that the present value of actuarially accrued liabilities in most of these multi-
employer plans substantially exceeds the value of the assets held in trust to pay benefits, and we expect that Kroger’s
contributions to those funds will increase over the next few years. A significant increase to those funding requirements
could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. Despite the fact that the pension
obligations of these funds are not the liability or responsibility of the Company, except as noted below, there is a risk
that the agencies that rate our outstanding debt instruments could view the underfunded nature of these plans
unfavorably, or adjust their current views unfavorably, when determining their ratings on our debt securities. Any
downgrading of our debt ratings likely would adversely affect our cost of borrowing and access to capital.
We also currently bear the investment risk of two multi-employer pension plans in which we participate. In
addition, we have been designated as the named fiduciary of these funds with sole investment authority of the assets of
these funds. If investment results fail to meet our expectations, we could be required to make additional contributions to
fund a portion of or the entire shortfall, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results
of operations, or cash flows.
INTEGRATION OF NEW BUSINESS AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES
We enter into mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances with expected benefits including, among other things,
operating efficiencies, procurement savings, innovation, sharing of best practices and increased market share that may
allow for future growth. Achieving the anticipated benefits may be subject to a number of significant challenges and
uncertainties, including, without limitation, whether unique corporate cultures will work collaboratively in an efficient
and effective manner, the coordination of geographically separate organizations, the possibility of imprecise assumptions
underlying expectations regarding potential synergies, capital requirements, and the integration process, unforeseen
expenses and delays, and competitive factors in the marketplace. We could also encounter unforeseen transaction and
integration-related costs or other circumstances such as unforeseen liabilities or other issues. Many of these potential
circumstances are outside of our control and any of them could result in increased costs, decreased revenue, decreased
synergies and the diversion of management time and attention. If we are unable to achieve our objectives within the
anticipated time frame, or at all, the expected benefits may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize
than expected, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or cash
flows.
FUEL
We sell a significant amount of fuel, which could face increased regulation and demand could be affected by
concerns about the effect of emissions on the environment as well as retail price increases. We are unable to predict
future regulations, environmental effects, political unrest, acts of terrorism, disruptions to the economy, including but not
limited to the COVID-19 pandemic, and other matters that may affect the cost and availability of fuel, and how our
customers will react, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
11
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
Our operating results could be materially impacted by changes in overall economic conditions that impact consumer
confidence and spending, including discretionary spending. Future economic conditions affecting disposable consumer
income such as employment levels, business conditions, changes in housing market conditions, the availability of credit,
interest rates, tax rates, the impact of natural disasters or acts of terrorism or pandemics, such as the spread of the novel
coronavirus, COVID-19, and other matters could reduce consumer spending. Increased fuel prices could also have an
effect on consumer spending and on our costs of producing and procuring products that we sell. We are unable to
predict how the global economy and financial markets will perform. If the global economy and financial markets do not
perform as we expect, it could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
WEATHER AND NATURAL DISASTERS
A large number of our stores and distribution facilities are geographically located in areas that are susceptible to
hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, droughts and earthquakes. Weather conditions and natural disasters could disrupt our
operations at one or more of our facilities, interrupt the delivery of products to our stores, substantially increase the cost
of products, including supplies and materials and substantially increase the cost of energy needed to operate our facilities
or deliver products to our facilities. Adverse weather and natural disasters could materially affect our financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
COVID-19
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that infections of the coronavirus (COVID-19) had
become a pandemic, and on March 13, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. There
is a possibility of widespread infection in the United States and abroad, with the potential for catastrophic impact.
National, state and local authorities have recommended social distancing and imposed or are considering quarantine and
isolation measures on large portions of the population, including mandatory business closures. These measures, while
intended to protect human life, are expected to have serious adverse impacts on domestic and foreign economies of
uncertain severity and duration. The effectiveness of economic stabilization efforts, including proposed government
payments to affected citizens and industries, is uncertain. Some economists are predicting the United States may enter a
recession as a result of the pandemic.
Our business may be negatively impacted by the fear of exposure to or actual effects of a disease outbreak,
epidemic, pandemic or similar widespread public health concern, such as reduced travel or recommendations or
mandates from governmental authorities to avoid large gatherings or to self-quarantine as a result of the coronavirus
pandemic. These impacts include but are not limited to:
Increased costs due to short-term significant increases in customer traffic and demand spikes;
Failure of third parties on which we rely, including our suppliers, contract manufacturers, contractors,
commercial banks, joint venture partners and external business partners to meet their obligations to the
company, or significant disruptions in their ability to do so which may be caused by their own financial or
operational difficulties and may adversely impact our operations;
Supply chain risks such as scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;
Reduced workforces which may be caused by, but not limited to, the temporary inability of the workforce to
work due to illness, quarantine, or government mandates;
Temporary store closures due to reduced workforces or government mandates; or
Reduced consumer traffic and purchasing which may be caused by, but not limited to, the temporary inability of
customers to shop with us due to illness, quarantine or other travel restrictions, or financial hardship, shifts in
demand from discretionary or higher priced products to lower priced products, or stockpiling or similar pantry-
loading activities.
12
Any of the foregoing factors, or other cascading effects of the coronavirus pandemic that are not currently
foreseeable, could materially increase our costs, negatively impact our sales and damage the Company’s financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows and its liquidity position, possibly to a significant degree. The duration of
any such impacts cannot be predicted because of the sweeping nature of the COVID-19 pandemic.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Our stores are subject to various laws, regulations, and administrative practices that affect our business. We must
comply with numerous provisions regulating, among other things, health and sanitation standards, food labeling and
safety, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages, licensing for the sale of food, drugs, and alcoholic beverages,
and new provisions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. We cannot predict future laws, regulations, interpretations,
administrative orders, or applications, or the effect they will have on our operations. They could, however, significantly
increase the cost of doing business. They also could require the reformulation of some of the products that we sell (or
manufacture for sale to third parties) to meet new standards. We also could be required to recall or discontinue the sale
of products that cannot be reformulated. These changes could result in additional record keeping, expanded
documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling, or scientific substantiation. Any or
all of these requirements could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.
As of February 1, 2020, we operated approximately 2,800 owned or leased supermarkets, distribution warehouses
and food production plants through divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates. These facilities are located throughout the United
States. While our current strategy emphasizes ownership of real estate, a substantial portion of the properties used to
conduct our business are leased.
We generally own store equipment, fixtures and leasehold improvements, as well as processing and food production
equipment. The total cost of our owned assets and finance leases at February 1, 2020, was $45.8 billion while the
accumulated depreciation was $24.0 billion.
We lease certain store real estate, warehouses, distribution centers, office space and equipment. While our current
strategy emphasizes ownership of store real estate, we operate in leased facilities in approximately half of our store
locations. Lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years with options to renew for varying terms at our sole discretion.
Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased property. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are
not recorded on the balance sheet. Certain leases include escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as
property taxes, utilities or insurance and maintenance. Rent expense for leases with escalation clauses or other lease
concessions are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Our lease agreements do not contain any
material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Certain properties or portions thereof are subleased
to others for periods generally ranging from one to 20 years. For additional information on lease obligations, see Note
10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain
antitrust, wage and hour, or civil rights laws, as well as product liability cases, are pending against the Company. Some
of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that
may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled. Although it is not possible at this time to evaluate the
merits of all of these claims and lawsuits, nor their likelihood of success, we believe that any resulting liability will not
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
13
We continually evaluate our exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believe
we have made provisions where it is reasonably possible to estimate and where an adverse outcome is probable.
Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. We currently
believe that the aggregate range of loss for our exposures is not material. It remains possible that despite our current
belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in our evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “KR.” As of March 25, 2020, there
were 26,407 shareholders of record.
During 2019, we paid two quarterly cash dividends of $0.14 per share and two quarterly cash dividends of $0.16 per
share. During 2018, we paid two quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per share and two quarterly cash dividends of $0.14
per share. On March 1, 2020, we paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share. On March 12, 2020, we announced
that our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, payable on June 1, 2020, to
shareholders of record at the close of business on May 15, 2020. We currently expect to continue to pay comparable
cash dividends on a quarterly basis, that will increase over time, depending on our earnings and other factors, including
approval by our Board.
For information on securities authorized for issuance under our existing equity compensation plans, see Item 12
under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters.”
14
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the five-year cumulative total shareholder return on our common shares,
based on the market price of the common shares and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the cumulative total
return of companies in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a peer group composed of food and drug companies.
Company Name/Index
The Kroger Co.
S&P 500 Index
Peer Group
Base
Period
2014 2015
INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ending
2017
2018
2016
2019
100 113.63 98.98 88.69 86.45 84.67
100 99.33 120.06 147.48 147.40 179.17
100 93.30 91.76 118.54 115.13 138.93
Kroger’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31.
Data supplied by Standard & Poor’s.
The foregoing Performance Graph will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any other filing, absent an
express reference thereto.
* Total assumes $100 invested on January 31, 2015, in The Kroger Co., S&P 500 Index, and the Peer Group, with
reinvestment of dividends.
** The Peer Group consists of Costco Wholesale Corp., CVS Health Corporation, Etablissements Delhaize Freres Et
Cie Le Lion (“Groupe Delhaize”, which is included through July 22, 2016 when it merged with Koninklijke Ahold),
Koninklijke Ahold Delhaize NV (changed name from Koninklijke Ahold after merger with Groupe Delhaize),
Supervalu Inc. (included through October 19, 2018 when it was acquired by United Natural Foods), Target Corp.,
Walmart Inc., Walgreens Boots Alliance Inc. (formerly, Walgreen Co.), Whole Foods Market Inc. (included through
August 28, 2017 when it was acquired by Amazon.com, Inc.).
15
The following table presents information on our purchases of our common shares during the fourth quarter of 2019.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period (1)
First period - four weeks
November 10, 2019 to December 7, 2019
Second period - four weeks
December 8, 2019 to January 4, 2020
Third period — four weeks
January 5, 2020 to February 1, 2020
Total
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (2)
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of Approximate Dollar
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs (3)
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs (4)
(in millions)
224,436 $
26.95
211,551 $
1,000
7,844,559 $
28.43
7,832,894 $
7,117,032 $
15,186,027 $
28.49
28.43
7,117,032 $
15,161,477 $
787
600
600
(1) The reported periods conform to our fiscal calendar composed of thirteen 28-day periods. The fourth quarter of 2019
contained three 28-day periods.
(2) Includes (i) shares repurchased under the November 2019 Repurchase Program described below in (4), (ii) shares
repurchased under a program announced on December 6, 1999 to repurchase common shares to reduce dilution
resulting from our employee stock option and long-term incentive plans, under which repurchases are limited to
proceeds received from exercises of stock options and the tax benefits associated therewith (“1999 Repurchase
Program”) and (iii) 24,550 shares that were surrendered to the Company by participants under our long term
incentive plans to pay for taxes on restricted stock awards.
(3) Represents shares repurchased under the November 2019 Repurchase Program and the 1999 Repurchase Program.
(4) On November 5, 2019, our Board of Directors approved a $1.0 billion share repurchase program to reacquire shares
via open market purchase or privately negotiated transactions, block trades, or pursuant to trades intending to
comply with rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “November 2019 Repurchase Program”). The
amounts shown in this column reflect the amount remaining under the November 2019 Repurchase Program as of
the specified period end dates. Amounts available under the 1999 Repurchase Program are dependent upon option
exercise activity. The November 2019 Repurchase Program and the 1999 Repurchase Program do not have an
expiration date but may be suspended or terminated by our Board of Directors at any time.
16
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for each of the last five fiscal years.
February 1, February 2, February 3, January 28, January 30,
Fiscal Years Ended
Sales
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted
common share
Total assets
Long-term liabilities, including obligations under
finance leases
Total shareholders’ equity — The Kroger Co.
Cash dividends per common share
2020
(52 weeks)
2018
2019
(52 weeks)
(53 weeks)
(In millions, except per share amounts)
$ 122,286 $ 121,852 $ 123,280 $ 115,337 $ 109,830
2,049
$ 1,512 $ 3,078 $ 1,889 $ 1,957 $
2,039
$ 1,659 $ 3,110 $ 1,907 $ 1,975 $
2016
(52 weeks)
2017
(52 weeks)
2.04 $
$
2.06
$ 45,256 $ 38,118 $ 37,197 $ 36,505 $ 33,897
2.05 $
3.76 $
2.09 $
$ 22,440 $ 16,009 $ 16,095 $ 16,935 $ 14,128
6,820
$ 8,602 $ 7,886 $ 6,931 $ 6,698 $
0.395
$ 0.600 $ 0.530 $ 0.490 $ 0.450 $
Note: This information should be read in conjunction with MD&A and the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Fiscal year 2015, 2016, 2018 and 2019 each include 52 weeks. Fiscal year 2017 includes 53 weeks.
Total assets and long-term liabilities, including obligations under finance leases, were impacted in 2019 by the adoption
of ASU 2016-02, “Leases,” as further described in Notes 10 and 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior
period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic accounting policies.
Products and services related primarily to Kroger Personal Finance and Media, which were historically accounted for as
an offset to operating, general and administrative expenses (“OG&A”), are classified as a component of sales as of the
beginning of fiscal year 2019, except for certain amounts in Media, which are netted against merchandise costs. The
prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation with the exception of 2016 and 2015,
which were not material and not adjusted for the sales reclassification. See Item 7, Supplemental Information for
additional details.
Fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 includes the gain on sale of our convenience store business unit. Additionally, refer
to Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure of disposals of businesses.
Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure of business combinations and their effect on the
Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
17
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of The Kroger Co. should be
read in conjunction with the “Forward-looking Statements” section set forth in Part I and the “Risk Factors” section set
forth in Item 1A of Part I. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our
Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this report, as well as Part
II, Item 7 “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Form 10-K
for the year ended February 2, 2019, which provides additional information on comparisons of fiscal years 2018 and
2017.
OUR BUSINESS
The Kroger Co. was founded in 1883 and incorporated in 1902. As of February 1, 2020, Kroger is one of the
world’s largest retailers, as measured by revenue, operating 2,757 supermarkets under a variety of local banner names in
35 states and the District of Columbia. Of these stores, 2,270 have pharmacies and 1,567 have fuel centers. We offer
Pickup (also referred to as ClickList®) and Harris Teeter ExpressLane™ — personalized, order online, pick up at the
store services — at 1,989 of our supermarkets and provide home delivery service to 97% of Kroger households. We also
operate an online retailer.
We operate 35 food production plants, primarily bakeries and dairies, which supply approximately 31% of Our
Brands units and 42% of the grocery category Our Brands units sold in our supermarkets; the remaining Our Brands
items are produced to our strict specifications by outside manufacturers.
Our revenues are predominately earned and cash is generated as consumer products are sold to customers in our
stores, fuel centers and via our online platforms. We earn income predominately by selling products at price levels that
produce revenues in excess of the costs we incur to make these products available to our customers. Such costs include
procurement and distribution costs, facility occupancy and operational costs, and overhead expenses. Our retail
operations, which represent 97% of our consolidated sales, is our only reportable segment.
On January 27, 2020, Lucky’s Market filed a voluntary petition in the Bankruptcy Court seeking relief under the
Bankruptcy Code. Lucky’s Market is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet for 2018 and our Consolidated
Statements of Operations in all periods in 2017 and 2018 and through January 26, 2020. Refer to Note 17 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
On April 26, 2019, we completed the sale of our Turkey Hill Dairy business for total proceeds of $225 million.
Turkey Hill Dairy is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet for 2018 and our Consolidated Statements of
Operations in all periods in 2017 and 2018 and through April 25, 2019.
On March 13, 2019, we completed the sale of our You Technology business to Inmar for total consideration of $565
million, including $396 million of cash and $64 million of preferred equity received upon closing. We are also entitled to
receive other cash payments of $105 million over five years. The transaction includes a long-term service agreement for
Inmar to provide us digital coupon services. You Technology is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet for 2018
and our Consolidated Statements of Operations in all periods in 2017 and 2018 and through March 12, 2019.
On June 22, 2018, we closed our merger with Home Chef by purchasing 100% of the ownership interest in Home
Chef, for $197 million net of cash and cash equivalents of $30 million, in addition to future earnout payments of up to
$500 million over five years that are contingent on achieving certain milestones. Home Chef is included in our ending
Consolidated Balance Sheet for 2018 and 2019 and in our Consolidated Statements of Operations from June 22, 2018
through February 2, 2019 and all periods in 2019. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more
information related to our merger with Home Chef.
On April 20, 2018, we completed the sale of our convenience store business unit for $2.2 billion. The convenience
store business is included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in all periods in 2017 and through April 19,
2018.
18
USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, including the related notes, are presented in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We provide non-GAAP measures, including FIFO gross margin,
FIFO operating profit, adjusted net earnings and adjusted net earnings per diluted share because management believes
these metrics are useful to investors and analysts. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as an
alternative to gross margin, operating profit, net earnings and net earnings per diluted share or any other GAAP measure
of performance. These measures should not be reviewed in isolation or considered as a substitute for our financial results
as reported in accordance with GAAP.
We calculate FIFO gross margin as FIFO gross profit divided by sales. FIFO gross profit is calculated as sales less
merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and transportation expenses, but excluding the Last-In, First-Out
(“LIFO”) charge. Merchandise costs exclude depreciation and rent expenses. FIFO gross margin is an important measure
used by management as management believes FIFO gross margin is a useful metric to investors and analysts because it
measures our day-to-day merchandising and operational effectiveness.
We calculate FIFO operating profit as operating profit excluding the LIFO charge. FIFO operating profit is an
important measure used by management as management believes FIFO operating profit is a useful metric to investors
and analysts because it measures our day-to-day operational effectiveness.
The adjusted net earnings and adjusted net earnings per diluted share metrics are important measures used by
management to compare the performance of core operating results between periods. We believe adjusted net earnings
and adjusted net earnings per diluted share are useful metrics to investors and analysts because they present more
accurate year-over-year comparisons for our net earnings and net earnings per diluted share because adjusted items are
not the result of our normal operations. Net earnings for 2019 include the following, which we define as the “2019
Adjusted Items:”
Charges to operating, general and administrative expenses (“OG&A”) of $135 million, $104 million net of tax,
for obligations related to withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension funds; $80 million, $61
million net of tax, for a severance charge and related benefits; $412 million including $305 million attributable
to The Kroger Co., $225 million net of tax, for impairment of Lucky’s Market; $52 million, $37 million net of
tax, for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures; and a reduction to OG&A of $69
million, $49 million net of tax, for the revaluation of Home Chef contingent consideration (the “2019 OG&A
Adjusted Items”).
Gains in other income (expense) of $106 million, $80 million net of tax, related to the sale of Turkey Hill
Dairy; $70 million, $52 million net of tax, related to the sale of You Technology; and $157 million, $119
million net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado Group plc (“Ocado”) securities (the “2019 Other
Income (Expense) Adjusted Items”).
Net earnings for 2018 include the following, which we define as the “2018 Adjusted Items:”
Charges to OG&A of $155 million, $121 million net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawal liabilities for
certain local unions of the Central States multi-employer pension fund; $33 million, $26 million net of tax, for
the revaluation of Home Chef contingent consideration; and $42 million, $33 million net of tax, for an
impairment of financial instrument (the “2018 OG&A Adjusted Items”). We had initially received the financial
instrument in 2016 with no cash outlay as part of the consideration for entering into agreements with a third
party.
A reduction to depreciation and amortization expenses of $14 million, $11 million net of tax, related to held for
sale assets (the “2018 Depreciation Adjusted Item”).
Gains in other income (expense) of $1.8 billion, $1.4 billion net of tax, related to the sale of our convenience
store business unit and $228 million, $174 million net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado securities.
19
Net earnings for 2017 include the following, which we define as the “2017 Adjusted Items:”
Charges to OG&A of $550 million, $360 million net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawing from and
settlements of withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension funds; $184 million, $117 million net of
tax, related to the voluntary retirement offering (“VRO”); and $110 million, $74 million net of tax, related to
the Kroger Specialty Pharmacy goodwill impairment (the “2017 OG&A Adjusted Items”).
A reduction to depreciation and amortization expenses of $19 million, $13 million net of tax, related to held for
sale assets (the “2017 Depreciation Adjusted Item”).
A reduction to income tax expense of $922 million primarily due to the re-measurement of deferred tax
liabilities and the reduction of the statutory rate for the last five weeks of the fiscal year from the Tax Cuts and
Jobs Act ("Tax Act") (the “2017 Tax Expense Adjusted Item”).
A charge in other income (expense) of $502 million, $335 million net of tax, related to a company-sponsored
pension plan termination.
In addition, net earnings for 2017 include $119 million, $79 million net of tax, due to a 53rd week in fiscal year 2017
(the “Extra Week”).
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY – OUR PATH TO DELIVERING CONSISTENT AND ATTRACTIVE TOTAL
SHAREHOLDER RETURN
In 2019, we delivered on the total shareholder return model that we outlined at our Investor Day in November 2019
and are positioned to deliver on our total shareholder return model of the future. We also delivered on our guidance for
identical sales without fuel, adjusted net earnings per diluted share and adjusted FIFO operating profit. We are using the
power of Kroger’s stable and growing supermarket business to create meaningful incremental operating profit through
the alternative profit stream businesses, positioning our business for long-term growth. By executing against the Restock
Kroger framework, we are repositioning our business by widening and deepening our competitive moats. The four main
areas of the Restock Kroger framework – Redefine the Customer Experience, Partner to Create Value, Develop Talent
and Live Our Purpose – continue to be a top strategic priority for us. Our model is built upon a strong and durable base
driven by our retail supermarket, fuel, and health and wellness businesses. We continue to generate strong free cash
flow and are being disciplined in how we deploy it to deliver strong and attractive total shareholder returns.
Our financial strategy is to continue to use our strong free cash flow to invest in the business to drive long-term
sustainable growth through the identification of high-return projects that support our strategy. We will allocate capital
toward driving profitable sales growth in stores and digital, improving productivity, and building a seamless digital
ecosystem and supply chain. At the same time, we are committed to maintaining our net debt to adjusted EBITDA range
of 2.30 to 2.50 in order to keep our current investment-grade debt rating. We also expect to continue to grow our
dividend over time, reflecting the confidence we have in our free cash flow, and will continue to return excess cash to
investors via share repurchases. We expect our model to deliver improved operating results over time and continued
strong free cash flow, which will translate into a consistently strong and attractive total shareholder return over the long-
term of 8% to 11%. Our full-year 2019 results demonstrated clear progress toward delivering on this model. Restock
Kroger is the right strategic framework to deliver both our 2020 guidance and to position Kroger for sustainable growth
and total shareholder return.
20
The following table provides highlights of our financial performance:
Financial Performance Data
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Sales
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
Adjusted net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share
Adjusted net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share
Operating profit
Adjusted FIFO operating profit
Reduction in total debt, including obligations under finance leases
Share repurchases
Dividends paid
Dividends paid per common share
Identical sales excluding fuel
FIFO gross margin rate, excluding fuel and Adjusted Items, bps decrease
OG&A rate, excluding fuel and Adjusted Items, bps increase (decrease)
$
2019
122,286
1,659
1,786
2.04
2.19
2,251
2,995
1,153
465
486
0.600
2.0 %
(0.23)
(0.29)
Percentage
Change
0.4 % $
(46.7)%
2.3 %
(45.7)%
3.8 %
(13.9)%
4.0 %
220.3 %
(76.9)%
11.2 %
13.2 %
N/A
N/A
N/A
2018
121,852
3,110
1,745
3.76
2.11
2,614
2,880
360
2,010
437
0.530
1.8 %
(0.55)
0.07
OVERVIEW
Notable items for 2019 are:
Shareholder Return
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share of $2.04.
Adjusted net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share of $2.19.
We returned $951 million to shareholders from share repurchases and dividend payments.
Over the last 12 months, we decreased total debt, including obligations under finance leases, by $1.2 billion.
Other Financial Results
Identical sales, excluding fuel, increased 2.0% in 2019.
Digital revenue grew 29% in 2019, driven by Pickup and Delivery sales growth. Digital revenue growth has
moderated primarily due to cycling our merger with the Home Chef business. Digital revenue primarily
includes revenue from all curbside pickup locations, online sales delivered to customer locations and products
shipped to customer locations.
Alternative profit streams grew over $100 million in 2019 compared to 2018, meeting our expectations.
Kroger’s ecosystem fuels the growth of adjacent alternative profit streams like Kroger Personal Finance,
customer data insights, and media businesses that are essential components of Restock Kroger. These
businesses comprise a significant portion of Kroger’s overall alternative profit stream portfolio. They are
dependent on a core supermarket business to deliver sustainable, long-term growth and profitability.
Significant Events
During the fourth quarter of 2019, we recognized transformation costs of $52 million, $37 million net of tax,
primarily including 35 planned store closures.
21
During the third quarter of 2019, we approved and implemented a plan to reorganize certain portions of our
division management structure, resulting in a charge for severance and related benefits of $80 million, $61
million net of tax. This reorganization is expected to increase operational effectiveness and reduce overhead
costs while maintaining a high quality customer experience.
As a result of a portfolio review, we decided to divest our interest in Lucky’s Market and we recognized a non-
cash impairment charge of $238 million in the third quarter of 2019. The amount of the impairment charge
attributable to The Kroger Co. is $131 million, $100 million net of tax. Subsequently, the decision was made
by Lucky’s Market to file for bankruptcy in January 2020, which led us to fully write off the value of our
investment and deconsolidate Lucky’s Market from our consolidated financial statements. This resulted in an
additional non-cash charge of $174 million, $125 million net of tax, in the fourth quarter of 2019. The amount
of the total 2019 charge attributable to The Kroger Co. is $305 million, $225 million net of tax. This
impairment charge was a non-cash charge and reflects the write down of our initial investment in Lucky’s
Market, as well as additional funding provided to operate and grow the business. Kroger maintains liabilities
associated with certain property related guarantees that will result in Kroger making payments to settle these
over time.
During the first quarter of 2019, we sold our You Technology business to Inmar for total consideration of $565
million, including $396 million of cash and $64 million of preferred equity received upon closing. We are also
entitled to receive other cash payments of $105 million over five years. The transaction includes a long-term
service agreement for Inmar to provide us digital coupon services.
During the first quarter of 2019, we sold our Turkey Hill Dairy business to an affiliate of Peak Rock Capital for
$225 million.
In 2019, we recorded charges to OG&A of $135 million, $104 million net of tax, for obligations related to
withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension funds.
COVID-19
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that infections of the coronavirus (COVID-19) had
become a pandemic, and on March 13, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. There
is a possibility of widespread infection in the United States and abroad, with the potential for catastrophic impact.
National, state and local authorities have recommended social distancing and imposed or are considering quarantine and
isolation measures on large portions of the population, including mandatory business closures. These measures, while
intended to protect human life, are expected to have serious adverse impacts on domestic and foreign economies of
uncertain severity and duration. The effectiveness of economic stabilization efforts, including proposed government
payments to affected citizens and industries, is uncertain. Some economists are predicting the United States may enter a
recession as a result of the pandemic.
We expect the ultimate significance of the impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will
be dictated by the length of time that such circumstances continue, which will depend on the currently unknowable
extent and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and any governmental and public actions taken in response. COVID-19
also makes it more challenging for management to estimate future performance of our businesses, particularly over the
near term.
On April 1, 2020, we issued a press release announcing business updates in response to the impact from novel
coronavirus (COVID-19).
22
The following table provides a reconciliation of net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. to adjusted net earnings
attributable to The Kroger Co. and a reconciliation of net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common
share to adjusted net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share, excluding the 2019, 2018 and
2017 Adjusted Items.
Net Earnings per Diluted Share excluding the Adjusted Items
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
(Income) expense adjustments
Adjustments for pension plan withdrawal liabilities(1)(2)
Adjustment for voluntary retirement offering(1)(3)
Adjustment for Kroger Specialty Pharmacy goodwill impairment(1)(4)
Adjustment for company-sponsored pension plan termination(1)(5)
Adjustment for gain on sale of convenience store business(1)(6)
Adjustment for gain on sale of Turkey Hill Dairy(1)(7)
Adjustment for gain on sale of You Technology(1)(8)
Adjustment for mark to market gain on Ocado securities(1)(9)
Adjustment for depreciation related to held for sale assets(1)(10)
Adjustment for severance charge and related benefits(1)(11)
Adjustment for deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky's Market attributable to The Kroger
Co.(1)(12)
Adjustment for Home Chef contingent consideration(1)(13)
Adjustment for impairment of financial instrument(1)(14)
Adjustment for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures(1)(15)
Adjustment for Tax Act(1)(16)
Total Adjusted Items
2019
1,659 $
2017
2018
3,110 $ 1,907
$
104
—
—
—
—
(80)
(52)
(119)
—
61
225
(49)
—
37
—
127
121
—
—
—
(1,360)
—
—
(174)
(11)
—
—
26
33
—
—
(1,365)
360
117
74
335
—
—
—
—
(13)
—
—
—
—
—
(922)
(49)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. excluding the Adjusted Items
$
1,786 $
1,745 $ 1,858
Extra Week adjustment(1)(17)
—
—
(79)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. excluding the Adjusted Items and the Extra Week
adjustment
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share
(Income) expense adjustments
Adjustments for pension plan withdrawal liabilities(18)
Adjustment for voluntary retirement offering(18)
Adjustment for Kroger Specialty Pharmacy goodwill impairment(18)
Adjustment for company-sponsored pension plan termination(18)
Adjustment for gain on sale of convenience store business(18)
Adjustment for gain on sale of Turkey Hill Dairy(18)
Adjustment for gain on sale of You Technology(18)
Adjustment for mark to market gain on Ocado securities(18)
Adjustment for depreciation related to held for sale assets(18)
Adjustment for severance charge and related benefits(18)
Adjustment for deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky's Market attributable to The Kroger
Co.(18)
Adjustment for Home Chef contingent consideration(18)
Adjustment for impairment of financial instrument(18)
Adjustment for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures(18)
Adjustment for Tax Act(18)
Total Adjusted Items
$
1,786 $
1,745 $ 1,779
$
2.04 $
3.76 $
2.09
0.13
—
—
—
—
(0.10)
(0.06)
(0.15)
—
0.08
0.28
(0.07)
—
0.04
—
0.15
0.15
—
—
—
(1.65)
—
—
(0.21)
(0.01)
—
—
0.03
0.04
—
—
(1.65)
0.40
0.13
0.08
0.37
—
—
—
—
(0.01)
—
—
—
—
—
(1.02)
(0.05)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share excluding the Adjusted Items $
2.19 $
2.11 $
2.04
Extra Week adjustment(18)
—
—
(0.09)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share excluding the Adjusted Items
and the Extra Week adjustment
$
2.19 $
2.11 $
1.95
Average numbers of common shares used in diluted calculation
805
818
904
23
Net Earnings per Diluted Share excluding the Adjusted Items (continued)
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
(1) The amounts presented represent the after-tax effect of each adjustment, which was calculated using discrete tax
rates.
(2) The pre-tax adjustment for pension plan withdrawal liabilities was $135 in 2019, $155 in 2018 and $550 in 2017.
(3) The pre-tax adjustment for the voluntary retirement offering was $184.
(4) The pre-tax adjustment for Kroger Specialty Pharmacy goodwill impairment was $110.
(5) The pre-tax adjustment for the company-sponsored pension plan termination was $502.
(6) The pre-tax adjustment for gain on sale of convenience store business was ($1,782).
(7) The pre-tax adjustment for gain on sale of Turkey Hill Dairy was ($106).
(8) The pre-tax adjustment for gain on sale of You Technology was ($70).
(9) The pre-tax adjustment for mark to market gain on Ocado securities was ($157) in 2019 and ($228) in 2018.
(10) The pre-tax adjustment for depreciation related to held for sale assets was ($14) in 2018 and ($19) in 2017.
(11) The pre-tax adjustment for severance charge and related benefits was $80.
(12) The pre-tax adjustment for deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky’s Market was $412 including $305 attributable
to The Kroger Co.
(13) The pre-tax adjustment for Home Chef contingent consideration was ($69) in 2019 and $33 in 2018.
(14) The pre-tax adjustment for impairment of financial instrument was $42.
(15) The pre-tax adjustment for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures was $52.
(16) Due to the re-measurement of deferred tax liabilities and the reduction of the statutory income tax rate for the last
few weeks of the fiscal year.
(17) The pre-tax Extra Week adjustment was ($119).
(18) The amount presented represents the net earnings per diluted common share effect of each adjustment.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales
Total Sales
($ in millions)
Percentage
Change(1)
2019
2018
Total sales to retail customers without fuel(4) $ 107,487
14,052
Supermarket fuel sales
Convenience stores(5)
—
Other sales(6)
747
$ 122,286
Total sales
2.2 % $ 105,123
(5.7)% 14,903
944
882
0.4 % $ 121,852
— %
(15.3)%
Percentage
Change(2)
2017
2017
Adjusted(3)
2.2 % $ 104,817 $ 102,900
12,906
15.5 % 13,177
4,515
(78.7)%
4,434
761
771
15.9 %
0.7 % $ 123,280 $ 121,001
(1) This column represents the percentage change in 2019 compared to 2018.
(2) This column represents the percentage change in 2018 compared to 2017 adjusted sales, which removes the Extra
Week.
(3) The 2017 Adjusted column represents the items presented in the 2017 column adjusted to remove the Extra Week.
(4) Digital sales, primarily including Pickup, Delivery, Ship and pharmacy e-commerce sales, grew approximately 29%
in 2019, 58% in 2018 and 90% in 2017, adjusted to remove the Extra Week. These sales are included in the “total
sales to retail customers without fuel” line above. Digital sales growth has moderated primarily due to cycling our
merger with the Home Chef business.
(5) We completed the sale of our convenience store business unit during the first quarter of 2018.
(6) Other sales primarily relate to external sales at food production plants, data analytic services, third party media
revenue and digital coupon services. The decrease in other sales in 2019, compared to 2018, is primarily due to the
sale of You Technology and Turkey Hill Dairy during the first quarter of 2019, partially offset by an increase in data
analytic services and third party media revenue.
24
Total sales increased in 2019, compared to 2018, by 0.4%. The increase was due to an increase in total sales to
retail customers without fuel, partially offset by decreased supermarket fuel sales, a reduction in convenience store sales
due to the sale of our convenience store business unit in the first quarter of 2018 and decreased sales due to the disposal
of Turkey Hill Dairy and You Technology in the first quarter of 2019. Total sales, excluding fuel, dispositions and the
merger with Home Chef increased 2.3% in 2019, compared to 2018. The increase in total sales to retail customers
without fuel for 2019, compared to 2018, was primarily due to our merger with Home Chef and our identical sales
increase, excluding fuel, of 2.0%. Identical sales, excluding fuel, for 2019, compared to 2018, increased primarily due to
growth of loyal households, a higher customer basket value including retail inflation and Kroger Specialty Pharmacy
sales growth, partially offset by continued investments in lower prices for our customers. Total supermarket fuel sales
decreased 5.7% in 2019, compared to 2018, primarily due to a decrease in fuel gallons sold of 4.8% and a decrease in the
average retail fuel price of 1.0%. The decrease in the average retail fuel price was caused by a decrease in the product
cost of fuel.
Total sales decreased in 2018, compared to 2017, by 1.2%. The decrease in total sales in 2018, compared to 2017,
is due to the Extra Week in 2017, partially offset by the increase in 2018 sales, compared to 2017 adjusted sales. Total
sales increased in 2018, compared to 2017 adjusted sales, by 0.7%. This increase was primarily due to our increases in
total sales to retail customers without fuel and supermarket fuel sales, partially offset by a reduction in convenience store
sales due to the sale of our convenience store business unit in the first quarter of 2018. The increase in total sales to
retail customers without fuel for 2018, compared to 2017 adjusted sales to retail customers without fuel, was primarily
due to our merger with Home Chef and our identical sales increase, excluding fuel, of 1.8%. Identical sales, excluding
fuel, for 2018, compared to 2017, increased primarily due to a higher customer basket value and Kroger Specialty
Pharmacy sales growth, partially offset by our continued investments in lower prices for our customers. Total
supermarket fuel sales increased 15.5% in 2018, compared to 2017 adjusted supermarket fuel sales, primarily due to an
increase in the average retail fuel price of 13.6% and an increase in fuel gallons sold of 1.5%. The increase in the
average retail fuel price was caused by an increase in the product cost of fuel.
We calculate identical sales, excluding fuel, as sales to retail customers, including sales from all departments at
identical supermarket locations, Kroger Specialty Pharmacy businesses and ship-to-home solutions. We define a
supermarket as identical when it has been in operation without expansion or relocation for five full quarters.
Additionally, sales from all acquired businesses are treated as identical as if they were part of the Company in the prior
year. Products and services related primarily to Kroger Personal Finance, which were historically accounted for as an
offset to OG&A, are classified as a component of sales as of the beginning of fiscal year 2019. These prior-year amounts
have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation, which is consistent with our Restock Kroger initiative and
our view of the products and services as part of our core business strategy. This is also more consistent with industry
practice. These Kroger Personal Finance transactions represent sales to retail customers and, as such, are included in
identical sales in 2019 and 2018. This change did not affect identical sales percentages for 2018. See “Supplemental
Information” section below for more detail on the changes and the impact of the reclassification. Although identical
sales is a relatively standard term, numerous methods exist for calculating identical sales growth. As a result, the method
used by our management to calculate identical sales may differ from methods other companies use to calculate identical
sales. We urge you to understand the methods used by other companies to calculate identical sales before comparing our
identical sales to those of other such companies. Our identical sales results are summarized in the following table. We
used the identical sales dollar figures presented below to calculate percentage changes for 2019.
Identical Sales
($ in millions)
Excluding fuel
Excluding fuel
$
2019
106,037
$
2.0 %
2018
103,946
1.8 %
25
Gross Margin, LIFO and FIFO Gross Margin
We define gross margin as sales minus merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and transportation.
Rent expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and interest expense are not included in gross margin.
Our gross margin rates, as a percentage of sales, were 22.07% in 2019 and 21.95% in 2018. The increase in 2019,
compared to 2018, resulted primarily from a higher gross margin rate on fuel sales, decreased shrink, as a percentage of
sales, growth in our alternative profit stream portfolio and effective negotiations to achieve savings on the cost of
products sold, partially offset by industry-wide lower gross margin rates in pharmacy, continued investments in lower
prices for our customers, a higher LIFO charge and continued growth in the specialty pharmacy business.
Our LIFO charge was $105 million in 2019 and $29 million in 2018. Our LIFO charge reflects an increase in our
product cost inflation for 2019, driven by dry grocery, pharmacy and dairy.
Our FIFO gross margin rate, which excludes the LIFO charge, was 22.16% in 2019, compared to 21.98% for 2018.
Our fuel sales lower our FIFO gross margin rate due to the very low FIFO gross margin rate, as a percentage of sales, of
fuel sales compared to non-fuel sales. Excluding the effect of fuel, our FIFO gross margin rate decreased 23 basis points
in 2019, compared to 2018. This decrease resulted primarily from industry-wide lower gross margin rates in pharmacy,
continued investments in lower prices for our customers and continued growth in the specialty pharmacy business,
partially offset by decreased shrink, as a percentage of sales, growth in our alternative profit stream portfolio and
effective negotiations to achieve savings on the cost of products sold.
Operating, General and Administrative Expenses
OG&A expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs such as wages, healthcare benefit costs, retirement plan
costs, utilities, and credit card fees. Rent expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and interest expense are not
included in OG&A.
OG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales, were 17.34% in 2019 and 17.06% in 2018. The increase in 2019,
compared to 2018 resulted primarily from the 2019 OG&A Adjusted Items, the effect of decreased supermarket fuel and
convenience store sales, which increases our OG&A rate, as a percentage of sales, investments in our digital strategy and
increases in hourly associate labor costs. The increase in hourly associate labor costs is attributable to investing in
higher wages and other comprehensive benefits to improve employee retention, engagement and customer experience.
The increase was partially offset by the 2018 OG&A Adjusted Items, broad based improvement of Restock Kroger cost
savings initiatives that drive administrative efficiencies, store productivity and sourcing cost reductions, decreased
incentive plan and healthcare costs and planned real estate transactions during the first quarter of 2019.
Excluding the effect of fuel, the 2019 OG&A Adjusted Items and the 2018 OG&A Adjusted Items, our OG&A rate
decreased 29 basis points in 2019, compared to 2018. This decrease resulted primarily from broad based improvement
of Restock Kroger cost savings initiatives that drive administrative efficiencies, store productivity and sourcing cost
reductions, decreased incentive plan and healthcare costs and planned real estate transactions during the first quarter of
2019. The decrease was partially offset by investments in our digital strategy and increases in hourly associate labor
costs attributed to investing in higher wages and other comprehensive benefits to improve employee retention,
engagement and customer experience.
During the second quarter of 2019, we accepted an offer to sell an unused warehouse that had been on the market
for some time. We used this gain as an opportunity to contribute a similar amount into the United Food and Commercial
Workers (“UFCW”) Consolidated Pension Plan, helping stabilize associates’ future benefits. The net impact of these
transactions had no effect to OG&A for 2019.
Rent Expense
Rent expense, as a percentage of sales, remained relatively consistent in 2019, compared to 2018.
26
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense increased, as a percentage of sales, in 2019, compared to 2018. This increase
is primarily due to the 2018 Depreciation Adjusted Item, additional depreciation on capital investments, excluding
mergers and lease buyouts, of $3.0 billion during 2019 and a decrease in the average useful life on these capital
investments, as we are investing more in technology projects and our digital ecosystem.
Operating Profit and FIFO Operating Profit
Operating profit was $2.3 billion, or 1.84% of sales, for 2019, compared to $2.6 billion, or 2.15% of sales, for 2018.
Operating profit, as a percentage of sales, decreased 31 basis points in 2019, compared to 2018, due to increased OG&A
and depreciation and amortization expenses, as a percentage of sales, partially offset by a higher gross margin rate.
FIFO operating profit was $2.4 billion, or 1.93% of sales, for 2019, compared to $2.6 billion, or 2.17% of sales, for
2018. FIFO operating profit excluding the 2019 and 2018 Adjusted Items was $3.0 billion, or 2.45% of sales, for 2019,
compared to $2.9 billion, or 2.36% of sales, for 2018. FIFO operating profit excluding the 2019 and 2018 Adjusted
Items increased 9 basis points in 2019, compared to 2018, due to increased fuel earnings, improved sales to retail
customers without fuel and decreased OG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales, partially offset by decreased pharmacy
gross profit and increased depreciation and amortization expense, as a percentage of sales.
Specific factors contributing to the operating trends for operating profit and FIFO operating profit above are
discussed earlier in this section.
The following table provides a reconciliation of operating profit to FIFO operating profit, excluding the 2019 and
2018 Adjusted Items.
Operating Profit excluding the Adjusted Items
($ in millions)
Operating profit
LIFO charge
FIFO Operating profit
Adjustments for pension plan withdrawal liabilities
Adjustment for depreciation related to held for sale assets
Adjustment for Home Chef contingent consideration
Adjustment for severance charge and related benefits
Adjustment for impairment of financial instrument
Adjustment for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures
Adjustment for deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky's Market(1)
Other
2019 and 2018 Adjusted items
2019
2018
$
2,251
105
$
2,356
135
—
(69)
80
—
52
412
29
639
2,614
29
2,643
155
(14)
33
—
42
—
—
21
237
Adjusted FIFO operating profit excluding the adjustment items above
$
2,995
$
2,880
(1) The adjustment for impairment of Lucky’s Market includes a $107 million net loss attributable to the minority
interest of Lucky’s Market.
27
Interest Expense
Interest expense totaled $603 million in 2019 and $620 million in 2018. The decrease in interest expense in 2019,
compared to 2018, resulted primarily from decreased borrowings and a lower weighted average interest rate. Over the
last 12 months, we decreased total debt, including obligations under finance leases, by $1.2 billion.
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 23.7% in 2019 and 22.6% in 2018. The 2019 tax rate differed from the federal
statutory rate primarily due to the effect of state income taxes and Lucky’s Market losses attributable to the
noncontrolling interest which reduced pre-tax income but did not impact tax expense. These 2019 items were partially
offset by the utilization of tax credits and deductions. The 2018 tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily
due to the effect of state income taxes and an IRS audit that resulted in a reduction of prior year tax deductions at pre-
Tax Act rates and an increase in future tax deductions at post-Tax Act rates. These 2018 items were partially offset by
the utilization of tax credits and deductions, the remeasurement of uncertain tax positions and adjustments to provisional
amounts that increased prior year deductions at pre-Tax Act rates and decreased future deductions at post-Tax Act rates.
Net Earnings and Net Earnings Per Diluted Share
Our net earnings are based on the factors discussed in the Results of Operations section.
Net earnings were $2.04 per diluted share for 2019 compared to net earnings of $3.76 per diluted share for 2018.
Adjusted net earnings of $2.19 per diluted share for 2019 represented an increase of 3.8% compared to adjusted net
earnings of $2.11 per diluted share for 2018. The increase in adjusted net earnings per diluted share resulted primarily
from increased fuel earnings, decreased interest expense and lower weighted average common shares outstanding due to
common share repurchases, partially offset by increased tax expense and a higher LIFO charge.
COMMON SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMS
We maintain share repurchase programs that comply with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
allow for the orderly repurchase of our common shares, from time to time. The share repurchase programs do not have
an expiration date but may be suspended or terminated by our Board of Directors at any time. We made open market
purchases of our common shares totaling $400 million in 2019 and $727 million in 2018. On April 20, 2018, we entered
and funded a $1.2 billion ASR program to reacquire shares in privately negotiated transactions.
In addition to these repurchase programs, we also repurchase common shares to reduce dilution resulting from our
employee stock option plans. This program is solely funded by proceeds from stock option exercises, and the tax benefit
from these exercises. We repurchased approximately $65 million in 2019 and $83 million in 2018 of our common
shares under the stock option program.
On March 15, 2018, our Board of Directors approved a $1.0 billion share repurchase program to reacquire shares
via open market purchase or privately negotiated transactions, including accelerated stock repurchase transactions, block
trades, or pursuant to trades intending to comply with rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “March
2018 Repurchase Program”). On November 5, 2019, our Board of Directors approved a $1.0 billion share repurchase
program to reacquire shares via open market purchase or privately negotiated transactions, block trades, or pursuant to
trades intending to comply with rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “November 2019 Repurchase
Program”). The November 2019 Repurchase Program authorization replaced the existing March 2018 Repurchase
Program that had approximately $546 million remaining.
28
The shares repurchased in 2019 were reacquired under the following share repurchase programs:
The November 2019 Repurchase program.
A program announced on December 6, 1999 to repurchase common shares to reduce dilution resulting from our
employee stock option and long-term incentive plans, under which repurchases are limited to proceeds received
from exercises of stock options and the tax benefits associated therewith (“1999 Repurchase Program”).
As of February 1, 2020, there was $600 million remaining under the November 2019 Repurchase Program.
During the first quarter through March 25, 2020, we repurchased an additional $39 million of our common shares
under the stock option program and $355 million additional shares under the November 2019 Repurchase Program. As
of March 25, 2020, we have $245 million remaining under the November 2019 Repurchase Program. To maintain
financial flexibility, we have decided to pause on additional share repurchases during the first quarter of 2020.
CAPITAL INVESTMENTS
Capital investments, including changes in construction-in-progress payables and excluding mergers and the
purchase of leased facilities, totaled $3.0 billion in 2019 and 2018. Capital investments for mergers were $197 million
in 2018 related to the merger with Home Chef. Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more
information on these mergers. Capital investments for the purchase of leased facilities totaled $82 million in 2019 and
$5 million in 2018. The table below shows our supermarket storing activity and our total supermarket square footage:
Supermarket Storing Activity
Beginning of year
Opened
Opened (relocation)
Acquired
Closed (operational)
Closed (relocation)
End of year
Total supermarket square footage (in millions)
RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL
2019
2,764
10
9
6
(19)
(13)
2,757
2018
2,782
10
4
10
(38)
(4)
2,764
2017
2,796
24
15
3
(41)
(15)
2,782
180
179
179
We calculate return on invested capital (“ROIC”) by dividing adjusted ROIC operating profit for the prior four
quarters by the average invested capital. Adjusted operating profit for ROIC purposes is calculated by excluding certain
items included in operating profit, and adding back our LIFO charge, depreciation and amortization and rent to our U.S.
GAAP operating profit of the prior four quarters. Average invested capital is calculated as the sum of (i) the average of
our total assets, (ii) the average LIFO reserve, (iii) the average accumulated depreciation and amortization, (iv) for 2018,
a rent factor equal to total rent for the last four quarters multiplied by a factor of eight and (v) for 2019, an adjustment
due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, “Leases,” at the beginning of 2019 as further described in Notes 10 and 18 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements; minus (i) the average taxes receivable, (ii) the average trade accounts payable,
(iii) the average accrued salaries and wages, (iv) the average other current liabilities, excluding accrued income taxes, (v)
the average liabilities held for sale and (vi) certain other adjustments. Averages are calculated for ROIC by adding the
beginning balance of the first quarter and the ending balance of the fourth quarter, of the last four quarters, and dividing
by two. For 2018, we used a factor of eight for our total rent as we believe this is a common factor used by our
investors, analysts and rating agencies. ROIC is a non-GAAP financial measure of performance. ROIC should not be
reviewed in isolation or considered as a substitute for our financial results as reported in accordance with GAAP. ROIC
is an important measure used by management to evaluate our investment returns on capital. Management believes ROIC
is a useful metric to investors and analysts because it measures how effectively we are deploying our assets.
29
Although ROIC is a relatively standard financial term, numerous methods exist for calculating a company’s
ROIC. As a result, the method used by our management to calculate ROIC may differ from methods other companies
use to calculate their ROIC. We urge you to understand the methods used by other companies to calculate their ROIC
before comparing our ROIC to that of such other companies.
The following table provides a calculation of ROIC for 2019 and 2018 on a 52 week basis ($ in millions). The 2019
calculation of ROIC excludes the financial position and results of operations of You Technology and Turkey Hill Dairy,
due to the sales in 2019, and Lucky’s Market, due to the deconsolidation in 2019. The 2018 calculation of ROIC
excludes the financial position and results of operations of Home Chef, due to the merger in 2018, and the convenience
store business, due to the sale in 2018.
Return on Invested Capital
Numerator
Operating profit
LIFO charge
Depreciation and amortization
Rent
Adjustment for merger with Home Chef
Adjustment for operating profit of convenience store business
Adjustment for Home Chef contingent consideration
Adjustment for impairment of financial instrument
Adjustments for pension plan withdrawal liabilities
Adjustment for depreciation related to held for sale assets
Adjustment for severance charge and related benefits
Adjustment for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store closures
Adjustment for deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky's Market
Adjustment for operating losses of Lucky's Market
Adjustment for disposal of You Technology
Adjusted ROIC operating profit
Denominator
Average total assets
Average taxes receivable(1)
Average LIFO reserve
Average accumulated depreciation and amortization
Average trade accounts payable
Average accrued salaries and wages
Average other current liabilities(2)
Average liabilities held for sale
Adjustment for merger with Home Chef
Adjustment for disposal of convenience store business
Adjustment for disposal of Turkey Hill Dairy
Adjustment for disposal of You Technology
Adjustment for deconsolidation of Lucky's Market
Rent x 8
Initial operating lease assets at adoption of ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (see Notes 10 and 18)
Average invested capital
Return on Invested Capital
Fiscal Year Ended
February 1,
2020
February 2,
2019
$
$
2,251
105
2,649
884
—
—
(69)
—
135
—
80
52
412
75
(49)
6,525
$ 41,687
(41)
1,329
23,404
(6,204)
(1,198)
(3,942)
(26)
—
—
(45)
(13)
(25)
—
3,406
$ 58,332
$
$
2,614
29
2,465
884
28
(21)
33
42
155
(14)
—
—
—
—
—
6,215
$ 37,658
(115)
1,263
21,703
(5,959)
(1,163)
(3,571)
(155)
(145)
(198)
—
—
—
7,072
—
$ 56,390
11.19 %
11.02 %
(1) Taxes receivable were $82 as of February 1, 2020 and $229 as of February 3, 2018. We did not have any taxes
receivable as of February 2, 2019.
(2) Other current liabilities included accrued income taxes of $60 as of February 2, 2019. We did not have any accrued
income taxes as of February 1, 2020 or February 3, 2018. Accrued income taxes are removed from other current
liabilities in the calculation of average invested capital.
30
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating
results and financial position, and we apply those accounting policies in a consistent manner. Our significant accounting
policies are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets
and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and other factors we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in the preparation of our financial statements
because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently
uncertain.
Impairments of Long-Lived Assets
We monitor the carrying value of long-lived assets for potential impairment each quarter based on whether certain
triggering events have occurred. These events include current period losses combined with a history of losses or a
projection of continuing losses or a significant decrease in the market value of an asset. When a triggering event occurs,
we perform an impairment calculation, comparing projected undiscounted cash flows, utilizing current cash flow
information and expected growth rates related to specific stores, to the carrying value for those stores. If we identify
impairment for long-lived assets to be held and used, we compare the assets’ current carrying value to the assets’ fair
value. Fair value is determined based on market values or discounted future cash flows. We record impairment when
the carrying value exceeds fair market value. With respect to owned property and equipment held for disposal, we adjust
the value of the property and equipment to reflect recoverable values based on our previous efforts to dispose of similar
assets and current economic conditions. We recognize impairment for the excess of the carrying value over the
estimated fair market value, reduced by estimated direct costs of disposal.
As discussed previously in the Overview section, we recognized an impairment charge related to Lucky’s Market in
the third quarter of 2019 totaling $238 million. The Lucky’s Market impairment charge consists of property, plant and
equipment of $200 million; goodwill of $19 million; operating lease assets of $11 million; and other charges of $8
million. Additionally, we recorded asset impairments totaling $120 million in 2019, including $70 million of operating
lease assets. This 2019 impairment charge includes the 35 planned store closures across our footprint in 2020 related to
our Restock Kroger transformation efforts. We recorded asset impairments in the normal course of business totaling $56
million in 2018. We record costs to reduce the carrying value of long-lived assets in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations as OG&A expense.
The factors that most significantly affect the impairment calculation are our estimates of future cash flows. Our
cash flow projections look several years into the future and include assumptions on variables such as inflation, the
economy and market competition. Application of alternative assumptions and definitions, such as reviewing long-lived
assets for impairment at a different level, could produce significantly different results.
31
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. All the assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests are recorded at their respective fair values at the
date of acquisition once we obtain control of an entity. The determination of fair values of identifiable assets and
liabilities involves estimates and the use of valuation techniques when market value is not readily available. We use
various techniques to determine fair value in such instances, including the income approach. Significant estimates used
in determining fair value include, but are not limited to, the amount and timing of future cash flows, growth rates,
discount rates and useful lives. The excess of the purchase price over fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities is
recorded as goodwill. See Note 3 for further information about goodwill.
Goodwill
Our goodwill totaled $3.1 billion as of February 1, 2020. We review goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter
of each year, and also upon the occurrence of triggering events. We perform reviews of each of our operating divisions
and other consolidated entities (collectively, “reporting units”) that have goodwill balances. Generally, fair value is
determined using a multiple of earnings, or discounted projected future cash flows, and we compare fair value to the
carrying value of a reporting unit for purposes of identifying potential impairment. We base projected future cash flows
on management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the future. We recognize
goodwill impairment for any excess of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount
of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.
Our annual evaluation of goodwill is performed for our reporting units during the fourth quarter. In 2017, we
recorded goodwill impairment for our Kroger Specialty Pharmacy (“KSP”) reporting unit totaling $110 million, $74
million net of tax, resulting in a remaining goodwill balance of $243 million. The 2019 fair value of our KSP reporting
unit was estimated using multiple valuation techniques: a discounted cash flow model (income approach), a market
multiple model and a comparable mergers and acquisition model (market approaches), with each method weighted in the
calculation. The income approach relies on management’s projected future cash flows, estimates of revenue growth
rates, margin assumptions and an appropriate discount rate. The market approaches require the determination of an
appropriate peer group, which is utilized to derive estimated fair values based on selected market multiples. The annual
evaluation of goodwill performed in 2019 and 2018 did not result in impairment for any of our reporting units. Based on
current and future expected cash flows, we believe additional goodwill impairments are not reasonably likely. A 10%
reduction in fair value of our reporting units would not indicate a potential for impairment of our goodwill balance.
For additional information relating to our results of the goodwill impairment reviews performed during 2019, 2018
and 2017, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The impairment review requires the extensive use of management judgment and financial estimates. Application of
alternative estimates and assumptions could produce significantly different results. The cash flow projections embedded
in our goodwill impairment reviews can be affected by several factors such as inflation, business valuations in the
market, the economy, market competition and our ability to successfully integrate recently acquired businesses.
Multi-Employer Pension Plans
We contribute to various multi-employer pension plans based on obligations arising from collective bargaining
agreements. These multi-employer pension plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Trustees are appointed in equal
number by employers and unions. The trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be
provided to participants as well as for such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration of the plans.
We recognize expense in connection with these plans as contributions are funded or when commitments are
probable and reasonably estimable, in accordance with GAAP. We made cash contributions to these plans of $461
million in 2019, $358 million in 2018 and $954 million in 2017. The increase in 2017, compared to 2019 and 2018 is
due to the $467 million pre-tax payment we made in 2017 to satisfy withdrawal obligations for certain local unions of
the Central States Pension Fund and the 2017 UFCW contribution.
32
We continue to evaluate and address our potential exposure to under-funded multi-employer pension plans as it
relates to our associates who are beneficiaries of these plans. These under-fundings are not our liability. When an
opportunity arises that is economically feasible and beneficial to us and our associates, we may negotiate the
restructuring of under-funded multi-employer pension plan obligations to help stabilize associates’ future benefits and
become the fiduciary of the restructured multi-employer pension plan. The commitments from these restructurings do
not change our debt profile as it relates to our credit rating since these off-balance sheet commitments are typically
considered in our investment grade debt rating. We are currently designated as the named fiduciary of the UFCW
Consolidated Pension Plan and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (“IBT”) Consolidated Pension Fund and have
sole investment authority over these assets. We became the fiduciary of the IBT Consolidated Pension Fund in 2017 due
to the ratification of a new labor contract with the IBT that provided for the withdrawal of certain local unions from the
Central States Pension Fund. Significant effects of these restructuring agreements recorded in our Consolidated
Financial Statements are:
In 2019, we incurred a $135 million charge, $104 million net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawal
liabilities for certain multi-employer pension funds.
In 2018, we incurred a $155 million charge, $121 million net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawal
liabilities for certain local unions of the Central States multi-employer pension fund.
In 2017, we incurred a $550 million charge, $360 million net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawing
from and settlements for withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension plan obligations, of
which $467 million was contributed to the Central States Pension Fund in 2017.
In 2017, we contributed an incremental $111 million, $71 million net of tax, to the UFCW Consolidated
Pension Plan.
As we continue to work to find solutions to under-funded multi-employer pension plans, it is possible we could
incur withdrawal liabilities for certain funds.
Based on the most recent information available to us, we believe that the present value of actuarially accrued
liabilities in most of the multi-employer plans to which we contribute substantially exceeds the value of the assets held in
trust to pay benefits. We have attempted to estimate the amount by which these liabilities exceed the assets, (i.e., the
amount of underfunding), as of December 31, 2019. Because we are only one of a number of employers contributing to
these plans, we also have attempted to estimate the ratio of our contributions to the total of all contributions to these
plans in a year as a way of assessing our “share” of the underfunding. Nonetheless, the underfunding is not a direct
obligation or liability of ours or of any employer.
As of December 31, 2019, we estimate our share of the underfunding of multi-employer pension plans to which we
contribute was approximately $2.3 billion, $1.8 billion net of tax. This represents a decrease in the estimated amount of
underfunding of approximately $800 million, $600 million net of tax, as of December 31, 2019, compared to
December 31, 2018. The decrease in the amount of underfunding is primarily attributable to higher expected returns on
assets in the funds during 2019. Our estimate is based on the most current information available to us including actuarial
evaluations and other data (that include the estimates of others), and such information may be outdated or otherwise
unreliable.
We have made and disclosed this estimate not because, except as noted above, this underfunding is a direct liability
of ours. Rather, we believe the underfunding is likely to have important consequences. In the event we were to exit
certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal
liability. Any adjustment for withdrawal liability will be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and can be
reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP.
33
The amount of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on contract negotiations,
returns on the assets held in the multi-employer pension plans, benefit payments or future restructuring agreements. The
amount could decline, and our future expense would be favorably affected, if the values of the assets held in the trust
significantly increase or if further changes occur through collective bargaining, trustee action or favorable
legislation. On the other hand, our share of the underfunding could increase and our future expense could be adversely
affected if the asset values decline, if employers currently contributing to these funds cease participation or if changes
occur through collective bargaining, trustee action or adverse legislation. We continue to evaluate our potential
exposure to under-funded multi-employer pension plans. Although these liabilities are not a direct obligation or liability
of ours, any commitments to fund certain multi-employer pension plans will be expensed when our commitment is
probable and an estimate can be made.
See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information relating to our participation in these
multi-employer pension plans.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Refer to Note 18 and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for recently adopted accounting standards
and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted as of February 1, 2020.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash Flow Information
Net cash provided by operating activities
We generated $4.7 billion of cash from operations in 2019 compared to $4.2 billion in 2018. Net earnings including
noncontrolling interests, adjusted for non-cash items and other impacts, generated approximately $4.9 billion of
operating cash flow in 2019 compared to $3.8 billion in 2018. Cash provided (used) by operating activities for changes
in working capital was ($259) million in 2019 compared to $395 million in 2018. The decrease in cash provided by
operating activities for changes in working capital in 2019, compared to 2018, was primarily due to the following:
The change in prepaid and other current assets decreased in 2019, compared to 2018, due to a decrease in
the amount of prepaid medical benefit costs at the end of 2018 compared to the end of 2017;
Cash flows from income taxes were favorable in 2018, compared to 2019, because of income tax
overpayments made in 2017 that reduced payments made in 2018; and
Payments on operating lease liabilities; partially offset by
Proceeds from a contract associated with the sale of a business;
Decreased contributions to the company-sponsored pension plan in 2019, compared to 2018; and
Higher third-party payor receivables at the end of 2018 due to the timing of third-party payments, which
resulted in a reduction in cash provided by operating activities in 2018. Receivable balances were similar
in 2019 compared to 2018.
Cash paid for taxes increased in 2019, compared to 2018, primarily due to the payment of estimated taxes on the
gain on sale of the You Technology and Turkey Hill Dairy businesses in 2019 and an overpayment of our fourth quarter
2017 estimated taxes that resulted in lower tax payments in 2018.
Cash paid for interest decreased in 2019, compared to 2018, primarily due to an increase in accrued interest related
to certain semi-annual senior notes interest payments that were paid subsequent to February 1, 2020.
34
Net cash used by investing activities
Investing activities used cash of $2.6 billion in 2019 compared to $1.2 billion in 2018. The amount of cash used by
investing activities increased in 2019, compared to 2018, primarily due to the following:
A lower amount of net proceeds from the sale of businesses, since the proceeds from the sale of the
convenience store business exceeded the proceeds from the sales of the Turkey Hill Dairy and You
Technology businesses;
A lower amount of net proceeds from the settlement of a financial instrument; partially offset by
Increased proceeds from the sale of assets due to the sale of an unused warehouse and proceeds from sale
leaseback transactions;
No payments for purchases of Ocado securities in 2019; and
No acquisitions in 2019.
Net cash used by financing activities
We used $2.1 billion of cash for financing activities in 2019 compared to $2.9 billion during 2018. The amount of
cash used for financing activities for 2019, compared to 2018, decreased primarily due to decreased payments on
commercial paper and share repurchases, partially offset by increased payments on long-term debt including obligations
under finance leases and a reduction of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt.
Debt Management
Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of obligations under finance leases, decreased $1.2
billion to $14.1 billion as of year-end 2019 compared to 2018. The decrease in 2019, compared to 2018, resulted
primarily from payment of $500 million of senior notes bearing an interest rate of 1.50%, payment of $750 million of
senior notes bearing an interest rate of 6.15% and the repayment of our $1.0 billion term loan, partially offset by the
issuance of $750 million of senior notes bearing an interest rate of 3.95% and an increase in outstanding commercial
paper borrowings of $350 million at the end of 2019 compared to 2018.
Dividends
The following table provides dividend information ($ in millions, except per share amounts):
Cash dividends paid
Cash dividends paid per common share
Liquidity Needs
2019
$
$
486
0.600
$
$
2018
437
0.530
We estimate our liquidity needs over the next twelve-month period to approximate $5.5 billion, which includes
anticipated requirements for working capital, capital investments, interest payments and scheduled principal payments of
debt and commercial paper, offset by cash and temporary cash investments on hand at the end of 2019. We generally
operate with a working capital deficit due to our efficient use of cash in funding operations and because we have
consistent access to the capital markets. Based on current operating trends, we believe that cash flows from operating
activities and other sources of liquidity, including borrowings under our commercial paper program and bank credit
facility, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months and for the foreseeable future beyond the
next twelve months. We have approximately $700 million of senior notes and $1.2 billion of commercial paper maturing
in fiscal year 2020, which are included in the $5.5 billion of estimated liquidity needs. We expect to satisfy these
obligations using cash generated from operations and through issuing additional senior notes or commercial paper. We
believe we have adequate coverage of our debt covenants to continue to maintain our current investment grade debt
ratings and to respond effectively to competitive conditions.
35
Factors Affecting Liquidity
We can currently borrow on a daily basis approximately $2.75 billion under our commercial paper program. At
February 1, 2020, we had $1.2 billion of commercial paper borrowings outstanding. Commercial paper borrowings are
backed by our credit facility, and reduce the amount we can borrow under the credit facility. If our short-term credit
ratings fall, the ability to borrow under our current commercial paper program could be adversely affected for a period of
time and increase our interest cost on daily borrowings under our commercial paper program. This could require us to
borrow additional funds under the credit facility, under which we believe we have sufficient capacity. However, in the
event of a ratings decline, we do not anticipate that our borrowing capacity under our commercial paper program would
be any lower than $500 million on a daily basis. Although our ability to borrow under the credit facility is not affected
by our credit rating, the interest cost and applicable margin on borrowings under the credit facility could be affected by a
downgrade in our Public Debt Rating. “Public Debt Rating” means, as of any date, the rating that has been most
recently announced by either S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, for any class of non-credit enhanced long-term senior
unsecured debt issued by the Company. On March 18, 2020, we proactively borrowed $1 billion from our revolving
credit facility. This was a precautionary measure in order to preserve financial flexibility, reduce reliance on the
commercial paper market and maintain liquidity in response to the coronavirus pandemic. Cash and temporary cash
investments immediately following the borrowing were approximately $2.3 billion. As of March 25, 2020, we had no
commercial paper borrowings outstanding.
Our credit facility requires the maintenance of a Leverage Ratio and a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (our “financial
covenants”). A failure to maintain our financial covenants would impair our ability to borrow under the credit facility.
These financial covenants are described below:
Our Leverage Ratio (the ratio of Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the credit facility) was 2.30 to 1
as of February 1, 2020. If this ratio were to exceed 3.50 to 1, we would be in default of our credit facility and
our ability to borrow under the facility would be impaired.
Our Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA plus Consolidated Rental Expense to
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense plus Consolidated Rental Expense, as defined in the credit facility) was
4.39 to 1 as of February 1, 2020. If this ratio fell below 1.70 to 1, we would be in default of our credit facility
and our ability to borrow under the facility would be impaired.
Our credit facility is more fully described in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We were in
compliance with our financial covenants at year-end 2019.
36
The tables below illustrate our significant contractual obligations and other commercial commitments, based on year
of maturity or settlement, as of February 1, 2020 (in millions of dollars):
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter Total
Contractual Obligations(1)(2)
Long-term debt(3)
Interest on long-term debt(4)
Finance lease obligations
Operating lease obligations
Self-insurance liability(5)
Construction commitments(6)
Purchase obligations(7)
Total
Other Commercial Commitments
Standby letters of credit
Surety bonds
Total
$ 1,926 $ 804 $ 894 $
489
95
884
141
—
360
594 $ 495 $ 8,543 $ 13,256
7,551
421
1,183
86
10,336
758
689
66
670
—
1,493
109
$ 5,130 $ 2,773 $ 2,450 $ 2,034 $ 1,701 $ 21,090 $ 35,178
5,301
757
6,353
126
—
10
410
81
637
41
—
37
488
84
932
216
670
814
442
80
772
99
—
163
$ 347 $
401
$ 748 $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
347
401
748
(1) The contractual obligations table excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, which
totaled approximately $34 million in 2019. This table also excludes contributions under various multi-employer
pension plans, which totaled $461 million in 2019. This table also excludes the March 18, 2020 $1 billion
borrowing under our revolving credit facility since the borrowing occurred subsequent to February 1, 2020.
(2) The liability related to unrecognized tax benefits has been excluded from the contractual obligations table because a
reasonable estimate of the timing of future tax settlements cannot be determined.
(3) As of February 1, 2020, we had $1.2 billion of commercial paper and no borrowings under our credit facility.
(4) Amounts include contractual interest payments using the interest rate as of February 1, 2020, and stated fixed and
swapped interest rates, if applicable, for all other debt instruments.
(5) The amounts included in the contractual obligations table for self-insurance liability related to workers’
compensation claims have been stated on a present value basis.
(6) Amounts include funds owed to third parties for projects currently under construction. These amounts are reflected
in other current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(7) Amounts include commitments, many of which are short-term in nature, to be utilized in the normal course of
business, such as several contracts to purchase raw materials utilized in our food production plants and several
contracts to purchase energy to be used in our stores and food production plants. Our obligations also include
management fees for facilities operated by third parties and outside service contracts. Any upfront vendor
allowances or incentives associated with outstanding purchase commitments are recorded as either current or long-
term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As of February 1, 2020, we maintained a $2.75 billion (with the ability to increase by $1 billion), unsecured
revolving credit facility that, unless extended, terminates on August 29, 2022. Outstanding borrowings under the credit
facility, commercial paper borrowings, and some outstanding letters of credit reduce funds available under the credit
facility. As of February 1, 2020, we had $1.2 billion of outstanding commercial paper and no borrowings under our
revolving credit facility. The outstanding letters of credit that reduce funds available under our credit facility totaled $2
million as of February 1, 2020.
In addition to the available credit mentioned above, as of February 1, 2020, we had authorized for issuance $4.3
billion of securities remaining under a shelf registration statement filed with the SEC and effective on May 24, 2019.
37
We also maintain surety bonds related primarily to our self-insured workers’ compensation claims. These bonds are
required by most states in which we are self-insured for workers’ compensation and are placed with predominately third-
party insurance providers to insure payment of our obligations in the event we are unable to meet our claim payment
obligations up to our self-insured retention levels. These bonds do not represent liabilities of ours, as we already have
reserves on our books for the claims costs. Market changes may make the surety bonds more costly and, in some
instances, availability of these bonds may become more limited, which could affect our costs of, or access to, such
bonds. Although we do not believe increased costs or decreased availability would significantly affect our ability to
access these surety bonds, if this does become an issue, we would issue letters of credit, in states where allowed, against
our credit facility to meet the state bonding requirements. This could increase our cost and decrease the funds available
under our credit facility.
We also are contingently liable for leases that have been assigned to various third parties in connection with facility
closings and dispositions. We could be required to satisfy obligations under the leases if any of the assignees are unable
to fulfill their lease obligations. Due to the wide distribution of our assignments among third parties, and various other
remedies available to us, we believe the likelihood that we will be required to assume a material amount of these
obligations is remote. We have agreed to indemnify certain third-party logistics operators for certain expenses,
including multi-employer pension plan obligations and withdrawal liabilities.
In addition to the above, we enter into various indemnification agreements and take on indemnification obligations
in the ordinary course of business. Such arrangements include indemnities against third party claims arising out of
agreements to provide services to us; indemnities related to the sale of our securities; indemnities of directors, officers
and employees in connection with the performance of their work; and indemnities of individuals serving as fiduciaries
on benefit plans. While our aggregate indemnification obligation could result in a material liability, we are not aware of
any current matter that could result in a material liability.
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Sales Reclassification
Products and services related primarily to Kroger Personal Finance and Media, which were historically accounted
for as an offset to OG&A, are classified as a component of sales as of the beginning of fiscal year 2019, except for
certain amounts in Media, which are netted against merchandise costs. These prior-year amounts have been reclassified
to conform to current-year presentation, which is consistent with our Restock Kroger initiative and our view of the
products and services as part of our core business strategy. This is also more consistent with industry practice.
The following tables summarize the Company's 2018 sales reclassifications ($ in millions):
Sales
Operating expenses
Fiscal Year Ended
Previously Stated Reclassification
February 2,
2019
121,162 $
$
2018
690
Reclassified
February 2,
2019
$ 121,852
Merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and
transportation, excluding items shown separately below
Operating, general and administrative
Rent
Depreciation and amortization
94,894
20,305
884
2,465
209
481
—
—
95,103
20,786
884
2,465
Operating profit
$
2,614 $
— $
2,614
38
The following tables summarize the Company's 2017 sales reclassifications ($ in millions):
Sales
Operating expenses
Fiscal Year Ended
Previously Stated Reclassification
February 3,
2018
122,662 $
$
2017
618
Reclassified
February 3,
2018
$ 123,280
Merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and
transportation, excluding items shown separately below
Operating, general and administrative
Rent
Depreciation and amortization
95,662
21,041
911
2,436
149
469
—
—
95,811
21,510
911
2,436
Operating profit
$
2,612 $
— $
2,612
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Financial Risk Management
We use derivative financial instruments primarily to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. We do
not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. As a matter of policy, all of our derivative positions
are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of the high correlation between the
hedging instrument and the underlying exposure, fluctuations in the value of the instruments generally are offset by
reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying exposure. The interest rate derivatives we use are straightforward
instruments with liquid markets.
We manage our exposure to interest rates and changes in the fair value of our debt instruments primarily through the
strategic use of our commercial paper program, variable and fixed rate debt, and interest rate swaps. Our current
program relative to interest rate protection contemplates hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed-rate
debt attributable to changes in interest rates. To do this, we use the following guidelines: (i) use average daily
outstanding borrowings to determine annual debt amounts subject to interest rate exposure, (ii) limit the average annual
amount subject to interest rate reset and the amount of floating rate debt to a combined total amount that represents 25%
of the carrying value of our debt portfolio or less, (iii) include no leveraged products, and (iv) hedge without regard to
profit motive or sensitivity to current mark-to-market status.
As of February 1, 2020, we maintained seven forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with a maturity date of
January 15, 2021 with an aggregate notional amount totaling $350 million. A forward-starting interest rate swap is an
agreement that effectively hedges the variability in future benchmark interest payments attributable to changes in interest
rates on the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt. We entered into these forward-starting interest rate swaps in order to
lock in fixed interest rates on our forecasted issuances of debt in January 2021. The fixed interest rates for these
forward-starting interest rate swaps range from 1.57% to 2.45%. The variable rate component on the forward-starting
interest rate swaps is 3 month LIBOR. Accordingly, the forward-starting interest rate swaps were designated as cash-
flow hedges as defined by GAAP. As of February 1, 2020, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was recorded in
“Other long-term liabilities” for $19 million and accumulated other comprehensive loss for $17 million, net of tax.
Annually, we review with the Financial Policy Committee of our Board of Directors compliance with the guidelines
described above. The guidelines may change as our business needs dictate.
39
The tables below provide information about our underlying debt portfolio as of February 1, 2020 and February 2,
2019. The amounts shown for each year represent the contractual maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance leases,
as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019. Interest rates reflect the weighted average rate for the outstanding
instruments. The variable rate debt is based on U.S. dollar LIBOR using the forward yield curve as of February 1, 2020
and February 2, 2019. The Fair Value column includes the fair value of our debt instruments as of February 1, 2020 and
February 2, 2019. We have no outstanding interest rate derivatives classified as fair value hedges as of February 1, 2020
or February 2, 2019. See Notes 6, 7 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
2020
2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total
Fair Value
(in millions)
February 1, 2020
Expected Year of Maturity
Debt
Fixed rate
Average interest rate
Variable rate
Average interest rate
Debt
Fixed rate
Average interest rate
Variable rate
Average interest rate
$
(705) $ (804)
4.39 %
$ (1,221) $
1.88 %
4.56 %
—
$
—
$ (894)
4.47 %
—
$
—
$ (594)
$ (495)
$
4.69 % 4.86 %
$
$
—
—
—
—
(8,462)
$ (11,954) $ (13,347)
4.65 %
(81)
1.65 %
$ (1,302) $
(1,302)
2019
2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total
Fair Value
(in millions)
February 2, 2019
Expected Year of Maturity
$ (1,251) $ (695)
4.51 %
$ (1,852) $
3.09 %
4.47 %
(25)
$
4.26 %
$ (793)
$ (896)
$ (595)
$
4.56 % 4.74 %
$
$
4.47 %
—
$
—
—
—
—
—
(8,163)
$ (12,393) $ (12,232)
4.70 %
(81)
1.75 %
$ (1,958) $
(1,958)
Based on our year-end 2019 variable rate debt levels, a 10 percent change in interest rates would be immaterial. See
Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of derivatives and hedging policies.
40
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Consolidated Financial Statements of The Kroger Co.
For the Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2020
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
42
45
46
47
48
49
50
41
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Kroger Co.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Kroger Co. and its subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, of comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended February 1, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial
reporting as of February 1, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Company as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
February 1, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the COSO.
Changes in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which
it accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers
in 2018.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We
are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing
the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
42
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that,
in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the
consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit
committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial
statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication
of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as
a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment – Kroger Specialty Pharmacy (“KSP”) Reporting Unit
As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill
balance was $3.1 billion as of February 1, 2020, and the goodwill associated with the KSP reporting unit was
$243 million. Management reviews goodwill annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, and
also upon the occurrence of triggering events. The fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying
value for purposes of identifying potential impairment. Goodwill impairment is recognized for any excess of
the reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to
the reporting unit. As disclosed by management, the fair value of the Company's KSP reporting unit was
estimated using multiple valuation techniques, a discounted cash flow model (income approach), a market
multiple model and comparable mergers and acquisition model (market approaches), with each method
weighted in the calculation. The income approach relies on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates,
margin assumptions, and discount rate to estimate future cash flows. The market approaches require the
determination of an appropriate peer group, which is utilized to derive estimated fair values based on selected
market multiples.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill
impairment assessment of the KSP reporting unit is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment
by management when developing the fair value measurement of the reporting unit. This in turn led to a high
degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s cash
flow projections and significant assumptions, including revenue growth rates, margin assumptions, discount
rate, peer group determination, and market multiple selection. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the
audit evidence obtained.
43
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with
forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the
effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over
the valuation of the Company’s KSP reporting unit. These procedures also included, among others, testing
management’s process for developing the fair value estimate, evaluating the appropriateness of the income
and market approach models, testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of the underlying data used
in the models and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management, including the revenue growth
rates, margin assumptions, discount rate, peer group determination, and market multiple selection.
Evaluating management’s assumptions relating to revenue growth rates and margin assumptions involved
evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and
past performance of the reporting unit, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii)
whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Evaluating the
Company’s peer group determinations included evaluating the appropriateness of the identified peer
companies. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the
Company’s discounted cash flow and market models, and certain significant assumptions, including the
discount rate, peer group determination, and market multiples.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
April 1, 2020
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1929.
44
THE KROGER CO.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except par amounts)
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and temporary cash investments
Store deposits in-transit
Receivables
FIFO inventory
LIFO reserve
Assets held for sale
Prepaid and other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Intangibles, net
Goodwill
Other assets
Total Assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt including obligations under finance leases
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Trade accounts payable
Accrued salaries and wages
Liabilities held for sale
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt including obligations under finance leases
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Other long-term liabilities
Total Liabilities
Commitments and contingencies see Note 13
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
February 1, February 2,
2020
2019
$
399 $
1,179
1,706
8,464
(1,380)
—
522
10,890
21,871
6,814
1,066
3,076
1,539
429
1,181
1,589
8,123
(1,277)
166
592
10,803
21,635
—
1,258
3,087
1,335
$
45,256 $
38,118
$
1,965 $
597
6,349
1,168
—
4,164
14,243
12,111
6,505
1,466
608
1,750
3,157
—
6,059
1,227
51
3,780
14,274
12,072
—
1,562
494
1,881
36,683
30,283
Preferred shares, $100 par per share, 5 shares authorized and unissued
Common shares, $1 par per share, 2,000 shares authorized; 1,918 shares issued in 2019 and 2018
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated earnings
Common shares in treasury, at cost, 1,130 shares in 2019 and 1,120 shares in 2018
—
1,918
3,337
(640)
20,978
(16,991)
8,602
(29)
—
1,918
3,245
(346)
19,681
(16,612)
7,886
(51)
8,573
7,835
$
45,256 $
38,118
Total Shareholders’ Equity - The Kroger Co.
Noncontrolling interests
Total Equity
Total Liabilities and Equity
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
45
THE KROGER CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018
(In millions, except per share amounts)
Sales
Operating expenses
Merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and transportation,
excluding items shown separately below
Operating, general and administrative
Rent
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit
Other income (expense)
2019
(52 weeks)
2017
2018
(53 weeks)
(52 weeks)
$ 122,286 $ 121,852 $ 123,280
95,294
21,208
884
2,649
95,103
20,786
884
2,465
95,811
21,510
911
2,436
2,251
2,614
2,612
Interest expense
Non-service component of company-sponsored pension plan costs
Mark to market gain on Ocado securities
Gain on sale of businesses
(603)
—
157
176
(620)
(26)
228
1,782
(601)
(527)
—
—
Net earnings before income tax (benefit) expense
1,981
3,978
1,484
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
469
900
(405)
1,512
(147)
3,078
(32)
1,889
(18)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
$
1,659 $
3,110 $
1,907
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per basic common share
$
2.05 $
3.80 $
2.11
Average number of common shares used in basic calculation
799
810
895
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share
$
2.04 $
3.76 $
2.09
Average number of common shares used in diluted calculation
805
818
904
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
46
THE KROGER CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018
(In millions)
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Realized gains on available for sale securities, net of income tax(1)
Change in pension and other postretirement defined benefit plans, net of income
tax(2)
Unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging activities, net of income tax(3)
Amortization of unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging activities, net of
income tax(4)
Cumulative effect of accounting change(5)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income attributable to The Kroger Co.
2017
2018
2019
(52 weeks)
(53 weeks)
(52 weeks)
$ 1,512 $ 3,078 $ 1,889
—
(4)
4
(105)
(47)
4
(146)
147
(23)
5
—
214
23
3
—
(294)
125
244
1,218
(147)
2,133
(18)
$ 1,365 $ 3,235 $ 2,151
3,203
(32)
(1) Amount is net of tax expense (benefit) of ($1) in 2018 and $1 in 2017.
(2) Amount is net of tax expense (benefit) of ($33) in 2019, $45 in 2018 and $83 in 2017.
(3) Amount is net of tax expense (benefit) of ($17) in 2019, ($8) in 2018 and $0 in 2017.
(4) Amount is net of tax expense of $3 in 2019 and $3 in 2018 and $3 in 2017.
(5) Related to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting
Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income,” (see Note 18 for additional details).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
47
THE KROGER CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018
(In millions)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings including noncontrolling interests to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment charge
Operating lease asset amortization
LIFO charge (credit)
Stock-based employee compensation
Expense for company-sponsored pension plans
Goodwill impairment charge
Deferred income taxes
Gain on sale of businesses
(Gain) loss on the sale of assets
Mark to market gain on Ocado securities
Loss on deconsolidation and impairment of Lucky's Market
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of effects from mergers and disposals of businesses:
Store deposits in-transit
Receivables
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Trade accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes receivable and payable
Contribution to company-sponsored pension plan
Operating lease liabilities
Proceeds from contract associated with sale of business
Other
2019
(52 weeks)
2018
(52 weeks)
2017
(53 weeks)
$
1,512
$
3,078
$
1,889
2,649
120
640
105
155
39
—
(56)
(176)
(158)
(157)
412
(109)
3
(36)
(351)
(33)
342
302
(142)
—
(639)
295
(53)
2,465
56
—
29
154
76
—
(45)
(1,782)
2
(228)
—
58
(20)
(208)
(354)
244
213
416
289
(185)
—
—
(94)
2,436
71
—
(8)
151
591
110
(694)
—
(31)
—
—
39
(265)
61
(23)
41
158
(40)
(96)
(1,000)
—
—
23
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,664
4,164
3,413
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Payments for property and equipment, including payments for lease buyouts
Proceeds from sale of assets
Proceeds on settlement of financial instrument
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Purchases of stores
Net proceeds from sale of businesses
Purchases of Ocado securities
Other
Net cash used by investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payments on long-term debt including obligations under finance leases
Net proceeds (payments) on commercial paper
Dividends paid
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock
Treasury stock purchases
Other
Net cash used by financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and temporary cash investments
Cash and temporary cash investments:
Beginning of year
End of year
Reconciliation of capital investments:
Payments for property and equipment, including payments for lease buyouts
Payments for lease buyouts
Changes in construction-in-progress payables
Total capital investments, excluding lease buyouts
Disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for interest
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
(3,128)
273
—
—
—
327
—
(83)
(2,967)
85
235
(197)
(44)
2,169
(392)
(75)
(2,809)
138
—
(16)
—
—
—
(20)
(2,611)
(1,186)
(2,707)
813
(2,304)
350
(486)
55
(465)
(46)
2,236
(1,372)
(1,321)
(437)
65
(2,010)
(57)
1,523
(788)
696
(443)
51
(1,633)
(87)
(2,083)
(2,896)
(681)
(30)
82
25
429
399
(3,128)
82
2
(3,044)
523
706
$
$
$
$
$
347
429
(2,967)
5
(56)
(3,018)
614
600
$
$
$
$
$
322
347
(2,809)
13
(188)
(2,984)
656
348
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
48
1
5
)
4
3
(
)
7
6
5
,
1
(
)
6
6
(
1
5
1
4
4
2
)
0
3
(
)
3
4
4
(
9
8
8
,
1
l
a
t
o
T
0
1
7
,
6
$
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
N
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
)
s
s
o
L
(
e
m
o
c
n
I
k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
t
n
u
o
m
A
s
e
r
a
h
S
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
n
I
-
d
i
a
P
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
t
n
u
o
m
A
2
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
0
2
(
—
)
8
1
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
3
4
4
(
7
0
9
,
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
4
2
1
5
5
8
)
7
6
5
,
1
(
)
6
6
(
—
—
)
9
6
(
—
—
)
4
(
)
2
(
2
8
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
9
1
1
(
—
—
1
5
1
—
9
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
3
4
5
,
5
1
$
)
5
1
7
(
$
)
8
1
1
,
3
1
(
$
4
9
9
0
7
0
,
3
$
8
1
9
,
1
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
1
9
,
1
s
e
r
a
h
S
5
6
)
5
4
(
)
7
2
9
,
1
(
)
3
8
(
4
5
1
5
2
1
)
1
(
)
6
3
4
(
8
7
0
,
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
—
)
2
3
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
6
3
4
(
0
1
1
,
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
2
1
5
6
4
7
)
7
2
9
,
1
(
)
3
8
(
—
—
)
7
5
(
—
—
)
4
(
)
3
(
3
6
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
9
1
1
(
—
—
4
5
1
—
9
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
0
9
,
6
$
)
6
2
(
$
7
0
0
,
7
1
$
)
1
7
4
(
$
)
4
8
6
,
4
1
(
$
8
4
0
,
1
1
6
1
,
3
$
8
1
9
,
1
$
8
1
9
,
1
5
3
8
,
7
$
)
1
5
(
$
1
8
6
,
9
1
$
)
6
4
3
(
$
)
2
1
6
,
6
1
(
$
0
2
1
,
1
5
4
2
,
3
$
8
1
9
,
1
$
8
1
9
,
1
5
5
)
6
3
(
)
0
0
4
(
)
5
6
(
5
5
1
)
4
9
2
(
6
4
1
8
6
1
—
)
3
0
5
(
2
1
5
,
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
8
6
1
)
7
4
1
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
5
(
—
6
4
1
)
3
0
5
(
9
5
6
,
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
4
9
2
(
5
5
2
9
)
5
6
(
)
0
0
4
(
—
—
—
—
)
1
6
(
—
—
)
3
(
)
3
(
2
4
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
8
2
1
(
—
—
5
5
1
—
—
—
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
g
n
i
d
u
l
c
n
i
)
s
s
o
l
(
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e
t
e
N
)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
r
e
p
5
9
4
.
0
$
(
d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C
7
8
$
f
o
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
t
s
o
c
t
a
,
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
r
e
h
t
O
)
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
r
a
h
s
r
e
p
t
p
e
c
x
e
,
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
n
I
(
7
1
0
2
,
8
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
:
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
:
y
t
i
v
i
t
c
a
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
g
n
i
d
u
l
c
n
i
)
s
s
o
l
(
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e
t
e
N
)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
r
e
p
5
4
5
.
0
$
(
d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C
9
3
$
f
o
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
t
s
o
c
t
a
,
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
48
r
e
h
t
O
)
8
1
e
t
o
N
e
e
s
(
e
g
n
a
h
c
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
f
o
t
c
e
f
f
e
e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C
)
7
4
$
(
f
o
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
t
e
k
r
a
M
'
s
y
k
c
u
L
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c
e
D
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
g
n
i
d
u
l
c
n
i
)
s
s
o
l
(
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e
t
e
N
)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
r
e
p
2
6
.
0
$
(
d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C
r
e
h
t
O
t
s
o
c
t
a
,
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
9
1
0
2
,
2
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
:
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
:
y
t
i
v
i
t
c
a
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
8
1
0
2
,
3
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
:
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
:
y
t
i
v
i
t
c
a
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
.
O
C
R
E
G
O
R
K
E
H
T
Y
T
I
U
Q
E
’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S
N
I
S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C
8
1
0
2
,
3
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
d
n
a
9
1
0
2
,
2
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
,
0
2
0
2
,
1
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
d
e
d
n
E
s
r
a
e
Y
3
7
5
,
8
$
)
9
2
(
$
8
7
9
,
0
2
$
)
0
4
6
(
$
)
1
9
9
,
6
1
(
$
0
3
1
,
1
7
3
3
,
3
$
8
1
9
,
1
$
8
1
9
,
1
0
2
0
2
,
1
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c
e
h
t
f
o
t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i
n
a
e
r
a
s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
T
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
All amounts in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are in millions except per share amounts.
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in preparing these financial statements.
Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Kroger Co. (the “Company”) was founded in 1883 and incorporated in 1902. As of February 1, 2020, the
Company was one of the largest retailers in the world based on annual sales. The Company also manufactures and
processes food for sale by its supermarkets. The accompanying financial statements include the consolidated accounts
of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and other consolidated entities. Intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated.
Refer to Note 18 for a description of changes to the Consolidated Balance Sheet for recently adopted accounting
standards regarding the recognition of lease agreements and reclassification of stranded tax effects.
Products and services related primarily to Kroger Personal Finance and Media, which were historically accounted
for as an offset to operating, general and administrative expenses (“OG&A”), are classified as a component of sales as of
the beginning of fiscal year 2019, except for certain amounts in Media, which are netted against merchandise costs.
These prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest January 31. The last three fiscal years consist of the 52-
week period ended February 1, 2020, 52-week period ended February 2, 2019 and 53-week period ended February 3,
2018.
Pervasiveness of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities.
Disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported
amounts of consolidated revenues and expenses during the reporting period is also required. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Cash, Temporary Cash Investments and Book Overdrafts
Cash and temporary cash investments represent store cash and short-term investments with original maturities of
less than three months. Book overdrafts are included in “Trade accounts payable” and “Accrued salaries and wages” in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Deposits In-Transit
Deposits in-transit generally represent funds deposited to the Company’s bank accounts at the end of the year
related to sales, a majority of which were paid for with debit cards, credit cards and checks, to which the Company does
not have immediate access but settle within a few days of the sales transaction.
50
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (principally on a last-in, first-out “LIFO” basis) or market. In total,
approximately 91% of inventories in 2019 and 90% of inventories in 2018 were valued using the LIFO method. The
remaining inventories, including substantially all fuel inventories, are stated at the lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) or net
realizable value. Replacement cost was higher than the carrying amount by $1,380 at February 1, 2020 and $1,277 at
February 2, 2019. The Company follows the Link-Chain, Dollar-Value LIFO method for purposes of calculating its
LIFO charge or credit.
The item-cost method of accounting to determine inventory cost before the LIFO adjustment is followed for
substantially all store inventories at the Company’s supermarket divisions. This method involves counting each item in
inventory, assigning costs to each of these items based on the actual purchase costs (net of vendor allowances and cash
discounts) of each item and recording the cost of items sold. The item-cost method of accounting allows for more
accurate reporting of periodic inventory balances and enables management to more precisely manage inventory. In
addition, substantially all of the Company’s inventory consists of finished goods and is recorded at actual purchase costs
(net of vendor allowances and cash discounts).
The Company evaluates inventory shortages throughout the year based on actual physical counts in its facilities.
Allowances for inventory shortages are recorded based on the results of these counts to provide for estimated shortages
as of the financial statement date.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost or, in the case of assets acquired in a business combination, at
fair value. Depreciation and amortization expense, which includes the depreciation of assets recorded under finance
leases, is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of individual assets.
Buildings and land improvements are depreciated based on lives varying from 10 to 40 years. All new purchases of
store equipment are assigned lives varying from three to nine years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
shorter of the lease term to which they relate, which generally varies from four to 25 years, or the useful life of the
asset. Food production plant and distribution center equipment is depreciated over lives varying from three to 15 years.
Information technology assets are generally depreciated over three to five years. Depreciation and amortization expense
was $2,649 in 2019, $2,465 in 2018 and $2,436 in 2017.
Interest costs on significant projects constructed for the Company’s own use are capitalized as part of the costs of
the newly constructed facilities. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and
amortization are removed from the balance sheet and any gain or loss is reflected in net earnings. Refer to Note 4 for
further information regarding the Company’s property, plant and equipment.
Leases
The Company leases certain store real estate, warehouses, distribution centers, office space and equipment. The
Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Finance and operating lease assets and liabilities are
recognized at the lease commencement date. Finance and operating lease liabilities represent the present value of
minimum lease payments not yet paid. Operating lease assets represent the right to use an underlying asset and are based
upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments, lease incentives and impairment, if any. To determine the
present value of lease payments, the Company estimates an incremental borrowing rate which represents the rate used
for a secured borrowing of a similar term as the lease.
51
Lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years with options to renew for varying terms at the Company’s sole
discretion. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as any options to extend the lease when it is
reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not
recorded on the balance sheet. Certain leases include escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as property
taxes, utilities or insurance and maintenance. Operating lease payments are charged on a straight-line basis to rent
expense over the lease term and finance lease payments are charged to interest expense and depreciation and
amortization expense over the lease term. Assets under finance leases are amortized in accordance with the Company’s
normal depreciation policy for owned assets or over the lease term, if shorter. The Company’s lease agreements do not
contain any residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. For additional information on leases, see Note
10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, and also upon the occurrence
of a triggering event. The Company performs reviews of each of its operating divisions and other consolidated entities
(collectively, “reporting units”) that have goodwill balances. Generally, fair value is determined using a market multiple
model, or discounted projected future cash flows, and is compared to the carrying value of a reporting unit for purposes
of identifying potential impairment. Projected future cash flows are based on management’s knowledge of the current
operating environment and expectations for the future. Goodwill impairment is recognized for any excess of the
reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting
unit. Results of the goodwill impairment reviews performed during 2019, 2018 and 2017 are summarized in Note 3.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company monitors the carrying value of long-lived assets for potential impairment each quarter based on
whether certain triggering events have occurred. These events include current period losses combined with a history of
losses or a projection of continuing losses or a significant decrease in the market value of an asset. When a triggering
event occurs, an impairment calculation is performed, comparing projected undiscounted future cash flows, utilizing
current cash flow information and expected growth rates related to specific stores, to the carrying value for those stores.
If the Company identifies impairment for long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company compares the assets’
current carrying value to the assets’ fair value. Fair value is based on current market values or discounted future cash
flows. The Company records impairment when the carrying value exceeds fair market value. With respect to owned
property and equipment held for disposal, the value of the property and equipment is adjusted to reflect recoverable
values based on previous efforts to dispose of similar assets and current economic conditions. Impairment is recognized
for the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair market value, reduced by estimated direct costs of disposal.
The Company recorded asset impairments totaling $120 in 2019, including $70 of operating lease assets. This 2019
impairment charge includes 35 planned store closures across the Company’s footprint in 2020. The Company recorded
asset impairments in the normal course of business totaling $56 and $71 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Costs to reduce
the carrying value of long-lived assets for each of the years presented have been included in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations as Operating, general and administrative (“OG&A”) expense.
Accounts Payable
The Company has an agreement with a third party to provide an accounts payable tracking system which facilitates
participating suppliers’ ability to finance payment obligations from the Company with designated third-party financial
institutions. Participating suppliers may, at their sole discretion, make offers to finance one or more payment obligations
of the Company prior to their scheduled due dates at a discounted price to participating financial institutions. The
Company’s obligations to its suppliers, including amounts due and scheduled payment dates, are not affected by
suppliers’ decisions to finance amounts under this arrangement.
52
Contingent Consideration
The Company’s Home Chef business combination involves potential payment of future consideration that is
contingent upon the achievement of certain performance milestones. The Company records contingent consideration at
fair value at the date of acquisition based on the consideration expected to be transferred, estimated as the probability-
weighted future cash flows, discounted back to present value using a discount rate determined in accordance with
accepted valuation methods. The liability for contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting
period using Level 3 inputs, and the change in fair value, including accretion for the passage of time, is recognized in
earnings until the contingency is resolved. In 2019, an adjustment to decrease the contingent consideration liability as of
year-end 2019 was recorded for ($69) in OG&A expense. In 2018, an adjustment to increase the contingent
consideration liability as of year-end 2018 was recorded for $33 in OG&A expense.
Store Closing Costs
The Company provides for closed store liabilities relating to the present value of the estimated remaining non-
cancellable lease payments after the closing date, net of estimated subtenant income. The Company estimates the net
lease liabilities using a discount rate to calculate the present value of the remaining net rent payments on closed
stores. The closed store lease liabilities usually are paid over the lease terms associated with the closed stores, which
generally have remaining terms ranging from one to 20 years. Adjustments to closed store liabilities primarily relate to
changes in subtenant income and actual exit costs differing from original estimates. Adjustments are made for changes
in estimates in the period in which the change becomes known. Store closing liabilities are reviewed quarterly to ensure
that any accrued amount that is not a sufficient estimate of future costs is adjusted to income in the proper period.
Owned stores held for disposal are reduced to their estimated net realizable value. Costs to reduce the carrying
values of property, equipment and leasehold improvements are accounted for in accordance with the Company’s policy
on impairment of long-lived assets. Inventory write-downs, if any, in connection with store closings, are classified in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations as “Merchandise costs.” Costs to transfer inventory and equipment from closed
stores are expensed as incurred.
The current portion of the future lease obligations of stores is included in “Other current liabilities,” and the long-
term portion is included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The
Company’s current program relative to interest rate protection and the methods by which the Company accounts for its
derivative instruments are described in Note 7.
Benefit Plans and Multi-Employer Pension Plans
The Company recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Actuarial
gains or losses, prior service costs or credits and transition obligations that have not yet been recognized as part of net
periodic benefit cost are required to be recorded as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
(“AOCI”). The Company has elected to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of January 31, which is
the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-ends, which were February 1, 2020 for fiscal 2019 and February 2, 2019
for fiscal 2018.
The determination of the obligation and expense for company-sponsored pension plans and other post-retirement
benefits is dependent on the selection of assumptions used by actuaries and the Company in calculating those
amounts. Those assumptions are described in Note 15 and include, among others, the discount rate, the expected long-
term rate of return on plan assets, mortality and the rates of increase in compensation and health care costs. Actual
results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally
affect the recognized expense and recorded obligation in future periods. While the Company believes that the
assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may
materially affect the pension and other post-retirement obligations and future expense.
53
The Company also participates in various multi-employer plans for substantially all union employees. Pension
expense for these plans is recognized as contributions are funded or when commitments are probable and reasonably
estimable, in accordance with GAAP. Refer to Note 16 for additional information regarding the Company’s
participation in these various multi-employer pension plans.
The Company administers and makes contributions to the employee 401(k) retirement savings accounts.
Contributions to the employee 401(k) retirement savings accounts are expensed when contributed or over the service
period in the case of automatic contributions. Refer to Note 15 for additional information regarding the Company’s
benefit plans.
Share Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock options under fair value recognition provisions. Under this method, the Company
recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payments granted. The Company recognizes share-based
compensation expense, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, over the requisite service period of the award. In addition, the
Company records expense for restricted stock awards in an amount equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock
on the grant date of the award, over the period the awards lapse. Excess tax benefits related to share-based payments are
recognized in the provision for income taxes. Refer to Note 12 for additional information regarding the Company’s
stock based compensation.
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences of differences between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities and their financial reporting basis. Refer to Note 5 for the types of differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company reviews the tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to
what extent a benefit can be recognized in its consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 5 for the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits and other related disclosures related to uncertain tax positions.
Various taxing authorities periodically audit the Company’s income tax returns. These audits include questions
regarding the Company’s tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of
income to various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating the exposures connected with these tax filing positions, including state
and local taxes, the Company records allowances for probable exposures. A number of years may elapse before a
particular matter, for which an allowance has been established, is audited and fully resolved. As of February 1, 2020, the
Internal Revenue Service had concluded its examination of all federal tax returns up to and including the return for the
year ending January 30, 2016.
The assessment of the Company’s tax position relies on the judgment of management to estimate the exposures
associated with the Company’s various filing positions.
Self-Insurance Costs
The Company is primarily self-insured for costs related to workers’ compensation and general liability
claims. Liabilities are actuarially determined and are recognized based on claims filed and an estimate of claims
incurred but not reported. The liabilities for workers’ compensation claims are accounted for on a present value
basis. The Company has purchased stop-loss coverage to limit its exposure to any significant exposure on a per claim
basis. The Company is insured for covered costs in excess of these per claim limits.
54
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s self-insurance liability through February 1, 2020.
Beginning balance
Expense
Claim payments
Ending balance
Less: Current portion
Long-term portion
2017
2019
2018
$ 696 $ 695 $ 682
247
229
(234)
(228)
695
696
(234)
(228)
$ 473 $ 468 $ 461
209
(216)
689
(216)
The current portion of the self-insured liability is included in “Other current liabilities,” and the long-term portion is
included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company maintains surety bonds related to self-insured workers’ compensation claims. These bonds are
required by most states in which the Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation and are placed with third-party
insurance providers to insure payment of the Company’s obligations in the event the Company is unable to meet its
claim payment obligations up to its self-insured retention levels. These bonds do not represent liabilities of the
Company, as the Company has recorded reserves for the claim costs.
The Company is similarly self-insured for property-related losses. The Company maintains stop loss coverage to
limit its property loss exposures including coverage for earthquake, wind, flood and other catastrophic events.
Revenue Recognition
Sales
The Company recognizes revenues from the retail sale of products, net of sales taxes, at the point of sale. Pharmacy
sales are recorded when the product is provided to the customer. Digital channel originated sales are recognized either
upon pickup in store or upon delivery to the customer and may include shipping revenue. Discounts provided to
customers by the Company at the time of sale, including those provided in connection with loyalty cards, are recognized
as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided by vendors, usually in the form of coupons, are not
recognized as a reduction in sales provided the coupons are redeemable at any retailer that accepts coupons. The
Company records a receivable from the vendor for the difference in sales price and cash received. For merchandise sold
in one of the Company’s stores or online, tender is accepted at the point of sale. The Company acts as principal in
certain vendor arrangements where the purchase and sale of inventory are virtually simultaneous. The Company records
revenue and related costs on a gross basis for these arrangements. Effective February 4, 2018, the Company
prospectively reclassified certain pharmacy fees of $250 for 2018 from merchandise costs to be recorded as a reduction
to sales on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. For pharmacy sales, collection of third party
receivables is typically expected within three months or less from the time of purchase. The third-party receivables from
pharmacy sales are recorded in Receivables in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $646 as of
February 1, 2020 and $645 as of February 2, 2019.
Gift Cards and Gift Certificates
The Company does not recognize a sale when it sells its own gift cards and gift certificates (collectively “gift
cards”). Rather, it records a deferred revenue liability equal to the amount received. A sale is then recognized when the
gift cards are redeemed to purchase the Company’s products. The Company’s gift cards do not expire. While gift cards
are generally redeemed within 12 months, some are never fully redeemed. The Company recognizes gift card breakage
under the proportional method, where recognition of breakage income is based upon the historical run-off rate of
unredeemed gift cards. The Company’s gift card deferred revenue liability was $114 as of February 1, 2020 and $100
as of February 2, 2019.
55
Disaggregated Revenues
The following table presents sales revenue by type of product for the year-ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019,
and February 3, 2018:
Non Perishable (1)(5)
Fresh (2)(5)
Supermarket Fuel
Pharmacy (5)
Convenience Stores (3)
Other (4)(5)(6)
Amount
$ 61,464
29,452
14,052
11,015
—
6,303
2019
2018
2017
% of total Amount
% of total Amount
% of total
50.3 % $ 60,649
24.1 % 29,089
11.5 % 14,903
9.0 % 10,617
944
5,650
- %
5.1 %
49.8 % $ 60,872
23.9 % 29,141
12.2 % 13,177
8.7 % 10,724
4,515
0.8 %
4,851
4.6 %
49.4 %
23.6 %
10.7 %
8.7 %
3.7 %
3.9 %
Total Sales
$ 122,286
100 % $ 121,852
100 % $ 123,280
100 %
(1) Consists primarily of grocery, general merchandise, health and beauty care and natural foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, floral, meat, seafood, deli, bakery and fresh prepared.
(3) The Company completed the sale of its convenience store business unit during the first quarter of 2018.
(4) Consists primarily of sales related to food production plants to outside parties, data analytic services, third party
media revenue, other consolidated entities, specialty pharmacy, in-store health clinics, digital coupon services and
other online sales not included in the categories above.
(5) Digital sales, primarily including Pickup, Delivery and pharmacy e-commerce sales, grew approximately 29%, 58%
and 90% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, adjusted to remove the impact of the 53rd week in 2017. These sales
are included in the non perishable, fresh, pharmacy, and other line items above.
(6) Products and services related primarily to Kroger Personal Finance and Media, which were historically accounted
for as an offset to OG&A, are classified as a component of sales as of the beginning of fiscal year 2019, except for
certain amounts in Media, which are netted against merchandise costs. These prior-year amounts have been
reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
Merchandise Costs
The “Merchandise costs” line item of the Consolidated Statements of Operations includes product costs, net of
discounts and allowances; advertising costs (see separate discussion below); inbound freight charges; warehousing costs,
including receiving and inspection costs; transportation costs; and food production and operational costs. Warehousing,
transportation and manufacturing management salaries are also included in the “Merchandise costs” line item; however,
purchasing management salaries and administration costs are included in the OG&A line item along with most of the
Company’s other managerial and administrative costs. Rent expense and depreciation and amortization expense are
shown separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Warehousing and transportation costs include distribution center direct wages, transportation direct wages, repairs
and maintenance, utilities, inbound freight and, where applicable, third party warehouse management fees. These costs
are recognized in the periods the related expenses are incurred.
The Company believes the classification of costs included in merchandise costs could vary widely throughout the
industry. The Company’s approach is to include in the “Merchandise costs” line item the direct, net costs of acquiring
products and making them available to customers in its stores. The Company believes this approach most accurately
presents the actual costs of products sold.
The Company recognizes all vendor allowances as a reduction in merchandise costs when the related product is
sold. When possible, vendor allowances are applied to the related product cost by item and, therefore, reduce the
carrying value of inventory by item. When the items are sold, the vendor allowance is recognized. When it is not
possible, due to systems constraints, to allocate vendor allowances to the product by item, vendor allowances are
recognized as a reduction in merchandise costs based on inventory turns and, therefore, recognized as the product is sold.
56
Advertising Costs
The Company’s advertising costs are recognized in the periods the related expenses are incurred and are included in
the “Merchandise costs” line item of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s advertising costs
totaled $854 in 2019, $752 in 2018 and $707 in 2017. The Company does not record vendor allowances for co-operative
advertising as a reduction of advertising expense.
Operating, General and Administrative Expenses
OG&A expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs such as wages, healthcare benefit costs, retirement plan
costs, utilities, and credit card fees. Rent expense, depreciation and amortization expense and interest expense are shown
separately in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt
instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be temporary cash investments.
Segments
The Company operates supermarkets and multi-department stores throughout the United States. The Company’s
retail operations, which represent 97% of the Company’s consolidated sales, are its only reportable segment. The
Company aggregated its operating divisions into one reportable segment due to the operating divisions having similar
economic characteristics with similar long-term financial performance. In addition, the Company’s operating divisions
offer customers similar products, have similar distribution methods, operate in similar regulatory environments, purchase
the majority of the merchandise for retail sale from similar (and in many cases identical) vendors on a coordinated basis
from a centralized location, serve similar types of customers, and are allocated capital from a centralized location.
Operating divisions are organized primarily on a geographical basis so that the operating division management team can
be responsive to local needs of the operating division and can execute company strategic plans and initiatives throughout
the locations in their operating division. This geographical separation is the primary differentiation between these retail
operating divisions. The geographical basis of organization reflects how the business is managed and how the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who acts as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, assesses performance
internally. All of the Company’s operations are domestic.
2. MERGERS AND PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS
Merger Agreement
On June 22, 2018, the Company finalized the merger with Home Chef, a meal kit delivery company. The merger
allows the Company to increase the availability of meal kits and expand its offerings to customers. The Company
completed the merger by purchasing 100% of the ownership interest in Home Chef, for $197 net of cash and cash
equivalents of $30, in addition to future earnout payments of up to $500 over five years that are contingent on achieving
certain milestones. The contingent consideration is based on future performance of both the online and offline business
and the related customer engagement. The fair value of the earnout liability in the amount of $91 recognized on the
acquisition date was measured using unobservable (Level 3) inputs and was included in “Other long-term liabilities”
within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company estimated the fair value of the earnout liability by applying a
Monte-Carlo simulation method using the Company’s projection of future operating results for both the online and
offline businesses related to the Home Chef merger and the estimated probability of achievement of the earnout target
metrics. The Monte-Carlo simulation is a generally accepted statistical technique used to generate a defined number of
valuation paths in order to develop a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the earnout liability. Changes in the fair
value of the earnout liability in future periods will be recorded in the Company’s results in the period of the change, refer
to Note 8 for additional details.
57
The merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and was financed through the issuance of
commercial paper. In a business combination, the purchase price is allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on their fair values, with any excess of purchase price over fair value recognized as goodwill. In addition to
recognizing assets and liabilities on the acquired company’s balance sheet, the Company reviews supply contracts,
leases, financial instruments, employment agreements and other significant agreements to identify potential assets or
liabilities that require recognition in connection with the application of acquisition accounting under Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805. Intangible assets are recognized apart from goodwill when the asset arises from
contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the acquired entity such that they may be sold, transferred,
licensed, rented or exchanged either on a standalone basis or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability.
The Company’s purchase price allocation was finalized in the second quarter of 2019. The changes in the fair
values assumed from the preliminary amounts determined as of June 22, 2018 were an increase of goodwill of $8 and an
increase of deferred income tax liability of $8. The table summarizes the final fair values of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.
ASSETS
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Intangibles
Total Assets, excluding Goodwill
LIABILITIES
Total current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Total Liabilities
Total Identifiable Net Assets
Goodwill
Total Purchase Price
June 22,
2018
36
6
1
143
186
(28)
(94)
(8)
(130)
56
171
227
$
$
Of the $143 allocated to intangible assets, the Company recorded $99 and $44 related to customer relationships and
the trade name, respectively. The Company will amortize the customer relationships, using the cash flow trended method
over seven years. The goodwill recorded as part of the merger was attributable to the assembled workforce of Home
Chef and operational synergies expected from the merger. The merger was treated as a 30% stock purchase and 70%
partnership interest purchase for income tax purposes. The tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the
portion of the transaction treated as a partnership interest purchase was stepped up, and the related goodwill is deductible
for tax purposes. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the portion treated as a stock purchase did not result in a
step up of tax basis, and goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company determined the Home
Chef results of operations are not material. Therefore, the pro forma information is not required for fiscal year 2018 and
2017.
Partnership Agreement
On May 17, 2018, the Company entered into a Partnership Framework Agreement with Ocado International
Holdings Limited and Ocado Group plc (“Ocado”). Under this agreement, Ocado will partner exclusively with the
Company in the U.S., enhancing the Company’s digital and robotics capabilities in its distribution networks. As part of
the agreement, the Company provided a letter of credit for $180, which supports its commitment to contract with Ocado
to build a number of fulfilment centers. The balance of the letter of credit will reduce over time with the construction of
each fulfilment center.
58
In addition, on May 17, 2018, the Company entered into a Share Subscription Agreement with Ocado, pursuant to
which the Company agreed to purchase 33.1 million ordinary shares of Ocado for an aggregate purchase price of
$243. The Company completed the purchase of these 33.1 million shares on May 29, 2018. This is in addition to 8.1
million Ocado shares purchased earlier in the first quarter of 2018, and 6.5 million additional shares purchased in the
second quarter of 2018. The equity investment in Ocado is measured at fair value through earnings. The fair value of all
shares owned, which is measured using Level 1 inputs, was $776 as of February 1, 2020 and $620 as of February 2,
2019 and is included in “Other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recorded an
unrealized gain of $157 in 2019 and $228 in 2018, none of which was realized during the period as the Company did not
sell any Ocado securities.
3. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s net goodwill balance through February 1, 2020.
Balance beginning of year
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses
Subtotal
Activity during the year
Mergers
Impairment losses
Held for sale adjustment
Balance end of year
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses
Total Goodwill
2019
2018
$ 5,729 $ 5,567
(2,642)
2,925
(2,642)
3,087
8
(19)
—
163
—
(1)
5,737
(2,661)
5,729
(2,642)
$ 3,076 $ 3,087
In 2019, the Company finalized the purchase accounting for the Home Chef acquisition (see Note 2) resulting in an
increase of goodwill and deferred taxes of $8. The Company also recorded an impairment charge of $19 as a result of
the Lucky’s Market impairment.
In 2018, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Home Chef (see Note 2) resulting in additional
goodwill totaling $163. Certain assets and liabilities including goodwill totaling $1 for 2018 was classified as held for
sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (see Note 17).
Testing for impairment must be performed annually, or on an interim basis upon the occurrence of a triggering event
or a change in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying
amount. The annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets was performed during the fourth
quarter of 2019 and 2018 and did not result in impairment.
Based on the results of the Company’s impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2017, the Kroger Specialty
Pharmacy reporting unit was the only reporting unit for which there was a potential impairment. In the fourth quarter of
2017, the operating performance of the Kroger Specialty Pharmacy reporting unit began to be affected by reduced
margins as a result of compression in reimbursement by third party payers and a reduction of certain types of
revenue. As a result of this decline, particularly in future expected cash flows, along with comparable fair value
information, management concluded that the carrying value of goodwill for Kroger Specialty Pharmacy reporting unit
exceeded its fair value, resulting in a pre-tax impairment charge of $110, $74 net of tax. The pre-impairment goodwill
balance for Kroger Specialty Pharmacy was $353, as of the fourth quarter 2017.
59
The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets balance through February 1, 2020.
2019
2018
Definite-lived favorable leasehold interests(2)
Definite-lived pharmacy prescription files
Definite-lived customer relationships
Definite-lived other
Indefinite-lived trade name
Indefinite-lived liquor licenses
$
amount
amount
— $
— $
amortization(1)
Gross carrying Accumulated Gross carrying Accumulated
amortization(1)
(47)
(92)
(88)
(55)
—
—
160 $
316
186
103
685
90
(133)
(120)
(68)
—
—
320
186
106
685
90
Total
$
1,387 $
(321) $
1,540 $
(282)
(1) Favorable leasehold interests are amortized to rent expense, pharmacy prescription files are amortized to
merchandise costs, customer relationships are amortized to depreciation and amortization expense and other
intangibles are amortized to OG&A expense and depreciation and amortization expense.
(2) Due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 “Leases,” favorable leasehold interests were reclassified and included in the
measurement of new lease assets, refer to Note 10 and 18 for further description of the impact of adoption.
In 2018, the Company acquired definite and indefinite lived intangible assets totaling approximately $143,
excluding goodwill, as a result of the merger with Home Chef (see Note 2). Additionally, the majority of the Company’s
pharmacy prescription file purchases for 2018 were completed in a single transaction for $75.
Amortization expense associated with intangible assets totaled approximately $85, $80 and $59, during fiscal years
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Future amortization expense associated with the net carrying amount of definite-
lived intangible assets for the years subsequent to 2019 is estimated to be approximately:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
$
73
58
51
42
39
28
Total future estimated amortization associated with definite-lived intangible assets
$
291
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment, net consists of:
Land
Buildings and land improvements
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Construction-in-progress
Leased property under finance leases
2019
3,299 $
$
12,553
15,031
10,832
3,166
966
2018
3,254
12,245
14,277
10,306
2,716
1,066
Total property, plant and equipment
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
45,847
(23,976)
43,864
(22,229)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$ 21,871 $ 21,635
Accumulated depreciation and amortization for leased property under finance leases was $276 at February 1, 2020
and $345 at February 2, 2019. This decrease was primarily related to the reclassification of certain finance leases to
operating leases due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 “Leases.”
60
Approximately $162 and $169, net book value, of property, plant and equipment collateralized certain mortgages at
February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively.
5. TAXES BASED ON INCOME
The provision for taxes based on income consists of:
2019
2018
2017
Federal
Current
Deferred
Subtotal federal
State and local
Current
Deferred
Subtotal state and local
Total
A reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the effective rate follows:
$ 454 $ 775 $ 309
(747)
(50)
(3)
404
772
(438)
70
(5)
108
20
15
18
65
128
33
$ 469 $ 900 $ (405)
Statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Credits
Resolution of issues
Domestic manufacturing deduction
Excess tax benefits from share-based payments
Effect of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment losses attributable to noncontrolling interest
Other changes, net
2017
2019 2018
21.0 % 21.0 % 33.7 %
2.6
(1.3)
0.5
—
(0.3)
—
—
—
0.1
2.6
(1.5)
(0.1)
—
(0.2)
—
—
1.2
0.7
1.7
(2.5)
—
(1.1)
(0.4)
(60.8)
2.3
—
(0.2)
23.7 % 22.6 % (27.3)%
The 2019 tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the effect of state income taxes and
Lucky’s Market losses attributable to the noncontrolling interest which reduced pre-tax income but did not impact tax
expense, partially offset by the utilization of tax credits and deductions.
The 2018 tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the effect of state income taxes and an IRS
audit that resulted in a reduction of prior year tax deductions at pre-Tax Act rates and an increase in future tax
deductions at post-Tax Act rates. These 2018 items were partially offset by the utilization of tax credits and deductions,
the remeasurement of uncertain tax positions and adjustments to provisional amounts that increased prior year
deductions at pre-Tax Act rates and decreased future deductions at post-Tax Act rates.
61
The tax effects of significant temporary differences that comprise tax balances were as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Compensation related costs
Lease liabilities
Closed store reserves
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
Deferred Income
Allowance for uncollectible receivables
Other
Subtotal
Valuation allowance
2019
2018
$
406 $
1,872
55
100
172
93
—
2,698
(55)
350
81
41
110
84
18
9
693
(54)
Total deferred tax assets
2,643
639
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization
Operating lease assets
Insurance related costs
Inventory related costs
Equity investments in excess of tax basis
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Deferred taxes
(1,942)
(1,782)
(28)
(252)
(94)
(11)
(1,850)
—
(38)
(257)
(56)
—
(4,109)
(2,201)
$ (1,466) $ (1,562)
At February 1, 2020, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $1,197.
These net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2020 through 2039. The utilization of certain of the Company’s state
net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in a given year. Further, based on the analysis described below, the
Company has recorded a valuation allowance against some of the deferred tax assets resulting from its state net
operating losses.
At February 1, 2020, the Company had state credit carryforwards of $47, most of which expire from 2020 through
2027. The utilization of certain of the Company’s credits may be limited in a given year. Further, based on the analysis
described below, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against some of the deferred tax assets resulting from
its state credits.
The Company regularly reviews all deferred tax assets on a tax filer and jurisdictional basis to estimate whether
these assets are more likely than not to be realized based on all available evidence. This evidence includes historical
taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversal of existing temporary differences
and the implementation of tax planning strategies. Projected future taxable income is based on expected results and
assumptions with respect to the jurisdiction in which the income will be earned. The expected timing of the reversals of
existing temporary differences is based on current tax law and the Company’s tax methods of accounting. Unless
deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, a valuation allowance is established to reduce the carrying
value of the deferred tax asset until such time that realization becomes more likely than not. Increases and decreases in
these valuation allowances are included in "Income tax expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of
February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 the total valuation allowance was $55, $54 and $62,
respectively.
62
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including positions impacting
only the timing of tax benefits, is as follows:
Beginning balance
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Reductions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Settlements
Lapse of statute
Ending balance
2019 2018 2017
$ 174 $ 180 $ 177
11
(1)
6
(8)
—
(5)
$ 174 $ 174 $ 180
7
(1)
23
(22)
(10)
(3)
13
—
8
(1)
(19)
(1)
The Company does not anticipate that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve
months will have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.
As of February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $74, $72 and $88, respectively.
To the extent interest and penalties would be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax,
such amounts have been accrued and classified as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended February
1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the Company recognized approximately $7, $2 and $8, respectively, in
interest and penalties. The Company had accrued approximately $30, $30 and $28 for the payment of interest and
penalties as of February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018.
As of February 1, 2020, the Internal Revenue Service had concluded its examination of all federal tax returns up to
and including the return for the year ended January 30, 2016.
6. DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Long-term debt consists of:
1.50% to 8.00% Senior Notes due through 2049
5.63% to 12.75% Mortgages due through 2027
1.77% to 2.63% Commercial paper borrowings due through February
2020
3.37% Term Loan
Other
Total debt, excluding obligations under finance leases
Less current portion
February 1, February 2,
2020
2019
$ 11,598 $ 12,097
14
12
1,150
—
496
800
1,000
440
13,256
(1,926)
14,351
(3,103)
Total long-term debt, excluding obligations under finance leases
$ 11,330 $ 11,248
In 2019, the Company issued $750 of senior notes due in fiscal year 2049 bearing an interest rate of 3.95%. In
connection with the senior note issuances, the Company also terminated forward-starting interest rate swap agreements
with an aggregate notional amount of $300. These forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were hedging the
variability in future benchmark interest payments attributable to changing interest rates on the forecasted issuance of
fixed-rate debt issued during the fourth quarter of 2019. Since these forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were
classified as cash flow hedges, the unamortized loss of $12, $10 net of tax, has been deferred in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss and will continue to amortize to earnings as the interest payments are made. The Company repaid
$750 of senior notes bearing an interest rate of 6.15%, with proceeds from the senior notes issuances. During 2019, the
Company also repaid, upon maturity, $1,000 term loan bearing an interest rate of 3.37% and $500 of senior notes
bearing an interest rate of 1.50%, using cash generated by operations and proceeds from issuing commercial paper.
63
In 2018, the Company issued $600 of senior notes due in fiscal year 2029 bearing an interest rate of 4.50% and $600
of senior notes due in fiscal year 2049 bearing an interest rate of 5.40%. In connection with the senior note issuances,
the Company also terminated forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $750.
These forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were hedging the variability in future benchmark interest payments
attributable to changing interest rates on the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt issued during the fourth quarter of
2018. Since these forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were classified as cash flow hedges, the unamortized
gain of $39, $30 net of tax, has been deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and will continue to amortize
to earnings as the interest payments are made. The Company also repaid, upon maturity, $300 of senior notes bearing an
interest rate of 6.80%, $300 of senior notes bearing an interest rate of 2.00%, $200 of senior notes bearing an interest
rate of 7.00% and $500 of senior notes bearing an interest rate of 2.30%, with proceeds from the senior notes issuances.
In 2018, the Company obtained a $1,000 term loan with a maturity date of March 16, 2019. The funds were drawn
on March 26, 2018 and were used to reduce outstanding commercial paper borrowings. Under the terms of the
agreement, interest rates are adjusted monthly based on the Company’s Public Debt Rating and prevailing LIBOR rates.
On March 15, 2019, the Company paid the $1,000 term loan through increased commercial paper borrowings.
On August 29, 2017, the Company entered into an amended, extended and restated $2,750 unsecured revolving
credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”), with a termination date of August 29, 2022, unless extended as permitted under
the Credit Agreement. This Credit Agreement amended the Company’s $2,750 credit facility that would otherwise have
terminated on June 30, 2019. The Company has the ability to increase the size of the Credit Agreement by up to an
additional $1,000, subject to certain conditions.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest, at the Company’s option, at either (i) LIBOR plus a market
spread, based on the Company’s Public Debt Rating or (ii) the base rate, defined as the highest of (a) the Federal Funds
Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Bank of America prime rate, and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus a market rate spread
based on the Company’s Public Debt Rating. The Company will also pay a Commitment Fee based on its Public Debt
Rating and Letter of Credit fees equal to a market rate spread based on the Company’s Public Debt Rating. “Public Debt
Rating” means, as of any date, the rating that has been most recently announced by either S&P or Moody’s, as the case
may be, for any class of non-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt issued by the Company.
The Credit Agreement contains covenants, which, among other things, require the maintenance of a Leverage Ratio
of not greater than 3.50:1.00 and a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.70:1.00. The Company may repay
the Credit Agreement in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty. The Credit Agreement is not
guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries.
As of February 1, 2020, the Company had $1,150 of commercial paper borrowings, with a weighted average interest
rate of 1.77% and no borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of February 2, 2019, the Company had $800 of
commercial paper borrowings, with a weighted average interest rate of 2.63% and no borrowings under the Credit
Agreement.
As of February 1, 2020, the Company had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $362, of which $2 reduces
funds available under the Credit Agreement. As of February 2, 2019, the Company had outstanding letters of credit in
the amount of $363, of which $3 reduces funds available under the Credit Agreement. The letters of credit are
maintained primarily to support performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the Company.
Most of the Company’s outstanding public debt is subject to early redemption at varying times and premiums, at the
option of the Company. In addition, subject to certain conditions, some of the Company’s publicly issued debt will be
subject to redemption, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder upon the occurrence of a redemption event, upon
not less than five days’ notice prior to the date of redemption, at a redemption price equal to the default amount, plus a
specified premium. “Redemption Event” is defined in the indentures as the occurrence of (i) any person or group,
together with any affiliate thereof, beneficially owning 50% or more of the voting power of the Company, (ii) any one
person or group, or affiliate thereof, succeeding in having a majority of its nominees elected to the Company’s Board of
Directors, in each case, without the consent of a majority of the continuing directors of the Company or (iii) both a
change of control and a below investment grade rating.
64
The aggregate annual maturities and scheduled payments of long-term debt, as of year-end 2019, and for the years
subsequent to 2019 are:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total debt
$ 1,926
804
894
594
495
8,543
$ 13,256
7. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
GAAP requires that derivatives be carried at fair value on the balance sheet, and provides for hedge accounting
when certain conditions are met. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at
fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as “cash flow” hedges, to the extent the hedges
are highly effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax effects. Ineffective portions of cash flow
hedges, if any, are recognized in current period earnings. Other comprehensive income or loss is reclassified into current
period earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments
designated as “fair value” hedges, along with corresponding changes in the fair values of the hedged assets or liabilities,
are recorded in current period earnings. Ineffective portions of fair value hedges, if any, are recognized in current period
earnings.
The Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether derivatives used as
hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items. If it
is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or ceases to be highly effective, the Company
discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to
interest rate fluctuations through the use of a commercial paper program, interest rate swaps (fair value hedges) and
forward-starting interest rate swaps (cash flow hedges). The Company’s current program relative to interest rate
protection contemplates hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed-rate debt attributable to changes in
interest rates. To do this, the Company uses the following guidelines: (i) use average daily outstanding borrowings to
determine annual debt amounts subject to interest rate exposure, (ii) limit the average annual amount subject to interest
rate reset and the amount of floating rate debt to a combined total amount that represents 25% of the carrying value of
the Company’s debt portfolio or less, (iii) include no leveraged products, and (iv) hedge without regard to profit motive
or sensitivity to current mark-to-market status.
The Company reviews compliance with these guidelines annually with the Financial Policy Committee of the Board
of Directors. These guidelines may change as the Company’s needs dictate.
Fair Value Interest Rate Swaps
The Company did not have any outstanding interest rate derivatives classified as fair value hedges as of February 1,
2020 and February 2, 2019.
65
Cash Flow Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps
As of February 1, 2020, the Company had seven forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with a maturity date
of January 2021 with an aggregate notional amount totaling $350. A forward-starting interest rate swap is an agreement
that effectively hedges the variability in future benchmark interest payments attributable to changes in interest rates on
the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt. The Company entered into these forward-starting interest rate swaps in order
to lock in fixed interest rates on its forecasted issuance of debt in January 2021. Accordingly, the forward-starting
interest rate swaps were designated as cash-flow hedges as defined by GAAP. As of February 1, 2020, the fair value of
the interest rate swaps was recorded in other long-term liabilities for $19 and accumulated other comprehensive loss for
$17 net of tax.
As of February 2, 2019, the Company had five forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with a maturity date
of January 2020 with an aggregate notional amount totaling $250. The Company entered into these forward-starting
interest rate swaps in order to lock in fixed interest rates on its forecasted issuance of debt in January 2020.
Accordingly, the forward-starting interest rate swaps were designated as cash-flow hedges as defined by GAAP. As of
February 2, 2019, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was recorded in other assets for $33 and accumulated other
comprehensive income for $20 net of tax.
During 2019, the Company terminated six forward-starting interest rate swaps with maturity dates of January 2020
with an aggregate notional amount totaling $300. These forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were hedging the
variability in future benchmark interest payments attributable to changing interest rates on the forecasted issuance of
fixed-rate debt issued during the fourth quarter of 2019. Since these forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were
classified as cash flow hedges, the unamortized loss of $12, $10 net of tax, has been deferred in AOCI and will be
amortized to earnings as the interest payments are made.
During 2018, the Company terminated nine forward-starting interest rate swaps with maturity dates of January 2019
with an aggregate notional amount totaling $750. These forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were hedging the
variability in future benchmark interest payments attributable to changing interest rates on the forecasted issuance of
fixed-rate debt issued during the fourth quarter of 2018. Since these forward-starting interest rate swap agreements were
classified as cash flow hedges, the unamortized gain of $39, $30 net of tax, has been deferred in AOCI and will be
amortized to earnings as the interest payments are made.
The following table summarizes the effect of the Company’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
for 2019, 2018 and 2017:
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
Year-To-Date
Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Amount of Gain/(Loss) in
AOCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
Reclassified from AOCI into Location of Gain/(Loss)
Income (Effective Portion) Reclassified into Income
2019 2018 2017 2019
2018
2017
(Effective Portion)
Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps, net of tax*
$
(42) $
6 $
24 $
(4) $
(5) $
(3)
Interest expense
* The amounts of Gain/(Loss) in AOCI on derivatives include unamortized proceeds and payments from forward-
starting interest rate swaps once classified as cash flow hedges that were terminated prior to end of 2019, 2018 and
2017, respectively.
For the above cash flow interest rate swaps, the Company has entered into International Swaps and Derivatives
Association master netting agreements that permit the net settlement of amounts owed under their respective derivative
contracts. Under these master netting agreements, net settlement generally permits the Company or the counterparty to
determine the net amount payable for contracts due on the same date and in the same currency for similar types of
derivative transactions. These master netting agreements generally also provide for net settlement of all outstanding
contracts with a counterparty in the case of an event of default or a termination event.
Collateral is generally not required of the counterparties or of the Company under these master netting agreements.
As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, no cash collateral was received or pledged under the master netting
agreements.
66
The effect of the net settlement provisions of these master netting agreements on the Company’s derivative balances
upon an event of default or termination event is as follows as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019:
Net Amount
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Balance Sheet
February 1, 2020
Liabilities
Cash Flow Forward-Starting
Gross Amount Gross Amounts Offset Presented in the Financial
Recognized
in the Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount
Interest Rate Swaps
$
19 $
— $
19 $
—
$
— $
19
Net Amount
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Balance Sheet
February 2, 2019
Assets
Cash Flow Forward-Starting
Gross Amount Gross Amounts Offset Presented in the Financial
Recognized
in the Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount
Interest Rate Swaps
$
33 $
— $
33 $
—
$
— $
33
8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of
the fair value hierarchy defined in the standards are as follows:
Level 1 - Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly
or indirectly observable;
Level 3 - Unobservable pricing inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
For items carried at (or adjusted to) fair value in the consolidated financial statements, the following tables
summarize the fair value of these instruments at February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019:
February 1, 2020 Fair Value Measurements Using
Trading Securities
Other Investment
Interest Rate Hedges
Total
$
$
840 $
—
—
840 $
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
— $
41
—
41 $
Total
840
41
(19)
862
(Level 2)
— $
—
(19)
(19) $
February 2, 2019 Fair Value Measurements Using
Trading Securities
Other Investment
Interest Rate Hedges
Total
$
671 $
—
—
$
671 $
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
— $
22
—
22 $
Total
671
22
33
726
(Level 2)
— $
—
33
33 $
In 2018, realized gains on Level 1, available-for-sale securities totaled $5.
67
The Company values interest rate hedges using observable forward yield curves. These forward yield curves are
classified as Level 2 inputs.
Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment
analysis of goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived assets and in the valuation of store lease exit costs. The
Company reviews goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter of
each fiscal year, and as circumstances indicate the possibility of impairment. See Note 3 for further discussion related to
the Company’s carrying value of goodwill. Long-lived assets and store lease exit costs were measured at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 1 for further discussion of the
Company’s policies and recorded amounts for impairments of long-lived assets and valuation of store lease exit costs. In
2019, long-lived assets with a carrying amount of $152 were written down to their fair value of $32, resulting in an
impairment charge of $120, which included the 35 planned store closures. In 2018, long-lived assets with a carrying
amount of $85 were written down to their fair value of $29, resulting in an impairment charge of $56. In 2018, the
Company entered into an agreement with a third party. As part of the consideration for entering the agreement, the
Company received a financial instrument of $22.
Mergers are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the purchase price paid
for a merger be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the effective date
of the merger, with the excess of the purchase price over the net assets being recorded as goodwill. See Note 2 for
further discussion related to accounting for mergers.
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments
Current and Long-term Debt
The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including current maturities, was estimated based on the quoted
market prices for the same or similar issues adjusted for illiquidity based on available market evidence. If quoted market
prices were not available, the fair value was based upon the net present value of the future cash flow using the forward
interest rate yield curve in effect at respective year-ends. At February 1, 2020, the fair value of total debt excluding
obligation under finance leases was $14,649 compared to a carrying value of $13,256. At February 2, 2019, the fair
value of total debt excluding obligation under finance leases was $14,190 compared to a carrying value of $14,351.
Contingent Consideration
As a result of the Home Chef merger, the Company recognized a contingent liability of $91 on the acquisition date.
The contingent consideration was measured using unobservable (Level 3) inputs and is included in “Other long-term
liabilities” within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liability is remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, and
the change in fair value, including accretion for the passage of time, is recognized in net earnings until the contingency is
resolved. In 2019, an adjustment to decrease the contingent consideration liability as of year-end 2019 was recorded for
($69) in OG&A expense. In 2018, an adjustment to increase the contingent consideration liability as of year-end 2018
was recorded for $33 in OG&A expense.
Cash and Temporary Cash Investments, Store Deposits In-Transit, Receivables, Prepaid and Other Current Assets,
Trade Accounts Payable, Accrued Salaries and Wages and Other Current Liabilities
The carrying amounts of these items approximated fair value.
68
Other Assets
In 2016, the Company entered into agreements with a third party. As part of the consideration for entering these
agreements, the Company received a financial instrument that derives its value from the third party’s business
operations. The Company used the Monte-Carlo simulation method to determine the fair value of this financial
instrument. The Monte-Carlo simulation is a generally accepted statistical technique used to generate a defined number
of valuation paths in order to develop a reasonable estimate of the fair value of this financial instrument. The
assumptions used in the Monte-Carlo simulation are classified as Level 3 inputs. The financial instrument was valued at
$335 and recorded in “Other assets” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As the financial instrument was obtained
in exchange for certain obligations, the Company also recognized offsetting deferred revenue liabilities in “Other current
liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The deferred revenue will be
amortized to “Sales” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the term of the agreements. Post inception,
the Company received a distribution of $58, which was recorded as a reduction of the cost method investment. In the
fourth quarter of 2018, a transaction occurred that resulted in the settlement of the financial instrument. As a result of
the settlement, the Company received cash proceeds of $235. The Company recognized an impairment of financial
instrument of $42 in OG&A in the fourth quarter of 2018.
The fair values of certain investments recorded in “other assets” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets were
estimated based on quoted market prices for those or similar investments, or estimated cash flows, if appropriate. At
February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, the carrying and fair value of long-term investments for which fair value is
determinable was $278 and $155, respectively. At February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, the carrying value of notes
receivable for which fair value is determinable was $210 and $146, respectively.
9. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table represents the changes in AOCI by component for the years ended February 1, 2020 and
February 2, 2019:
Cash Flow
Hedging
Activities(1)
Available for sale
Securities(1)
Pension and
Postretirement
Defined Benefit
Plans(1)
Total(1)
Balance at February 3, 2018
OCI before reclassifications(2)
Amounts reclassified out of AOCI(3)
Net current-period OCI
Balance at February 2, 2019
Balance at February 2, 2019
Cumulative effect of accounting change(4)
OCI before reclassifications(2)
Amounts reclassified out of AOCI(3)
Net current-period OCI
Balance at February 1, 2020
$
$
$
$
24 $
(23)
5
(18)
6 $
6 $
(5)
(47)
4
(48)
(42) $
4 $
(4)
—
(4)
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
(499) $
104
43
147
(352) $
(352) $
(141)
(134)
29
(246)
(598) $
(471)
77
48
125
(346)
(346)
(146)
(181)
33
(294)
(640)
(1) All amounts are net of tax.
(2) Net of tax of $(8), $(1) and $32 for cash flow hedging activities, available for sale securities and pension and
postretirement defined benefit plans, respectively, as of February 2, 2019. Net of tax of ($17) and ($42) for cash
flow hedging activities and pension and postretirement defined benefit plans, respectively, as of February 1, 2020.
(3) Net of tax of $13 and $3 for pension and postretirement defined benefit plans and cash flow hedging activities,
respectively, as of February 2, 2019. Net of tax of $9 and $3 for pension and postretirement defined benefit plans
and cash flow hedging activities, respectively, as of February 1, 2020.
(4) Related to the adoption of ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220):
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” (see Note 18 for
additional details).
69
The following table represents the items reclassified out of AOCI and the related tax effects for the years ended
February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:
Cash flow hedging activity items
Amortization of gains and losses on cash flow hedging
activities(1)
Tax expense
Net of tax
Pension and postretirement defined benefit plan items
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic
pension cost(2)
Tax expense
Net of tax
Total reclassifications, net of tax
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
February 1, 2020 February 2, 2019 February 3, 2018
$
$
7 $
(3)
4
38
(9)
29
33 $
8 $
(3)
5
56
(13)
43
48 $
6
(3)
3
69
(20)
49
52
(1) Reclassified from AOCI into interest expense.
(2) Reclassified from AOCI into non-service component of company-sponsored pension plan costs. These components
are included in the computation of net periodic pension expense.
10. LEASES AND LEASE-FINANCED TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases certain store real estate, warehouses, distribution centers, office space and equipment. While
the Company’s current strategy emphasizes ownership of store real estate, the Company operates in leased facilities in
approximately half of its store locations. Lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years with options to renew for
varying terms at the Company’s sole discretion. Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased property.
Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Certain leases include escalation
clauses or payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities or insurance and maintenance. Rent expense for
leases with escalation clauses or other lease concessions are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
Certain properties or portions thereof are subleased to others for periods generally ranging from one to 20 years.
70
—
721
721
—
54
—
824
878
The following table provides supplemental balance sheet classification information related to leases:
February 1,
2020
February 2,
2019
Classification
Operating lease assets
Property, plant and equipment, net(1)
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt including obligations
under finance leases
$
$
$
6,814 $
690
7,504 $
597 $
39
Assets
Operating
Finance
Total leased assets
Liabilities
Current
Operating
Finance
Noncurrent
Operating
Finance
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Long-term debt including obligations under finance leases
6,505
781
Total lease liabilities
$
7,922 $
(1) Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $276 and $345 as of February 1, 2020 and
February 2, 2019.
The following table provides the components of lease cost:
Lease Cost
Operating lease cost(1)
Sublease and other rental income
Finance lease cost
Amortization of leased assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Net lease cost
Classification
Rent Expense
Rent Expense
Depreciation and Amortization
Interest Expense
(1) Includes short-term leases and variable lease costs, which are immaterial.
Year-To-Date
February 1, 2020
1,000
(116)
53
48
985
$
$
71
Maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities are listed below. Amounts in the table include options to extend
lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised.
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Total
$
$
932
884
772
758
637
6,353
$
84
95
80
86
81
757
1,016
979
852
844
718
7,110
Total lease payments
10,336
1,183
$
11,519
Less amount representing interest
3,234
363
Present value of lease liabilities(1)
$
7,102
$
820
(1) Includes the current portion of $597 for operating leases and $39 for finance leases.
Total future minimum rentals under non-cancellable subleases at February 1, 2020 were $296.
The following table provides the weighted-average lease term and discount rate for operating and finance leases:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases
Finance leases
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases
Finance leases
The following table provides supplemental cash flow information related to leases:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities
Net gain recognized from sale and leaseback transactions(1)
Impairment of operating lease assets(2)
Impairment of finance lease assets
February 1, 2020
16.0
15.3
4.3 %
5.4 %
Year-To-Date
February 1, 2020
$
942
48
45
849
233
58
81
40
(1) In 2019, the Company entered into sale leaseback transactions related to nine properties, which resulted in total
proceeds of $113.
(2) Impairment of operating lease assets includes $11 related to Lucky’s Market.
72
The Company adopted new lease accounting guidance in the first quarter of 2019 as discussed in Note 1 and Note
18, and as required, the following disclosure is provided for periods prior to adoption. Minimum annual rentals and
payments under capital leases and lease-financed transactions for the five years subsequent to February 2, 2019 and in
the aggregate are listed below. Amounts in the table below only include payments through the noncancelable lease term.
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total
Less estimated executory costs included in capital leases
Net minimum lease payments under capital leases
Less amount representing interest
Capital Operating
Leases
$ 103 $
Leases
Lease-
Financed
Transactions
5
6
5
5
5
948 $
880
773
649
556
89
86
82
81
766
3,197
17
1,207 $
7,003 $
43
—
1,207
372
Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases
$ 835
11. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per basic common share equals net earnings attributable to The Kroger
Co. less income allocated to participating securities divided by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding. Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share equals net earnings attributable to
The Kroger Co. less income allocated to participating securities divided by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding, after giving effect to dilutive stock options. The following table provides a reconciliation of net
earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. and shares used in calculating net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per
basic common share to those used in calculating net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted common share:
For the year ended
February 1, 2020
For the year ended
February 2, 2019
For the year ended
February 3, 2018
Earnings
(Numerator)
Shares
(Denominator)
Per
Share
Amount
Earnings
(Numerator)
Shares
(Denominator)
Per
Share
Amount
Earnings
(Numerator)
Shares
Share
(Denominator) Amount
Per
$
1,640
799 $
6
2.05
$
3,076
810 $
8
3.80 $
1,890
$ 2.11
895
9
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per
basic common share
Dilutive effect of stock options
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per
diluted common share
$
1,640
805 $
2.04
$
3,076
818 $
3.76 $
1,890
904
$ 2.09
The Company had combined undistributed and distributed earnings to participating securities totaling $19, $34 and
$17 in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Company had stock options outstanding for approximately 18.4 million, 10.1 million and 15.6 million shares,
respectively, for the years ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019, and February 3, 2018, which were excluded from
the computations of net earnings per diluted common share because their inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive
effect on net earnings per diluted share.
73
12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payments granted. The Company recognizes
share-based compensation expense, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, over the requisite service period of the award
based on the fair value at the date of the grant.
The Company grants options for common shares (“stock options”) to employees under various plans at an option
price equal to the fair market value of the stock option at the date of grant. The Company accounts for stock options
under the fair value recognition provisions. Stock options typically expire 10 years from the date of grant. Stock options
vest between one and five years from the date of grant.
In addition to the stock options described above, the Company awards restricted stock to employees and
nonemployee directors under various plans. The restrictions on these awards generally lapse between one and five years
from the date of the awards. The Company determines the fair value for restricted stock awards in an amount equal to
the fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date of the award.
At February 1, 2020, approximately 58 million common shares were available for future options or restricted stock
grants under the 2011, 2014, and 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plans (the “Plans”). Options granted reduce the shares
available under the Plans at a ratio of one to one. Restricted stock grants reduce the shares available under the Plans at a
ratio of 2.83 to one.
Equity awards granted are based on the aggregate value of the award on grant date. This can affect the number of
shares granted in a given year as equity awards. Excess tax benefits related to equity awards are recognized in the
provision for income taxes. Equity awards may be approved at one of four meetings of its Board of Directors occurring
shortly after the Company’s release of quarterly earnings. The 2019 primary grants were made in conjunction with the
March and June meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors.
All awards become immediately exercisable upon certain changes of control of the Company.
Stock Options
Changes in options outstanding under the stock option plans are summarized below:
Outstanding, year-end 2016
Granted
Exercised
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2017
Granted
Exercised
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2018
Granted
Exercised
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2019
Weighted-
Shares
subject
to option
(in millions)
average
exercise
price
21.32
23.00
14.08
28.29
22.23
27.88
15.34
28.05
23.42
24.63
14.17
28.87
34.3 $
7.0 $
(3.8) $
(0.8) $
36.7 $
2.7 $
(4.4) $
(0.9) $
34.1 $
3.1 $
(4.0) $
(1.0) $
32.2 $
24.52
74
A summary of options outstanding, exercisable and expected to vest at February 1, 2020 follows:
Weighted-average
remaining
Weighted-average
Number of shares contractual life
exercise price
(in millions)
(in years)
Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
153
134
19
24.52
23.50
26.89
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Options Expected to Vest
32.2
22.5
9.5
5.35 $
4.24 $
7.90 $
Restricted stock
Changes in restricted stock outstanding under the restricted stock plans are summarized below:
Outstanding, year-end 2016
Granted
Lapsed
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2017
Granted
Lapsed
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2018
Granted
Lapsed
Canceled or Expired
Outstanding, year-end 2019
Restricted
shares
outstanding
(in millions)
Weighted-average
grant-date
fair value
32.09
23.04
31.05
29.26
26.78
27.99
25.93
26.57
27.86
22.72
28.07
25.68
7.4 $
5.8 $
(3.6) $
(0.4) $
9.2 $
4.6 $
(4.4) $
(0.6) $
8.8 $
5.4 $
(4.1) $
(0.8) $
9.3 $
24.85
The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $6.00, $6.78
and $4.71, respectively. The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model, based on the assumptions shown in the table below. The Black-Scholes model utilizes
accounting judgment and financial estimates, including the term option holders are expected to retain their stock options
before exercising them, the volatility of the Company’s share price over that expected term, the dividend yield over the
term and the number of awards expected to be forfeited before they vest. Using alternative assumptions in the
calculation of fair value would produce fair values for stock option grants that could be different than those used to
record stock-based compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The decrease in the fair value
of the stock options granted during 2019, compared to 2018, resulted primarily from a decrease in the Company’s share
price, partially offset by an increase in the weighted average expected volatility. The increase in the fair value of the
stock options granted during 2018, compared to 2017, resulted primarily from an increase in the Company’s share price,
which decreased the expected dividend yield, an increase in the weighted average expected volatility and the weighted
average risk-free interest rate also contributed to the increase in fair value.
The following table reflects the weighted-average assumptions used for grants awarded to option holders:
Weighted average expected volatility
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected term (based on historical results)
2019
25.37 %
2.54 %
2.00 %
2018
2017
24.50 %
2.82 %
2.00 %
22.78 %
2.21 %
2.20 %
7.2 years
7.2 years
7.2 years
75
The weighted-average risk-free interest rate was based on the yield of a treasury note as of the grant date,
continuously compounded, which matures at a date that approximates the expected term of the options. The dividend
yield was based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Expected volatility was determined based upon
historical stock volatilities; however, implied volatility was also considered. Expected term was determined based upon
historical exercise and cancellation experience.
Total stock compensation recognized in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $155, $154 and $151, respectively. Stock option
compensation recognized in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $24, $25 and $32, respectively. Restricted shares compensation
recognized in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $131, $129 and $119, respectively.
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $51, $58 and $55 in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The
total amount of cash received in 2019 by the Company from the exercise of stock options granted under share-based
payment arrangements was $55. As of February 1, 2020, there was $194 of total unrecognized compensation expense
remaining related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under Plans. This cost is expected to
be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. The total fair value of options that vested
was $26, $30 and $29 in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Shares issued as a result of stock option exercises may be newly issued shares or reissued treasury shares. Proceeds
received from the exercise of options, and the related tax benefit, may be utilized to repurchase the Company’s common
shares under a stock repurchase program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. During 2019, the Company
repurchased approximately two million common shares in such a manner.
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company continuously evaluates contingencies based upon the best available evidence.
The Company believes that allowances for loss have been provided to the extent necessary and that its assessment of
contingencies is reasonable. To the extent that resolution of contingencies results in amounts that vary from the
Company’s estimates, future earnings will be charged or credited.
The principal contingencies are described below:
Insurance — The Company’s workers’ compensation risks are self-insured in most states. In addition, other
workers’ compensation risks and certain levels of insured general liability risks are based on retrospective premium
plans, deductible plans, and self-insured retention plans. The liability for workers’ compensation risks is accounted for
on a present value basis. Actual claim settlements and expenses incident thereto may differ from the provisions for
loss. Property risks have been underwritten by a subsidiary and are all reinsured with unrelated insurance
companies. Operating divisions and subsidiaries have paid premiums, and the insurance subsidiary has provided loss
allowances, based upon actuarially determined estimates.
Litigation — Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging
violations of certain antitrust, wage and hour, or civil rights laws, as well as product liability cases, are pending against
the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.
Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled. Although it is not possible at this
time to evaluate the merits of all of these claims and lawsuits, nor their likelihood of success, the Company is of the
belief that any resulting liability will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows.
The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation
and believes it has made provisions where it is reasonably possible to estimate and when an adverse outcome is
probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties.
Management currently believes that the aggregate range of loss for the Company’s exposure is not material to the
Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or
changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
76
Assignments — The Company is contingently liable for leases that have been assigned to various third parties in
connection with facility closings and dispositions. The Company could be required to satisfy the obligations under the
leases if any of the assignees is unable to fulfill its lease obligations. Due to the wide distribution of the Company’s
assignments among third parties, and various other remedies available, the Company believes the likelihood that it will
be required to assume a material amount of these obligations is remote.
14. STOCK
Preferred Shares
The Company has authorized five million shares of voting cumulative preferred shares; two million shares were
available for issuance at February 1, 2020. The shares have a par value of $100 per share and are issuable in series.
Common Shares
The Company has authorized two billion common shares, $1 par value per share.
Common Stock Repurchase Program
The Company maintains stock repurchase programs that comply with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 to allow for the orderly repurchase of The Kroger Co. common shares, from time to time. The Company made
open market purchases totaling $400, $727 and $1,567 under these repurchase programs in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
On April 20, 2018 the Company entered and funded a $1,200 accelerated stock repurchase (“ASR”) program to
reacquire shares in privately negotiated transactions. The final delivery under the ASR program occurred during the
second quarter of 2018, which included the settlement of the remaining 2.3 million Kroger Common shares. In total, the
Company invested $1,200 to repurchase 46.3 million Kroger common shares at an average price of $25.91 per share.
In addition to these repurchase programs, in December 1999, the Company began a program to repurchase common
shares to reduce dilution resulting from its employee stock option plans. This program is solely funded by proceeds
from stock option exercises and the related tax benefit. The Company repurchased approximately $65, $83 and $66
under the stock option program during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
15. COMPANY- SPONSORED BENEFIT PLANS
The Company administers non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans for some non-union employees and
union-represented employees as determined by the terms and conditions of collective bargaining agreements. These
include several qualified pension plans (the “Qualified Plans”) and non-qualified pension plans (the “Non-Qualified
Plans”). The Non-Qualified Plans pay benefits to any employee that earns in excess of the maximum allowed for the
Qualified Plans by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company only funds obligations under the Qualified
Plans. Funding for the company-sponsored pension plans is based on a review of the specific requirements and on
evaluation of the assets and liabilities of each plan.
In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care benefits for retired employees.
The majority of the Company’s employees may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age
while employed by the Company. Funding of retiree health care benefits occurs as claims or premiums are paid.
The Company recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Actuarial
gains or losses, prior service costs or credits and transition obligations that have not yet been recognized as part of net
periodic benefit cost are required to be recorded as a component of AOCI. The Company has elected to measure defined
benefit plan assets and obligations as of January 31, which is the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-ends, which
were February 1, 2020 for fiscal 2019 and February 2, 2019 for fiscal 2018.
77
Amounts recognized in AOCI as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019 consists of the following (pre-tax):
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service credit
Total
Total
Pension Benefits
2019 2018 2019
2019 2018
$ 955 $ 837 $ (109) $ (130) $ 846 $ 707
(66)
Other Benefits
2018
(68)
(66)
(68)
—
—
$ 955 $ 837 $ (177) $ (196) $ 778 $ 641
Amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized as components of net periodic pension or postretirement benefit costs
in the next fiscal year are as follows (pre-tax):
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service credit
Total
Pension Benefits Other Benefits
2020
2020
Total
2020
$
35 $
—
(9) $
(12)
26
(12)
$
35 $
(21) $
14
Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) in 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (pre-tax):
Incurred net actuarial loss (gain)
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of net actuarial gain (loss)
Settlement recognition of net actuarial
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
Total
2019 2018 2017 2019 2018
2017
2019 2018
$ 179 $ (126) $ 322 $ 9 $ (10) $ (20) $ 188 $ (136) $ 302
8
11
(77)
10
—
(77)
11
(49)
—
(61)
8
11
11
12
11
(67)
—
(88)
2017
loss
Other
Total recognized in other comprehensive
—
(1)
—
—
(502)
—
—
(12)
—
—
—
(28)
—
(13)
—
—
(502)
(28)
income (loss)
117
(203)
(268)
20
11
(29)
137
(192)
(297)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit
cost and other comprehensive income
(loss)
$ 165 $ (127) $ 323 $ 11 $
5 $ (30) $ 176 $ (122) $ 293
78
Information with respect to change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the funded status of the plans
recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, net amounts recognized at the end of fiscal years, weighted average
assumptions and components of net periodic benefit cost follow:
Pension Benefits
Qualified Plans
2018
2019
Non-Qualified Plans
2019
2018
Other Benefits
2018
2019
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Actuarial (gain) loss
Plan curtailments
Benefits paid
Other
$ 2,994 $ 3,235 $ 298 $ 328 $ 200 $ 202
7
1
8
12
13
—
(9)
41
—
—
(21)
(21)
—
(3)
35
124
—
(134)
(92)
(174)
—
32
124
—
545
—
(180)
3
6
8
13
9
—
(26)
(12)
2
12
—
(13)
(6)
(24)
(1)
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year
$ 3,518 $ 2,994 $ 328 $ 298 $ 198 $ 200
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Other
$ 3,010 $ 2,943 $
590
—
—
(180)
2
46
185
—
(174)
10
— $
—
21
—
(21)
—
— $
—
25
—
(24)
(1)
— $
—
13
13
(26)
—
—
—
8
13
(21)
—
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year
Funded status and net asset and liability recognized at end of
$ 3,422 $ 3,010 $
— $
— $
— $
—
fiscal year
$ (96) $
16 $ (328) $ (298) $ (198) $ (200)
As of February 1, 2020, other assets and other current liabilities include $19 and $33, respectively, of the net asset
and liability recognized for the above benefit plans. As of February 2, 2019, other assets and other current liabilities
include $47 and $35, respectively, of the net asset and liability recognized for the above benefit plans.
In 2018, the Company contributed $185, $117 net of tax, to the company-sponsored pension plan. This contribution
was designated to the 2017 tax year in order to deduct the contributions at the previous year tax rate. The Company
announced changes to certain non-union company-sponsored pension plans. The Company froze the compensation and
service periods used to calculate pension benefits for active employees who participate in the affected pension plans as
of December 31, 2019. Beginning January 1, 2020, the affected active employees no longer accrue additional benefits
for future service and eligible compensation received under these plans.
79
As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, pension plan assets do not include common shares of The Kroger Co.
Weighted average assumptions
Discount rate — Benefit obligation
Discount rate — Net periodic benefit
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
2019 2018 2017 2019 2018 2017
3.01 % 4.23 % 4.00 % 2.97 % 4.19 % 3.93 %
cost
4.23 % 4.00 % 4.25 % 4.19 % 3.93 % 4.18 %
Expected long-term rate of return on
plan assets
6.00 % 5.90 % 7.50 %
Rate of compensation increase — Net
periodic benefit cost
3.04 % 3.03 % 3.07 %
Rate of compensation increase —
Benefit obligation
3.03 % 3.04 % 3.03 %
The Company’s discount rate assumptions were intended to reflect the rates at which the pension benefits could be
effectively settled. They take into account the timing and amount of benefits that would be available under the plans.
The Company’s policy is to match the plan’s cash flows to that of a hypothetical bond portfolio whose cash flow from
coupons and maturities match the plan’s projected benefit cash flows. The discount rates are the single rates that
produce the same present value of cash flows. The selection of the 3.01% and 2.97% discount rates as of year-end 2019
for pension and other benefits, respectively, represents the hypothetical bond portfolio using bonds with an AA or better
rating constructed with the assistance of an outside consultant. A 100 basis point increase in the discount rate would
decrease the projected pension benefit obligation as of February 1, 2020, by approximately $401.
The Company’s 2019 assumed pension plan investment return rate was 6.00% compared to 5.90% in 2018 and
7.50% in 2017. The value of all investments in the company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans during the
calendar year ended December 31, 2019, net of investment management fees and expenses, increased 18.3% and for
fiscal year 2019 investments increased 19.7%. Historically, the Company’s pension plans’ average rate of return was
7.6% for the 10 calendar years ended December 31, 2019, net of all investment management fees and expenses. For the
past 20 years, the Company’s pension plans’ average annual rate of return has been 6.70%. At the beginning of 2018, to
determine the expected rate of return on pension plan assets held by the Company for 2018, the Company considered
current and forecasted plan asset allocations as well as historical and forecasted rates of return on various asset
categories.
The Company calculates its expected return on plan assets by using the market-related value of plan assets. The
market-related value of plan assets is determined by adjusting the actual fair value of plan assets for gains or losses on
plan assets. Gains or losses represent the difference between actual and expected returns on plan investments for each
plan year. Gains or losses on plan assets are recognized evenly over a five-year period. Using a different method to
calculate the market-related value of plan assets would provide a different expected return on plan assets.
On February 1, 2020, the Company adopted an updated assumption for generational mortality improvement, based
on additional years of published mortality experience.
The pension benefit unfunded status increased in 2019, compared to 2018, due to the decrease in discount rate from
2018 to 2019, assumption changes related to the Company’s experience study, partially offset by higher than anticipated
asset returns.
80
The following table provides the components of the Company’s net periodic benefit costs for 2019, 2018 and 2017:
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Pension Benefits
2019
Qualified Plans
2018
2017
Non-Qualified Plans
Other Benefits
2019
2018 2017
2019 2018 2017
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of:
Prior service credit
Actuarial (gain) loss
Settlement loss recognized
Other
Net periodic benefit cost
$ 32 $ 35 $ 53 $
124
(174)
163
(233)
124
(182)
1 $
12
—
2 $
12
—
2 $
13
—
6 $
8
—
7 $
8
—
8
9
—
—
55
—
—
—
69
—
—
—
79
502
—
—
6
—
—
—
8
—
—
—
9
—
3
$ 29 $ 54 $ 564 $ 19 $ 22 $ 27 $
(11)
(12)
—
—
(9) $
(11)
(10)
—
—
(6) $
(8)
(11)
—
1
(1)
The following table provides the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”), accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) and
the fair value of plan assets for those company-sponsored pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess
of plan assets.
PBO at end of fiscal year
ABO at end of fiscal year
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Non-Qualified Plans
Qualified Plans
2019
2018 2019
$ 3,272 $ 295 $ 328 $ 298
$ 3,271 $ 293 $ 328 $ 291
—
$ 3,157 $ 263 $
— $
2018
The following table provides information about the Company’s estimated future benefit payments.
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 —2029
Other
Pension
Benefits Benefits
$ 208
$ 215
$ 224
$ 213
$ 217
$1,104
$ 12
$ 12
$ 13
$ 13
$ 13
$ 69
The following table provides information about the target and actual pension plan asset allocations as of February 1,
2020.
Pension plan asset allocation
Global equity securities
Emerging market equity securities
Investment grade debt securities
High yield debt securities
Private equity
Hedge funds
Real estate
Total
Target allocations
Actual
Allocations
2019
2019
2018
2.0 %
1.0
80.0
4.0
10.0
—
3.0
4.3 %
2.3
77.8
2.9
8.1
2.8
1.8
4.2 %
2.3
73.2
3.5
9.5
4.5
2.8
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
81
Investment objectives, policies and strategies are set by the Retirement Benefit Plan Management Committee (the
“Committee”). The primary objectives include holding and investing the assets and distributing benefits to participants
and beneficiaries of the pension plans. Investment objectives have been established based on a comprehensive review of
the capital markets and each underlying plan’s current and projected financial requirements. The time horizon of the
investment objectives is long-term in nature and plan assets are managed on a going-concern basis.
Investment objectives and guidelines specifically applicable to each manager of assets are established and reviewed
annually. Derivative instruments may be used for specified purposes, including rebalancing exposures to certain asset
classes. Any use of derivative instruments for a purpose or in a manner not specifically authorized is prohibited, unless
approved in advance by the Committee.
The target allocations shown for 2019 were established in 2019 in conjunction with the continuation of the
Company’s transition to a LDI strategy, which began in 2017. A LDI strategy focuses on maintaining a close to fully-
funded status over the long-term with minimal funded status risk. This is achieved by investing more of the plan assets
in fixed income instruments to more closely match the duration of the plan liability. This LDI strategy will be phased in
over time as the Company is able to transition out of illiquid investments. During this transition, the Company’s target
allocation will change by increasing the Company’s fixed income instruments. Cash flow from employer contributions
and redemption of plan assets to fund participant benefit payments can be used to fund underweight asset classes and
divest overweight asset classes, as appropriate. The Company expects that cash flow will be sufficient to meet most
rebalancing needs.
The Company did not make any contributions to its company-sponsored pension plans in 2019 and the Company is
not required to make any contributions to these plans in 2020. If the Company does make any contributions in 2020, the
Company expects these contributions will decrease its required contributions in future years. Among other things,
investment performance of plan assets, the interest rates required to be used to calculate the pension obligations, and
future changes in legislation, will determine the amounts of any contributions. The Company expects 2020 benefit costs
for company-sponsored pension plans to be approximately ($16).
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The
Company used a 5.70% initial health care cost trend rate, which is assumed to decrease on a linear basis to a 4.50%
ultimate health care cost trend rate in 2037, to determine its expense. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed
health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
Increase
1% Point 1% Point
Decrease
(1)
(18)
2 $
22 $
$
$
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
82
The following tables, set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Qualified Plans’ assets at fair value as of
February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019:
Assets at Fair Value as of February 1, 2020
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Significant Other
Identical Assets Observable Inputs
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
Measured
at NAV
Cash and cash equivalents
Corporate Stocks
Corporate Bonds
U.S. Government Securities
Mutual Funds
Collective Trusts
Hedge Funds
Private Equity
Real Estate
Other
Total
$
$
186 $
78
—
—
305
—
—
—
—
—
569 $
— $
—
1,157
194
—
—
—
—
—
128
1,479 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
43
—
43
—
86
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
945
51
275
17
—
1,288
Assets at Fair Value as of February 2, 2019
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Significant Other
Identical Assets Observable Inputs
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
Measured
at NAV
Cash and cash equivalents
Corporate Stocks
Corporate Bonds
U.S. Government Securities
Mutual Funds
Collective Trusts
Hedge Funds
Private Equity
Real Estate
Other
Total
$
$
126 $
66
—
—
257
—
—
—
—
—
449 $
— $
—
896
240
—
—
—
—
—
115
1,251 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
49
—
67
—
116
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
805
85
285
19
—
1,194
Total
186
78
1,157
194
305
945
94
275
60
128
3,422
Total
126
66
896
240
257
805
134
285
86
115
3,010
$
$
$
$
Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) have not been
classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented for these investments in the preceding tables are
intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchies to the total fair value of plan assets.
83
For measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2019 and 2018, a reconciliation of the
beginning and ending balances is as follows:
Ending balance, February 3, 2018
Contributions into Fund
Realized gains
Unrealized losses
Distributions
Other
Ending balance, February 2, 2019
Contributions into Fund
Realized gains
Unrealized gains
Distributions
Other
Ending balance, February 1, 2020
Hedge Funds Real Estate
68
$
9
12
(5)
(15)
(2)
56
—
1
4
(16)
4
49
2
(2)
—
(11)
5
67
3
23
(17)
(33)
—
$
43 $
43
See Note 8 for a discussion of the levels of the fair value hierarchy. The assets’ fair value measurement level above
is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The following is a description of the valuation methods used for the Qualified Plans’ assets measured at fair value in
the above tables:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying value approximates fair value.
Corporate Stocks: The fair values of these securities are based on observable market quotations for identical
assets and are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are
traded.
Corporate Bonds: The fair values of these securities are primarily based on observable market quotations for
similar bonds, valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are
traded. When such quoted prices are not available, the bonds are valued using a discounted cash flow
approach using current yields on similar instruments of issuers with similar credit ratings, including
adjustments for certain risks that may not be observable, such as credit and liquidity risks.
U.S. Government Securities: Certain U.S. Government securities are valued at the closing price reported in
the active market in which the security is traded. Other U.S. government securities are valued based on yields
currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not
available for similar securities, the security is valued under a discounted cash flow approach that maximizes
observable inputs, such as current yields of similar instruments, but includes adjustments for certain risks that
may not be observable, such as credit and liquidity risks.
Mutual Funds: The fair values of these securities are based on observable market quotations for identical
assets and are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are
traded.
Collective Trusts: The collective trust funds are public investment vehicles valued using a Net Asset Value
(NAV) provided by the manager of each fund. These assets have been valued using NAV as a practical
expedient.
84
Hedge Funds: The Hedge funds classified as Level 3 include investments that are not readily tradeable and
have valuations that are not based on readily observable data inputs. The fair value of these assets is estimated
based on information provided by the fund managers or the general partners. Therefore, these assets are
classified as Level 3. Certain other hedge funds are private investment vehicles valued using a NAV provided
by the manager of each fund. These assets have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.
Private Equity: Private Equity investments are valued based on the fair value of the underlying securities
within the fund, which include investments both traded on an active market and not traded on an active
market. For those investments that are traded on an active market, the values are based on the closing price
reported on the active market on which those individual securities are traded. For investments not traded on
an active market, or for which a quoted price is not publicly available, a variety of unobservable valuation
methodologies, including discounted cash flow, market multiple and cost valuation approaches, are employed
by the fund manager to value investments. Fair values of all investments are adjusted annually, if necessary,
based on audits of the private equity fund financial statements; such adjustments are reflected in the fair value
of the plan’s assets.
Real Estate: Real estate investments include investments in real estate funds managed by a fund manager.
These investments are valued using a variety of unobservable valuation methodologies, including discounted
cash flow, market multiple and cost valuation approaches. The valuations for these investments are not based
on readily observable inputs and are classified as Level 3 investments. Certain other real estate investments
are valued using a NAV provided by the manager of each fund. These assets have been valued using NAV as
a practical expedient.
The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value
or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and
consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value
of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.
The Company contributed and expensed $264, $263 and $219 to employee 401(k) retirement savings accounts in
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The 401(k) retirement savings account plans provide to eligible employees both
matching contributions and automatic contributions from the Company based on participant contributions, compensation
as defined by the plan and length of service.
In 2019, the Company approved and implemented a plan to reorganize certain portions of its division management
structure. This reorganization is expected to increase operational effectiveness and reduce overhead costs while
maintaining a high quality customer experience. The Company recorded a charge for severance and related benefits of
$80, $61 net of tax, in 2019, which is included in the OG&A caption within the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Of the total charge, $42 remains unpaid as of February 1, 2020 and is included in Other Current Liabilities
within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
16. MULTI-EMPLOYER PENSION PLANS
The Company contributes to various multi-employer pension plans based on obligations arising from collective
bargaining agreements. These multi-employer pension plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their
service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Trustees are
appointed in equal number by employers and unions. The trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of
benefits to be provided to participants as well as for such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration
of the plans.
The Company recognizes expense in connection with these plans as contributions are funded or when commitments
are probable and reasonably estimable, in accordance with GAAP. The Company made cash contributions to these plans
of $461 in 2019, $358 in 2018 and $954 in 2017. The increase in 2017, compared to 2019 and 2018, is primarily due to
the $467 pre-tax payment to satisfy withdrawal obligations of certain local unions of the Central States Pension Fund
and the 2017 United Food and Commercial Workers (“UFCW”) contribution.
85
The Company continues to evaluate and address potential exposure to under-funded multi-employer pension plans
as it relates to the Company’s associates who are beneficiaries of these plans. These under-fundings are not a liability of
the Company. When an opportunity arises that is economically feasible and beneficial to the Company and its
associates, the Company may negotiate the restructuring of under-funded multi-employer pension plan obligations to
help stabilize associates’ future benefits and become the fiduciary of the restructured multi-employer pension plan. The
commitments from these restructurings do not change the Company’s debt profile as it relates to its credit rating since
these off balance sheet commitments are typically considered in the Company’s investment grade debt rating.
The Company is currently designated as the named fiduciary of the UFCW Consolidated Pension Plan and the
International Brotherhood of Teamsters (“IBT”) Consolidated Pension Fund and has sole investment authority over these
assets. The Company became the fiduciary of the IBT Consolidated Pension Fund in 2017 due to the ratification of a
new labor contract with the IBT that provided certain local unions of the Company to withdraw from the Central States
Pension Fund. Significant effects of these restructuring agreements recorded in our Consolidated Financial Statements
are:
In 2019, the Company incurred a $135 charge, $104 net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawal
liabilities for certain multi-employer pension plan funds.
In 2018, the Company incurred a $155 charge, $121 net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawal
liabilities for certain local unions of the Central States multi-employer pension plan fund.
In 2017, the Company incurred a $550 charge, $360 net of tax, for obligations related to withdrawals from
and settlements of withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension plan funds, of which $467 was
contributed to the Central States Pension Plan in 2017.
In 2017, the Company contributed $111, $71 net of tax, to the UFCW Consolidated Pension Plan.
The risks of participating in multi-employer pension plans are different from the risks of participating in single-
employer pension plans in the following respects:
a. Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees
of other participating employers.
b.
c.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan allocable to such
withdrawing employer may be borne by the remaining participating employers.
If the Company stops participating in some of its multi-employer pension plans, the Company may be required
to pay those plans an amount based on its allocable share of the unfunded vested benefits of the plan, referred to
as a withdrawal liability.
The Company’s participation in multi-employer plans is outlined in the following tables. The EIN / Pension Plan
Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit pension plan number. The
most recent Pension Protection Act Zone Status available in 2019 and 2018 is for the plan’s year-end at December 31,
2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Among other factors, generally, plans in the red zone are less than 65
percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded and plans in the green zone are at least 80
percent funded. The FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented Column indicates plans for which a funding improvement
plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. Unless otherwise noted, the
information for these tables was obtained from the Forms 5500 filed for each plan’s year-end at December 31, 2018 and
December 31, 2017. The multi-employer contributions listed in the table below are the Company’s multi-employer
contributions made in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017.
86
19
25
23
9
10
10
32
34
19
23
20
9
11
10
32
34
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
18
20
19
9
11
10
33
34
492
201
—
41
954
The following table contains information about the Company’s multi-employer pension plans:
Pension Protection
EIN / Pension Act Zone Status
Plan Number
2019
2018 Implemented
Multi-Employer Contributions Surcharge
Imposed (5)
2019
2017
2018
FIP/RP
Status
Pending/
95-1939092 - 001 Yellow Yellow
Implemented $
75 $
71 $
66
Pension Fund
SO CA UFCW Unions & Food
Employers Joint Pension Trust
Fund(1)(2)
Desert States Employers & UFCW
Unions Pension Plan(1)
Sound Retirement Trust (formerly
Retail Clerks Pension Plan)(1)(3)
Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions and
Employers Pension Plan(1)
Oregon Retail Employees Pension
Plan(1)
Bakery and Confectionary Union &
Industry International Pension
Fund(1)
Retail Food Employers & UFCW
Local 711 Pension(1)
United Food & Commercial Workers
Intl Union — Industry Pension
Fund(1)(4)
Western Conference of Teamsters
84-6277982 - 001 Green Green
No
91-6069306 – 001 Yellow Green
Implemented
84-6045986 - 001 Green Green
93-6074377 - 001 Green Green
No
No
52-6118572 - 001
Red
Red
Implemented
51-6031512 - 001 Yellow Yellow
Implemented
51-6055922 - 001 Green Green
No
No
Pension Plan
91-6145047 - 001 Green Green
Central States, Southeast & Southwest
Areas Pension Plan
UFCW Consolidated Pension Plan(1)
IBT Consolidated Pension Plan(1)(6)
Other(7)
Total Contributions
36-6044243 - 001
58-6101602 – 001 Green Green
82-2153627 - 001
N/A
N/A
Red
Red
Implemented
No
No
$
—
174
33
17
461 $
18
55
37
19
358 $
(1) The Company's multi-employer contributions to these respective funds represent more than 5% of the total contributions received by the pension
funds.
(2) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018.
(3) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.
(4) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017.
(5) Under the Pension Protection Act, a surcharge may be imposed when employers make contributions under a collective bargaining agreement that
is not in compliance with a rehabilitation plan. As of February 1, 2020, the collective bargaining agreements under which the Company was
making contributions were in compliance with rehabilitation plans adopted by the applicable pension fund.
(6) The plan was formed after 2006, and therefore is not subject to zone status certifications.
(7) The increase in 2017, compared to 2019 and 2018, in the "Other" funds is due primarily to withdrawal settlement payments for certain multi-
employer funds in 2017.
The following table describes (a) the expiration date of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements and (b) the
expiration date of the Company’s most significant collective bargaining agreements for each of the material multi-
employer funds in which the Company participates.
87
Expiration Date
of Collective
Bargaining
Agreements
Most Significant Collective
Bargaining Agreements(1)
(not in millions)
Count
Expiration
Pension Fund
SO CA UFCW Unions & Food Employers Joint Pension Trust
Fund
UFCW Consolidated Pension Plan
Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan
Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Plan)
Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions and Employers Pension Plan
Oregon Retail Employees Pension Plan (2)
Bakery and Confectionary Union & Industry International Pension
Fund
Retail Food Employers & UFCW Local 711 Pension
United Food & Commercial Workers Intl Union — Industry
Pension Fund
June 2020 to March 2022
March 2020 to May 2023
October 2020 to February 2022
April 2020 to February 2023
January 2022
August 2021 to March 2023
December 2019 (2) to July 2022
June 2017 (2) to April 2020
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan
International Brotherhood of Teamsters Consolidated Pension Fund September 2019 (2) to September 2022
November 2019 (2) to August 2023
September 2020 to April 2022
2
4
1
4
1
3
4
1
2
4
3
June 2020 to March 2022
April 2020 to August 2022
October 2020
May 2022 to August 2022
January 2022
August 2021 to July 2022
May 2020 to October 2021
March 2019 (2)
July 2023 to August 2023
September 2020 to April 2022
September 2019 (2) to September 2022
(1) This column represents the number of significant collective bargaining agreements and their expiration date for each of the Company’s pension
funds listed above. For purposes of this table, the “significant collective bargaining agreements” are the largest based on covered employees that,
when aggregated, cover the majority of the employees for which we make multi-employer contributions for the referenced pension fund.
(2) Certain collective bargaining agreements for each of these pension funds are operating under an extension.
Based on the most recent information available to it, the Company believes the present value of actuarial accrued
liabilities in most of these multi-employer plans substantially exceeds the value of the assets held in trust to pay
benefits. Moreover, if the Company were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these funds,
the Company could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. Any adjustment for withdrawal liability will be recorded
when it is probable that a liability exists and can be reasonably estimated.
The Company also contributes to various other multi-employer benefit plans that provide health and welfare
benefits to active and retired participants. Total contributions made by the Company to these other multi-employer health
and welfare plans were approximately $1,252 in 2019, $1,282 in 2018 and $1,247 in 2017.
17. HELD FOR SALE AND DISPOSAL OF BUSINESS
During the second quarter of 2018, the Company announced that as a result of a review of its assets, the Company
had decided to explore strategic alternatives for its Turkey Hill Dairy business, including a potential sale. Additionally
during the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its You
Technology business.
88
The following table presents information related to the major classes of assets and liabilities of all business that were
classified as assets and liabilities held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 2, 2019:
(In millions)
Assets held for sale:
Cash and temporary cash investments
Receivables
FIFO inventory
LIFO reserve
Prepaid and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Total assets held for sale
Liabilities held for sale:
Trade accounts payable
Accrued salaries and wages
Other current liabilities
Total liabilities held for sale
February 2,
2019
$
$
$
$
1
64
21
(1)
3
77
1
166
26
8
17
51
On March 13, 2019, the Company completed the sale of its You Technology business to Inmar for total
consideration of $565, including $396 of cash and $64 of preferred equity received upon closing. The Company is also
entitled to receive other cash payments of $105 over five years. The transaction includes a long-term service agreement
for Inmar to provide the Company digital coupon services. The sale resulted in a gain of $70, $52 net of tax, which is
included in “Gain on sale of businesses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company recorded the fair
value of the long-term service agreement of $358 in “Other current liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and such amount is being recorded as sales over the 10-year agreement.
On April 26, 2019, the Company completed the sale of its Turkey Hill Dairy business to an affiliate of Peak Rock
Capital for total proceeds of $225. The sale resulted in a gain of $106, $80 net of tax, which is included in “Gain on sale
of businesses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In the third quarter of 2019, as a result of a portfolio review, the Company decided to divest its interest in Lucky’s
Market. The Company recognized an impairment charge of $238 in the third quarter of 2019, which is included in
OG&A in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The impairment charge consists of property, plant and equipment
of $200, which includes $40 of finance lease assets; goodwill of $19; operating lease assets of $11; and other charges of
$8. The amount of the impairment charge attributable to The Kroger Co. is $131, $100 net of tax, with the remaining
amount attributable to the minority interest. Subsequently, the decision was made by Lucky’s Market to file for
bankruptcy in January 2020, which led the Company to fully write off the value of its investment and deconsolidate
Lucky’s Market from the consolidated financial statements. This resulted in an additional non-cash charge of $174,
$125 net of tax, in the fourth quarter of 2019, which is included in OG&A in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The amount of the total 2019 charge attributable to The Kroger Co. is $305, $225 net of tax. The Company maintains
liabilities associated with certain property related guarantees that will result in the Company making payments to settle
these over time.
89
18. RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
On February 4, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”
which superseded previous revenue recognition guidance. Topic 606 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model
that requires a company to recognize revenue when goods and services are transferred to the customer in an amount that
is proportionate to what has been delivered at that point and that reflects the consideration to which the company expects
to be entitled for those goods or services. The Company adopted the standard using a modified retrospective approach
with the adoption primarily involving the evaluation of whether the Company acts as principal or agent in certain vendor
arrangements where the purchase and sale of inventory are virtually simultaneous. The Company will continue to record
revenue and related costs on a gross basis for the arrangements. The adoption of the standard did not have a material
effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows.
On February 3, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases,” which provides guidance for the recognition
of lease agreements. The Company adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach, which provides a
method for recording existing leases at adoption that approximates the results of a full retrospective approach. In
addition, the Company elected the transition package of practical expedients permitted within the standard, which
allowed it to carry forward the historical lease classification, and applied the transition option which does not require
application of the guidance to comparative periods in the year of adoption.
The adoption of the standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of
approximately $6,800 and $7,000, respectively, as of February 3, 2019. Included in the measurement of the new lease
assets is the reclassification of certain balances including those historically recorded as prepaid or deferred rent and
favorable and unfavorable leasehold interests. Several other asset and liability line items in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets were also impacted by immaterial amounts. The adoption of this standard also resulted in a change in naming
convention for leases classified historically as capital leases. These leases are now referred to as finance leases. The
adoption of this standard did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated net earnings or cash flows.
In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2018-02, "Income Statement—
Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income." This amendment allows companies to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax
Act from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings. The Company adopted ASU 2018-02
on February 3, 2019, which resulted in a decrease to AOCI and an increase to accumulated earnings of $146, primarily
related to deferred taxes previously recorded for pension and other postretirement benefits and cash flow hedges. The
adoption of this standard did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows.
19. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software:
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service
Contract.” Under the new standard, implementation costs related to a cloud computing arrangement will be deferred or
expensed as incurred, in accordance with the existing internal-use software guidance for similar costs. The new standard
also prescribes the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow classification of the capitalized implementation costs
and related amortization expense. This guidance will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of the Company’s
fiscal year ending January 30, 2021. The amendments may be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of
this guidance will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
90
20. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
The two tables that follow reflect the unaudited results of operations for 2019 and 2018.
Quarter
2019
Sales
Operating Expenses
Merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing,
and transportation, excluding items shown separately
below
Operating, general and administrative
Rent
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit
Other income (expense)
First
(16 Weeks)
Third
Total Year
(52 Weeks)
(12 Weeks)
$ 37,251 $ 28,168 $ 27,974 $ 28,893 $ 122,286
Second
(12 Weeks)
(12 Weeks)
Fourth
28,983
6,314
274
779
22,007
4,811
200
591
21,798
5,097
201
624
22,507
4,985
209
655
95,294
21,208
884
2,649
901
559
254
537
2,251
Interest expense
Non-service component of company sponsored pension
plan costs
Mark to market gain (loss) on Ocado securities
Gain on sale of business
(197)
(130)
(137)
(140)
(603)
3
106
176
(4)
(45)
—
(1)
106
—
2
(9)
—
—
157
176
Net earnings before income tax expense
989
380
222
390
1,981
Income tax expense
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
226
763
(9)
93
79
71
469
287
(10)
143
(120)
319
(8)
1,512
(147)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
$
772 $
297 $
263 $
327 $
1,659
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per basic
common share
$
0.96 $
0.37 $
0.32 $
0.40 $
2.05
Average number of shares used in basic calculation
798
800
802
797
799
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted
common share
$
0.95 $
0.37 $
0.32 $
0.40 $
2.04
Average number of shares used in diluted calculation
805
805
807
804
805
Dividends declared per common share
$
0.14 $
0.16 $
0.16 $
0.16 $
0.62
Annual amounts may not sum due to rounding.
Net earnings for the first quarter of 2019 include charges to OG&A expenses of $59, $44 net of tax, for obligations
related to withdrawal liabilities for certain local unions of the Central States multi-employer pension fund and a
reduction to OG&A of $24, $18 net of tax, for the revaluation of Home Chef contingent consideration. Gains in other
income of $106, $80 net of tax, related to the sale of Turkey Hill Dairy; $70, $52 net of tax, related to the sale of You
Technology; and $106, $80 net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado Group plc (“Ocado”) securities.
91
Net earnings for the second quarter of 2019 include charges to OG&A of $27, $22 net of tax, for obligations related
to withdrawal liabilities for a certain multi-employer pension fund and $2, $2 net of tax, for the revaluation of Home
Chef contingent consideration. A charge in other income (expense) of $45, $36 net of tax, for the mark to market loss on
Ocado securities.
Net earnings for the third quarter of 2019 include a charge to OG&A of $45, $35 net of tax, for obligations related
to withdrawal liabilities for a certain multi-employer pension fund; $80, $61 net of tax, for a severance charge and
related benefits; $238 including $131 attributable to the Kroger Co., $100 net of tax, for impairment of Lucky’s Market;
and $4, $3 net of tax, for the revaluation of Home Chef contingent consideration. A gain in other income of $106, $81
net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado securities.
Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2019 include charges to OG&A of $4, $3 net of tax, for obligations related to
withdrawal liabilities for certain multi-employer pension funds; $174, $125 net of tax, for deconsolidation and
impairment of Lucky’s Market; $52, $37 net of tax, for transformation costs, primarily including 35 planned store
closures; and a reduction to OG&A of $51, $36 net of tax, for the revaluation of Home Chef contingent consideration.
Loss in other income (expense) of $9, $6 net of tax, for the mark to market loss on Ocado securities.
92
2018
Sales
Quarter
Second
First
(16 Weeks)
Total Year
(52 Weeks)
(12 Weeks)
$ 37,722 $ 28,014 $ 27,831 $ 28,286 $ 121,852
Fourth
(12 Weeks)
(12 Weeks)
Third
Operating Expenses
Merchandise costs, including advertising, warehousing, and
transportation, excluding items shown separately below
Operating, general and administrative
Rent
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit
Other income (expense)
29,419
6,257
276
741
21,976
4,711
204
574
21,753
4,661
200
570
21,955
5,155
204
581
95,103
20,786
884
2,465
1,029
549
647
391
2,614
Interest expense
Non-service component of company sponsored pension
plan costs
Mark to market gain (loss) on Ocado securities
Gain on sale of business
(192)
(144)
(142)
(142)
(620)
(10)
36
1,771
(4)
216
11
(6)
(100)
—
(7)
75
—
(26)
228
1,782
Net earnings before income tax expense
2,634
628
399
317
3,978
Income tax expense
616
127
91
66
900
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
2,018
(8)
501
(7)
308
(9)
251
(8)
3,078
(32)
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co.
$ 2,026 $
508 $
317 $
259 $
3,110
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per basic
common share
$
2.39 $
0.63 $
0.39 $
0.32 $
3.80
Average number of shares used in basic calculation
839
797
797
798
810
Net earnings attributable to The Kroger Co. per diluted
common share
$
2.37 $
0.62 $
0.39 $
0.32 $
3.76
Average number of shares used in diluted calculation
846
805
807
806
818
Dividends declared per common share
$ 0.125 $ 0.140 $ 0.140 $ 0.140 $
0.545
Annual amounts may not sum due to rounding.
Net earnings for the first quarter of 2018 include a reduction to OG&A expenses of $13, $10 net of tax, for
adjustments to obligations related to certain local unions withdrawing from the Central States multi-employer pension
fund, a reduction to depreciation and amortization expenses of $14, $11 net of tax, related to held for sale assets, gains in
other income (expense) of $1,771, $1,352 net of tax, related to the sale of the convenience store business unit and $36,
$27 net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado securities.
Net earnings for the second quarter of 2018 include gains in other income (expense) of $11, $8 net of tax, related to
the sale of the convenience store business unit and $216, $164 net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado
securities.
Net earnings for the third quarter of 2018 include a loss in other income (expense) of $100, $77 net of tax, for the
mark to market loss on Ocado securities.
93
Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2018 include charges to OG&A expenses of $168, $131 net of tax, for
obligations related to certain local unions withdrawing from the Central States multi-employer pension fund, $33, $26
net of tax, for the revaluation of contingent consideration and $42, $33 net of tax, for an impairment of financial
instrument, a gain in other income (expense) of $75, $59 net of tax, for the mark to market gain on Ocado securities.
21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On March 18, 2020, the Company proactively borrowed $1,000 from the revolving credit facility. This was a
precautionary measure in order to preserve financial flexibility, reduce reliance on the commercial paper market and
maintain liquidity in response to the coronavirus pandemic. Cash and temporary cash investments immediately
following the borrowing were approximately $2,336.
In anticipation of future debt refinancing, the Company, subsequent to February 1, 2020, entered into three forward-
starting interest rate swap agreements with a maturity date of January 2021 with an aggregate notional amount totaling
$150.
94
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
As of February 1, 2020, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with a disclosure review
committee appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of February 1, 2020.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended February 1,
2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for
the Company. With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and
criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the evaluation, management has concluded that the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 1, 2020.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020, has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report,
which can be found in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
95
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this Item 10 with respect to executive officers is included within Item 1 in Part I of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Information about our Executive Officers.” The information required
by this Item not otherwise set forth in Part I above is set forth under the headings Election of Directors, Information
Concerning the Board of Directors- Committees of the Board, Information Concerning the Board of Directors- Audit
Committee, Information Concerning the Board of Directors- Code of Ethics and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance in the definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year 2019 (the “2020 proxy statement”) and is hereby
incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item is set forth in the sections entitled Compensation Discussion and Analysis,
Compensation Committee Report, and Compensation Tables in the 2020 proxy statement and is hereby incorporated by
reference into this Form 10-K.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The following table provides information regarding shares outstanding and available for issuance under our existing
equity compensation plans.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
(a)
(b)
(c)
Number of securities
Number of securities to Weighted-average
exercise price of
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
outstanding options,
warrants and rights (1) warrants and rights (1)
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders
Total
35,135,064 $
24.52
57,586,095
— $
35,135,064 $
—
24.52
—
57,586,095
(1) The total number of securities reported includes the maximum number of common shares, 2,936,351, that may be
issued under performance units granted under our long-term incentive plans. The nature of the awards is more
particularly described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of the definitive 2020 proxy statement
and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. The weighted-average exercise price in column
(b) does not take these performance unit awards into account. Based on historical data, or in the case of the awards
made in 2017 through 2019 and earned in 2019 the actual payout percentage, our best estimate of the number of
common shares that will be issued under the performance unit grants is approximately 2,024,683.
The remainder of the information required by this Item is set forth in the section entitled Beneficial Ownership of
Common Stock in the 2020 proxy statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE.
This information required by this Item is set forth in the sections entitled Related Person Transactions and
Information Concerning the Board of Directors-Independence in the 2020 proxy statement and is hereby incorporated by
reference into this Form 10-K.
96
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item is set forth in the section entitled Ratification of the Appointment of Kroger’s
Independent Auditor in the 2020 proxy statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
97
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
PART IV
(a)1.
Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and
February 3, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019
and February 3, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended February 1, 2020, February 2, 2019 and
February 3, 2018
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended February 1, 2020, February
2, 2019 and February 3, 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)2.
Financial Statement Schedules:
There are no Financial Statement Schedules included with this filing for the reason that they are not
applicable or are not required or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
(a)3.(b)
Exhibits
3.1
Amended Articles of Incorporation are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 22, 2010, as amended by the Amendment to
Amended Articles of Incorporation, which is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 23, 2015.
3.2
The Company’s Regulations are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 27, 2019.
4.1
Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries are not
filed as Exhibits because the amount of debt under each instrument is less than 10% of the consolidated
assets of the Company. The Company undertakes to file these instruments with the SEC upon request.
4.2
Description of Securities
10.1*
The Kroger Co. Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.
10.2*
The Kroger Co. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005.
10.3*
The Kroger Co. 401(k) Retirement Savings Account Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007.
10.4*
The Kroger Co. Supplemental Retirement Plans for Certain Retirement Benefit Plan Participants.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended February 3, 2007.
10.5*
The Kroger Co. Employee Protection Plan dated January 13, 2017. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.
10.6
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated August 29, 2017, among The Kroger Co., the initial lenders
named therein, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as co-
administrative agents, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and U.S. Bank National
Association, as co-documentation agents, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 29, 2017.
10.7*
The Kroger Co. 2008 Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
of the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 26, 2008.
98
10.8*
The Kroger Co. 2011 Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
of the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 23, 2011.
10.9*
The Kroger Co. 2014 Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
of the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 29, 2014.
10.10*
The Kroger Co. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the
Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 28, 2019.
10.11*
Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plans.
10.12*
Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plans. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
February 3, 2007.
10.13*
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plan.
10.14*
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plans.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 24, 2008.
10.15*
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plans.
10.16*
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Long-Term Incentive and Cash Bonus Plans.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended August 12, 2017.
10.17*
Form of Performance Unit Award Under Long-Term Incentive Plans. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 18, 2018.
10.18*
The Kroger Co. 2015 Long-Term Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 23, 2015.
10.19*
The Kroger Co. 2016 Long-Term Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.
10.20*
The Kroger Co. 2017 Long-Term Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 20, 2017.
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1
Powers of Attorney.
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.
31.2
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.
32.1
Section 1350 Certifications.
101.INS XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
99
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File - The cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive
Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not Applicable.
100
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Dated: April 1, 2020
THE KROGER CO.
/s/ W. Rodney McMullen
W. Rodney McMullen
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on the 1st April 2020.
/s/ Gary Millerchip
Gary Millerchip
/s/ Todd A. Foley
Todd A Foley
*
Nora A. Aufreiter
*
Anne Gates
*
Susan J. Kropf
*
Karen Hoguet
*
W. Rodney McMullen
*
Jorge P. Montoya
*
Clyde R. Moore
*
James A. Runde
*
Ronald L. Sargent
*
Bobby S. Shackouls
*
Mark S. Sutton
*
Ashok Vemuri
* By: /s/ Christine S. Wheatley
Christine S. Wheatley
Attorney-in-fact
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
Vice President & Corporate Controller
(principal accounting officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
101
____________________________________________________________________________________
SHAREHOLDERS: EQ Shareowner Services is Registrar and Transfer Agent for Kroger’s common shares.
For questions concerning payment of dividends, changes of address, etc., individual shareholders should
contact:
EQ Shareowner Services
P. O. Box 64854
Saint Paul, MN 55164-0854
Toll Free 1-855-854-1369
Shareholder questions and requests for forms available on the Internet should be directed to:
www.shareowneronline.com.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION: Call (513) 762-1220 (option “1”) to request printed financial information,
including Kroger’s most recent report on Form 10-Q or 10-K, or press release. Written inquiries should be
addressed to Shareholder Relations, The Kroger Co., 1014 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-1100.
Information also is available on Kroger’s corporate website at ir.kroger.com.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Kroger has a variety of plans under which employees may acquire common shares of Kroger. Employees
of Kroger and its subsidiaries own shares through a profit sharing plan, as well as 401(k) plans and a payroll
deduction plan called the Kroger Stock Exchange. If employees have questions concerning their shares in
the Kroger Stock Exchange, or if they wish to sell shares they have purchased through this plan, they
should contact:
Computershare Plan Managers
PO Box 505039
Louisville, KY 40233-5039
Phone 800 872 3307
Questions regarding Kroger’s 401(k) plans should be directed to the employee’s Human Resources
Department or 1-800-2KROGER. Questions concerning any of the other plans should be directed to the
employee’s Human Resources Department.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Mary Ellen Adcock
Senior Vice President
Stuart Aitken
Senior Vice President
Robert W. Clark
Senior Vice President
Yael Cosset
Senior Vice President and
Chief Information Officer
Michael J. Donnelly
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer
E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R S
Carin L. Fike
Vice President and Treasurer
Todd A. Foley
Vice President and Controller
Joseph A. Grieshaber, Jr.
Senior Vice President
Calvin J. Kaufman
Senior Vice President
Timothy A. Massa
Senior Vice President
Stephen M. McKinney
Senior Vice President
W. Rodney McMullen
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Gary Millerchip
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Erin S. Sharp
Group Vice President
Mark C. Tuffin
Senior Vice President
Christine S. Wheatley
Group Vice President, Secretary
and General Counsel
O P E R A T I N G U N I T H E A D S
Chris Albi
QFC
Rodney C. Antolock
Harris Teeter
Timothy F. Brown
Atlanta Division
Paula Ginnett
Mid-Atlantic Division
Scott Hays
Cincinnati Division
Sonya Hostetler
Nashville Division
Steve Burnham
King Soopers/City Market
Colleen Juergensen
Central Division
Michael Marx
Roundy’s
Thomas L. Schwilke
Ralphs
Ann M. Reed
Louisville Division
Adam Wampler
Dallas Division
Victor Smith
Delta Division
Nicholas Tranchina
Murray’s Cheese
Kate Ward
Kroger Personal Finance
Bryan H. Kaltenbach
Food 4 Less
Joe Kelley
Houston Division
Kenneth C. Kimball
Smith’s
Colleen R. Lindholz
Pharmacy and The Little Clinic
Dana Zurcher
Columbus Division
Ken DeLuca
Michigan Division
Steve Dreher
Dillons Food Stores
Peter M. Engel
Fred Meyer Jewelers
Monica Garnes
Fry’s Food & Drug
Dennis R. Gibson
Fred Meyer Stores
www.thekrogerco.com
The Kroger Co.
1014 Vine Street · Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 · 513-762-4000